This is a modern-English version of The preservation of antiquities : a handbook for curators, originally written by Rathgen, Friedrich. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

The cover image was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.

The cover image was made by the transcriber and is in the public domain.


THE PRESERVATION
OF ANTIQUITIES


Time, which antiquates antiquities, and hath an art to make dust of all things, hath yet spared these minor monuments.

Time, which makes old things outdated and has a way of turning everything to dust, has still left these small monuments intact.

(Sir Thomas Browne, Hydriotaphia, cap. v.)

(Sir Thomas Browne, Hydriotaphia, cap. v.)


THE PRESERVATION
OF ANTIQUITIES

Preserving Antiquities

A HANDBOOK FOR CURATORS

A Guide for Curators

TRANSLATED, BY PERMISSION OF THE AUTHORITIES OF THE ROYAL MUSEUMS, FROM THE GERMAN OF
Dr FRIEDRICH RATHGEN
Director of the Laboratory of the Royal Museums, Berlin
BY
GEORGE A. AUDEN, M.A., M.D. (Cantab.)
AND
HAROLD A. AUDEN, M.Sc. (Vict.), D.Sc. (Tübingen)

This text has been translated, with permission from the authorities at the Royal Museums, from the German of
Dr. FRIEDRICH RATHGEN
Director of the Laboratory at the Royal Museums, Berlin
BY
GEORGE A. AUDEN, M.A., M.D. (Cantab.)
AND
HAROLD A. AUDEN, M.Sc. (Vict.), D.Sc. (Tübingen)

CAMBRIDGE:
at the University Press
1905

CAMBRIDGE:
at the University Press
1905


CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE,
C. F. CLAY, Manager.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE,
C. F. CLAY, Manager.

London: AVE MARIA LANE, E.C.

London: Ave Maria Lane, EC

Glasgow: 50, WELLINGTON STREET.

Glasgow: 50 Wellington St.

Coat of Arms

Leipzig: F. A. BROCKHAUS.

Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.

New York: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY.

New York: Macmillan Publishers.

Bombay and Calcutta: MACMILLAN AND CO., Ltd.

Bombay and Calcutta: MACMILLAN AND CO., Ltd.

[All Rights reserved.]

All rights reserved.


AUTHOR’S PREFACE.

The increasing recognition of the importance of the preservation of antiquities justifies the publication of a handbook dealing with this subject. As far as I can ascertain, with the exception of a short article[1] for which I am myself responsible, only one work has appeared which covers the whole field—the “Merkbuch[2]” prepared by Dr Voss at the request of the Government. But as this book only gives a selection of the known methods of preservation, the need of a more comprehensive publication will scarcely be denied.

The growing recognition of the importance of preserving historical artifacts supports the release of a handbook on this topic. As far as I can tell, apart from a brief article[1] that I wrote, only one work has been published that covers the entire field—the “Merkbuch[2]” created by Dr. Voss at the request of the Government. However, since this book only provides a selection of the known preservation methods, it's hard to deny the need for a more thorough publication.

In spite of my ten years’ experience in the special Laboratory of the Royal Museums and the frequent opportunities of learning the methods in use elsewhere, which the journeys and correspondence arising out of my duties have given me during this period, I do not feel competent to produce a review of these various methods [vi] which will be at once exhaustive and sufficiently critical. There are several reasons for this. In the first place the individual methods have been but rarely published, and even then through the most varied literary media; often they are only casually mentioned in articles dealing with anthropological or historical subjects. On the other hand, the value of an object to be dealt with may prohibit an attempt at treatment, the success of which is not assured. My own experience has been gained by trials with objects chiefly from the Egyptian section, but also to some extent from the Antiquarian and Numismatic departments of the Royal Museums.

Despite my ten years of experience in the special Laboratory of the Royal Museums and the many opportunities I've had to learn about methods used elsewhere through my travels and correspondence during this time, I don’t feel qualified to write a comprehensive and critical review of these various methods [vi]. There are several reasons for this. First, the individual methods have rarely been published and, when they are, it’s often through a mix of literary channels; frequently, they’re just briefly referenced in articles on anthropological or historical topics. On the other hand, the value of an object can prevent attempts at treatment, especially if success isn't guaranteed. My experience has mostly come from working with objects from the Egyptian section, but I have also worked to some extent with items from the Antiquarian and Numismatic departments of the Royal Museums.

This deficiency can only be remedied by a work such as that now offered to the public, and it is to be hoped that this handbook will stimulate the Curators of State, Municipal and Societies’ Collections, as well as private collectors and others interested in the subject, to make public their further experiences in this field of archaeology. I take this opportunity, therefore, of expressing the hope that I may receive other communications bearing upon the subject and may thus perhaps at some future date be able to produce a more complete work.

This gap can only be addressed by a resource like the one being provided to the public now, and hopefully, this handbook will encourage the Curators of State, Municipal, and Society Collections, as well as private collectors and others interested in the topic, to share their additional experiences in this area of archaeology. I want to use this opportunity to express my hope that I will receive more insights related to this subject and that, in the future, I may be able to create a more comprehensive work.

In using the book it will be noticed that for the proper understanding of the first portion, which deals with the causes of destruction, a certain amount of chemical knowledge is assumed. In the second portion, [vii] however, the methods of preservation are treated from a more elementary standpoint, and the simple apparatus and manipulations required are so described that the treatment may be readily carried out by those who are unfamiliar with chemical methods.

In using this book, you'll notice that a basic understanding of chemistry is assumed for the first part, which focuses on the causes of destruction. However, in the second part, [vii], the preservation methods are presented in a more straightforward way, and the simple equipment and procedures are explained clearly so that anyone without a chemistry background can easily follow along.

In conclusion, I take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to all those who have given their help, and especially to Dr Otto Olshausen for his continued interest in the work of the Museum Laboratory and in the production of this handbook. Especially am I indebted to his extensive knowledge of anthropological literature for many references which would otherwise have escaped my notice. [viii]

In conclusion, I want to express my gratitude to everyone who has helped, especially Dr. Otto Olshausen for his ongoing interest in the Museum Laboratory's work and in putting together this handbook. I am particularly grateful for his extensive knowledge of anthropological literature, which provided many references that I might have otherwise overlooked. [viii]

TRANSLATORS’ PREFACE.

Dr Rathgen has, in his preface, stated the aim of this handbook, and it is with a desire to further this aim that we have prepared an English translation.

Dr. Rathgen has stated the aim of this handbook in his preface, and we have prepared an English translation with the intention of supporting that aim.

Claiming but limited experience in this field of research we have only added such explanatory notes as seem in some way to bear upon the subject or likely to be useful in a handbook of this kind (viz. the method of taking squeezes, Appendix A, and a few footnotes which are signed and enclosed in square brackets). We take this opportunity of thanking Dr Rathgen for his interest in our undertaking, for his kindness in supplying much additional matter which did not appear in the German edition, and also for the loan of the blocks for Figs. 22 and 23. Figs. 7, 9-12, 30-33, and 37, are from photographs of objects treated by ourselves.

Claiming only limited experience in this area of research, we have included some explanatory notes that we believe are relevant to the topic and may be helpful in a handbook like this (for example, the method of taking squeezes, Appendix A, and a few footnotes marked with square brackets). We would like to take this opportunity to thank Dr. Rathgen for his interest in our project, for his generosity in providing additional material that wasn't included in the German edition, and also for lending us the blocks for Figs. 22 and 23. Figs. 7, 9-12, 30-33, and 37 are from photographs of objects we worked on ourselves.

Our thanks are especially due to Dr W. A. Caspari, of the National Physical Laboratory, for his invaluable help in the revision of the translation, and for his advice and suggestions in reference to the more technical aspect of the work.

Our thanks go especially to Dr. W. A. Caspari from the National Physical Laboratory for his invaluable assistance in revising the translation, as well as for his advice and suggestions regarding the more technical aspects of the work.

York,
December 1904.

York,
December 1904.

CONTENTS.

  PAGE
Literature xiii
Part I.
The changes undergone by antiquities in earth and in air 1
Limestone and clay 2
Iron 7
Bronze and copper 15
Silver 49
Lead 53
Tin 53
Gold 53
Glass 54
Organic substances 54
Part II.
The preservation of antiquities 56
i. Preservation of objects composed of inorganic substances  
a. Limestone 56
b. Marble and alabaster 74
c. Earthenware 74
d. Slightly baked or unbaked clay 81
e. Fayence 86
f. Stucco and Nile-mud 87
g. Sandstone and granite 87
Appendix: Cement for earthenware. Restorations 87
h. Iron 89
1. Methods of preserving objects of iron without removal of the rust 89
[x] 2. Preservation by steeping and subsequent impregnation 92
3. Preservation by removal of the rust 102
4. Preservation of medieval iron objects 119
i. Bronze and copper 120
A. Methods of impregnation 122
B. Preservation by reduction 125
Reduction of oxidized copper coins 140
Cleaning copper coins with melted lead 143
C. Preservation by exclusion of air 144
Appendix: Method of bringing out worn lettering upon coins 146
j. Silver 148
k. Lead and tin 149
l. Gold 150
m. Glass and enamel 151
ii. Preservation of organic substances.  
n. Bones, horns, ivory 151
o. Leather 152
p. Textile fabrics, hair 153
q. Feathers 154
r. Papyrus 154
s. Wood 156
1. Dry preservation 156
2. Preservation in liquids 159
Protection against wood-worms, etc. 160
Preservation and cleaning of coloured objects of wood 161
t. Amber 162
Care of antiquities after preservative treatment 162
Concluding remarks 164
Appendix A. Method of taking squeezes of inscriptions 166
Appendix B. Zapon 168
Index 171

ILLUSTRATIONS.

FIG. PAGE
1. Limestone block with well-preserved surface 3
2. Limestone block with pitted surface 3
3. Limestone block showing destruction of surface 4
4. Potsherd showing saline efflorescence 5
5. Pottery showing sodium nitrate efflorescence 6
6. Portion of horse-trappings showing blue and green patina 35
7. Head of Osiris showing advanced condition of warty patina 38
8. Etruscan mirror showing warty patina 40
9.   Bronze figure showing destructive patina   42
10.     43
11.   The same after treatment (Finkener’s method)   44
12.     45
13. Gay-Lussac’s burette 62
14. Air-pump fixed to water-tap 68
15. Apparatus for impregnation by extraction of air 69
16.   Assyrian clay tablet showing incrustation 79
17.   The same after treatment 79
18.  
19.   Assyrian clay tablet before and after treatment 80
20.  
21.  
22.   Babylonian clay cone before and after treatment   82
23.   83
24. Water-bath for iron objects 94
25. Iron sword treated by Blell’s method 108
26. Iron spear-head treated by Blell’s method 109 [xii]
27. Iron fibula treated by Blell’s method 109
28. Application of Krefting’s method 111
29. Iron spear-head treated by Krefting’s method 112
30.   Iron pin before and after treatment by Krefting’s method 113
31.  
32. Iron object before and after treatment by Krefting’s method 114
33.  
34. Piece of iron sword-blade with inscription revealed by Krefting’s method 116
35. Iron sheath after treatment by combination of Blell’s and Krefting’s method 117
36. Hammer-heads for removal of bronze incrustations 120
37. Osiris showing cracking and destructive patina 123
38. Boeotian bridle showing cracked patina 124
39. Bronze bull showing warty patina 132
40. The same after reduction by Finkener’s method 133
41. Bronze axe-blade before treatment by Finkener’s method 134
42. The same after treatment by Finkener’s method 135
43. Reverse side of same after treatment 136
44. Dagger-sheath before treatment by Finkener’s method 137
45. Dagger-sheath after treatment, showing design 137
46. Roman coins before treatment by Krefting’s method 142
47. Roman coins after treatment by Krefting’s method 143
48. Method of mounting objects in air-tight damp-proof cases 145

LITERATURE.

Aarböger for nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie, udgivne af det kongelige nordiske Oldskrift-Selskab. Copenhagen.

Aarböger for Nordic Antiquities and History, published by the Royal Nordic Antiquarian Society. Copenhagen.

Aarsberetning fra Foreningen till norske Fortidsmindesmaerkers Bevaring. Christiania.

Aarsberetning from the Association for the Preservation of Norwegian Historical Monuments. Oslo.

Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie. Edited by Wöhler, Liebig and Kopp. Since 1873: Liebig’s Annalen der Chemie.

Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie. Edited by Wöhler, Liebig and Kopp. Since 1873: Liebig’s Annalen der Chemie.

Antiquarisk Tidsskrift, udgivet af det kongelige nordiske Oldskrift-Selskab. Copenhagen 1843-63.

Antiquarian Journal, published by the Royal Nordic Society of Antiquities. Copenhagen 1843-63.

Archaeological Journal. London.

Archaeology Journal. London.

Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei. Rome.

Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei. Rome.

Berg- und hüttenmännische Zeitung. Leipzig.

Mining and Smelting Journal. Leipzig.

Bibra, E. v. Die Bronzen und Kupferlegirungen der alten und ältesten Völker. Erlangen 1869.

Bibra, E. v. The Bronzes and Copper Alloys of the Ancient and Earliest Peoples. Erlangen 1869.

Bibra, E. v. Ueber alte Eisen- und Silberfunde. Nürnberg and Leipzig 1873.

Bibra, E. v. On Old Iron and Silver Finds. Nuremberg and Leipzig 1873.

Bischoff, C. Das Kupfer und seine Legirungen. Berlin 1865.

Bischoff, C. The Copper and Its Alloys. Berlin 1865.

Blätter für Münzkunde. Hannoversche numismatische Zeitschrift. Edited by H. Grote. Leipzig.

Blätter für Münzkunde. Hannover Coin Journal. Edited by H. Grote. Leipzig.

Chemiker-Zeitung (Dr G. Krause). Cöthen.

Chemist Magazine (Dr. G. Krause). Cöthen.

Chemisches Centralblatt (Arendt) Hamburg and Leipzig.

Chemisches Centralblatt (Arendt) Hamburg and Leipzig.

Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger. Christiania.

Copenhagen Science Society Proceedings. Copenhagen.

Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Académie des sciences, publ. p. les secrétaires perpétuels. Paris.

Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Académie des sciences, publ. p. les secrétaires perpétuels. Paris.

Dingler’s Polytechnisches Journal. Stuttgart.

Dingler's Polytechnical Journal. Stuttgart.

Finska Fornminnesföreningens Tidskrift. Helsingfors.

Finska Fornminnesföreningen Journal. Helsinki.

Finskt Museum. Finska Fornminnesföreningens Månadsblad. Helsingfors.

Finskt Museum. Monthly Bulletin of the Finnish Antiquities Society. Helsinki.

Friedel, E. Eintheilungsplan des Märkischen Provinzialmuseums der Stadt Berlin. 6th issue. Berlin 1882.

Friedel, E. Classification Plan of the Märkisches Provincial Museum of the City of Berlin. 6th edition. Berlin 1882.

Graham-Otto’s Ausführliches Lehrbuch der Chemie. 5th Edition. Anorgan. Chemie von H. Michaelis. Brunswick 1878-89.

Graham-Otto’s Detailed Chemistry Textbook. 5th Edition. Inorganic Chemistry by H. Michaelis. Brunswick 1878-89.

Hauenstein, H. Die Kessler’schen Fluate. 2nd Edition. Berlin 1895.

Hauenstein, H. The Kessler Fluates. 2nd Edition. Berlin 1895.

Journal für praktische Chemie. Edited by Erdmann. Leipzig,

Journal für praktische Chemie. Edited by Erdmann. Leipzig,

[xiv] Journal of the Chemical Society. London.

[xiv] Journal of the Chemical Society. London.

Keim, A. Technische Mittheilungen für Malerei. Munich.

Keim, A. Technical Communications for Painting. Munich.

Kongl. Vitterhets Historie och Antiqvitets Akademiens Månadsblad. Stockholm.

Kongl. Vitterhets Historie och Antiqvitets Akademiens Månadsblad. Stockholm.

Kröhnke, Chemische Untersuchungen an vorgeschichtlichen Bronzen Schleswig-Holsteins. Dissertation. Kiel 1897.

Kröhnke, Chemical Investigations on Prehistoric Bronzes in Schleswig-Holstein. Dissertation. Kiel 1897.

Layard. Discoveries in the ruins of Nineveh and Babylon. London 1853.

Layard. Discoveries in the ruins of Nineveh and Babylon. London 1853.

Lepsius, C. R. Denkmäler aus Aegypten und Aethiopien. Berlin 1849-59.

Lepsius, C. R. Monuments from Egypt and Ethiopia. Berlin 1849-59.

Lueger, O. Lexikon der gesamten Technik. Stuttgart 1894.

Lueger, O. Dictionary of Complete Technology. Stuttgart 1894.

Merkbuch, Alterthümer aufzugraben und aufzubewahren. Herausgeg. auf Veranlassung des Herrn Ministers der geistlichen, Unterrichts- u. Medizinal-Angelegenheiten. 2nd Edition. Berlin 1894.

Merkbuch, Alterthümer auszugraben und aufzubewahren. Herausgegeben auf Veranlassung des Herrn Ministers für geistliche, Unterrichts- und Medizinalangelegenheiten. 2. Auflage. Berlin 1894.

Mittheilungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern. Bern.

Mittheilungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern. Bern.

Mittheilungen aus der Sammlung der Papyrus Erzherzog Bainer. Vienna 1887-1889.

Mittheilungen aus der Sammlung der Papyrus Erzherzog Bainer. Vienna 1887-1889.

Morgan, J. de, Fouilles à Dahchour Mars-Juin 1894. Vienna 1895.

Morgan, J. de, Excavations at Dahchour March-June 1894. Vienna 1895.

Muspratt’s theoretische, praktische u. analytische Chemie. 4th Edition. Brunswick 1883.

Muspratt's Theoretical, Practical, and Analytical Chemistry. 4th Edition. Brunswick 1883.

Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefakten-Kunde, edited by K. C. von Leonhard and H. G. Bronn. Stuttgart.

Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefakten-Kunde, edited by K. C. von Leonhard and H. G. Bronn. Stuttgart.

Polytechnisches Centralblatt. Leipzig 1835-75.

Polytechnical Central Journal. Leipzig 1835-75.

Polytechnisches Centralblatt. (Geitel.) Organ der polytechn. Gesellschaft zu Berlin. Berlin 1888.

Polytechnic Central Bulletin. (Geitel.) Official publication of the Polytechnic Society in Berlin. Berlin 1888.

Prometheus, edited by Dr O. N. Witt. Berlin.

Prometheus, edited by Dr. O. N. Witt. Berlin.

Publications de la société pour la recherche et la conservation des monuments historiques dans le grandduché de Luxembourg. Luxemburg.

Publications from the Society for Research and Preservation of Historical Monuments in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. Luxembourg.

J. J. Rein, Japan. Nach Reisen und Studien im Auftrage der Königl. Preuss. Regierung. 2 Vols. Leipzig 1881-1886.

J. J. Rein, Japan. After travels and studies on behalf of the Royal Prussian Government. 2 Vols. Leipzig 1881-1886.

Revue archéologique, publiée sous la direction de MM. A. Bertrand et G. Perrot. Paris.

Revue archéologique, published under the direction of Messrs. A. Bertrand and G. Perrot. Paris.

Schliemann, H., Ilios. Leipzig 1881.

Schliemann, H., Ilios. Leipzig 1881.

Simon, E., Ueber Rostbildung und Eisenanstriche. Berlin 1896.

Simon, E., On Rust Formation and Iron Coatings. Berlin 1896.

Sitzungsberichte der Alterthumsgesellschaft Prussia in Königsberg.

Sitzungsberichte der Alterthumsgesellschaft Prussia in Königsberg.

Verhandlungen der Berliner Anthropologischen Gesellschaft. Berlin.

Verhandlungen der Berliner Anthropologischen Gesellschaft. Berlin.

Verhandlungen des Vereins zur Beförderung des Gewerbefleisses in Preussen. Berlin.

Verhandlungen des Vereins zur Beförderung des Gewerbefleisses in Preussen. Berlin.

Zeitschrift für Numismatik. Edited by A. v. Sallet. Berlin.

Zeitschrift für Numismatik. Edited by A. v. Sallet. Berlin.

Zeitschrift für anorganische Chemie.

Journal of Inorganic Chemistry.

Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. Berlin.

Journal of Ethnology. Berlin.

PART I.
THE CHANGES THAT ANTIQUITIES EXPERIENCE IN EARTH AND IN AIR.

The greater number of those objects of antiquity which are composed of inorganic materials, such as limestone, earthenware, and metals, owe the commencement of any alteration in their character to the situation in which they are discovered, since they are buried in ground which has been at some period damp or wet, and has contained, moreover, salts soluble in water. Amongst these salts the most usual is sodium chloride (common salt), but this is mostly accompanied by potassium chloride, potassium sulphate, magnesium chloride, and calcium sulphate; in short, by those soluble salts which are found in sea-water. In the fine pores of Egyptian antiquities, especially, such salts occur, and their presence is readily explained by the fact that the land of Egypt was originally a sea-bottom.

The majority of ancient objects made from inorganic materials like limestone, ceramics, and metals start to change based on where they're found. These items are often buried in soil that has been damp or wet at some point and contains salts that can dissolve in water. The most common of these salts is sodium chloride (table salt), but it's usually found with potassium chloride, potassium sulfate, magnesium chloride, and calcium sulfate; basically, the soluble salts found in seawater. This is particularly evident in the fine pores of Egyptian artifacts, and their presence makes sense considering that Egypt was originally a seabed.

The presence of salt in the soil of Egypt has been known for a considerable period. Thus Karabacek[3], quoting from Volney’s “Travels in Syria and Egypt” (Jena, 1788, I. p. 13):

The presence of salt in the soil of Egypt has been known for a long time. Karabacek[3], referencing Volney’s “Travels in Syria and Egypt” (Jena, 1788, I. p. 13):

“Wherever one digs one finds brackish water containing soda, sea-salt, and a small quantity of saltpetre. Indeed, when a garden has been flooded for irrigation [2] purposes, crystals of salt make their appearance on the surface after the water has evaporated or has been soaked up by the soil.”

“Wherever you dig, you find brackish water with soda, sea salt, and a little bit of saltpeter. In fact, when a garden has been flooded for irrigation purposes, crystals of salt show up on the surface after the water has evaporated or been absorbed by the soil.”

In the dry climate of Egypt, objects saturated with salt keep better after their removal from the ground than in our climate, where the variations in the temperature and in the hygroscopic condition of the air produce a partial deliquescence in wet weather, and in dry weather a re-formation of crystals. The continued alternation of these processes gradually loosens the surface of limestone or earthenware, or induces certain chemical changes in objects of metal and in both cases leads to their destruction.

In the dry climate of Egypt, objects soaked with salt stay preserved longer once they're taken from the ground compared to our climate, where temperature changes and humidity levels cause wet weather to partially dissolve them and dry weather to reform crystals. This ongoing cycle gradually weakens the surfaces of limestone or pottery and causes certain chemical reactions in metal objects, ultimately leading to their deterioration.

Limestone and clay.

The series of changes are particularly well illustrated by the Egyptian grave of Meten[4], the stones from which are now in the Royal Museum in Berlin. The three illustrations here given show: (1) an undecayed block of limestone, (2) a block with pitted surface, and (3) a block the surface of which was formerly covered with hieroglyphics, but which is now totally destroyed by flaking. The blocks of the latter kind were found in the lowest layer, or lowest but one, while those blocks which were above were the best preserved. As the amount of salt present scarcely varied, these specimens [4] offer a striking illustration of the greater influence of moisture in the deeper soil than at the higher levels.

The series of changes is clearly shown by the Egyptian tomb of Meten[4], with stones now housed in the Royal Museum in Berlin. The three illustrations provided display: (1) an intact block of limestone, (2) a block with a pitted surface, and (3) a block that used to have hieroglyphics on its surface but is now completely damaged from flaking. The blocks of the last type were found in the lowest layer or the second lowest, while the blocks above were in the best condition. Since the salt content hardly changed, these samples [4] provide a striking example of how moisture affects the deeper soil more than the higher layers.

Fig. 1.
Limestone block, surface well preserved.

Fig. 1.
Limestone block, surface in great condition.

Fig. 2.
Limestone block with pitted surface.

Fig. 2.
Limestone block with a rough surface.

Fig. 3.
Limestone block showing destruction of surface.

Fig. 3.
Limestone block showing surface damage.

Baked clay, particularly that of Egyptian ostraca (i.e. fragments of pottery showing inscriptions), exhibits similar changes, as is shown in the accompanying illustrations. The surface of some fragments is found to be almost completely covered with a layer of salt, which, apart from impurities of clay and dust and remains of the black lettering, consists of almost pure sodium chloride; only a trace of magnesium sulphate being found on analysis.

Baked clay, especially from Egyptian ostraca (fragments of pottery with inscriptions), shows similar changes, as illustrated in the accompanying images. The surface of some fragments is almost entirely covered with a layer of salt, which, aside from clay impurities, dust, and remnants of the black lettering, contains almost pure sodium chloride; only a small amount of magnesium sulfate is found in the analysis.

In contrast with this very loose superficial incrustation, the inner portions of the ostracon contained considerable quantities of sulphates. Figure 4 represents a fragment [5] with granular efflorescences of sodium chloride, and also fine needles of magnesium sulphate[5]. As a general rule the amount of salt is small compared with the bulk of clay or limestone: thus it was found by titration that three separate fragments contained 0·13, 0·20, and 0·48% calculated as sodium chloride, and in one series the average of 16 fragments was 0·13%. But the percentage of sodium chloride has often been found higher, more especially in larger objects of baked clay, being in one instance as high as 2·3%. The disintegration of the surface is due to the mechanical action of moisture which results in the scaling off of portions of the [6] surface. This does not however exclude a chemical action of the salts upon the clay, especially when this has been only slightly baked. Thus by merely washing such fragments in cold distilled water, not only sodium and magnesium compounds but also those of aluminium and calcium may be removed. The soft powdery patches, which some limestones show instead of scales, are also evidences of chemical action; thus in one case a cuneiform tablet[6] of dolomitic stone showed decomposition at those spots where the salt was firmly deposited as an incrustation, and here the stone, elsewhere smooth and hard, was found, on washing away the salt, to be soft and porous.

In contrast to the very loose outer layer, the inner parts of the ostracon had significant amounts of sulfates. Figure 4 shows a fragment [5] with granular buildups of sodium chloride, as well as fine needles of magnesium sulfate [5]. Generally, the amount of salt is small compared to the overall amount of clay or limestone: it was found through titration that three different fragments contained 0.13%, 0.20%, and 0.48% when calculated as sodium chloride, and in one series, the average of 16 fragments was 0.13%. However, the percentage of sodium chloride has often been found to be higher, particularly in larger pieces of baked clay, reaching as high as 2.3% in one case. The breakdown of the surface is caused by the mechanical action of moisture, which leads to the peeling off of parts of the [6] surface. This doesn’t rule out a chemical reaction of the salts with the clay, especially when it has only been slightly baked. By simply washing such fragments in cold distilled water, not only sodium and magnesium compounds but also those of aluminum and calcium can be removed. The soft, powdery patches that some limestones display instead of scales are also signs of chemical action; for instance, in one case, a cuneiform tablet [6] made of dolomitic stone showed deterioration at the spots where the salt had firmly built up as a crust. Here, the stone, which was otherwise smooth and hard, was found to be soft and porous once the salt was washed away.

Fig. 4.
Potsherd showing saline efflorescence of sodium chloride and magnesium sulphate.

Fig. 4.
Potsherd displaying white salt crystals from sodium chloride and magnesium sulfate.

Although, as has been already remarked, sodium chloride generally constitutes the bulk of the salts present, and only in rare cases, as I have for instance shown in an Egyptian Fayence and in several Greek clay vases, is the amount of sulphates greater, yet there are in collections clay objects (Fig. 5) covered with needles of sodium nitrate[7] (Chili saltpetre) where [7] the nitric acid has been contributed by the decomposition of organic substances; and here the presence of nitrates proves inimical to antiquities just in the same way as a coating of limewash may be seen to be destroyed by the so-called wall-saltpetre [8].

Although, as noted earlier, sodium chloride usually makes up most of the salts present, and only rarely, as I have shown in an Egyptian Fayence and several Greek clay vases, is the amount of sulfates higher, there are clay objects in collections (Fig. 5) covered with needles of sodium nitrate[7] (Chili saltpetre) where [7] the nitric acid comes from the breakdown of organic materials; here, the presence of nitrates is harmful to antiques in the same way that a layer of limewash can be damaged by what is known as wall-saltpetre [8].

Fig. 5.
Pottery showing efflorescence of sodium nitrate.

Fig. 5.
Ceramics displaying sodium nitrate efflorescence.

Iron.

If in some cases it may be uncertain whether the destruction of antiquities of limestone or earthenware has been due to mechanical or to chemical influences, this uncertainty is excluded in the case of metallic objects, of which those of bronze and iron chiefly come under the notice of the antiquary.

If in some cases it might be unclear whether the damage to ancient items made of limestone or clay was caused by physical or chemical factors, that ambiguity doesn’t apply to metal objects, particularly those made of bronze and iron, which are mainly of interest to archaeologists.

From the first piece of metallic iron which he possessed man must have soon become acquainted with its untoward property of rusting, but even at the present day opinions differ as to the origin of rust, and the cause of its rapid spreading. It has long been known with certainty that iron containing but little carbon (wrought iron) rusts with greater ease than iron which is rich in carbon (cast iron or steel), and that the rust is a compound of iron with hydrogen and oxygen (hydroxide). That rust is of variable composition may be inferred from the variations of shade from yellow to dark brown which are met with.

From the first piece of metallic iron that he had, mankind must have quickly recognized its annoying tendency to rust. Even today, people have different opinions about where rust comes from and why it spreads so quickly. It's been well established that iron with low carbon content (wrought iron) rusts more easily than iron that has a high carbon content (cast iron or steel). Additionally, rust is a combination of iron, hydrogen, and oxygen (hydroxide). The fact that rust can have different compositions is suggested by the range of colors from yellow to dark brown that can be observed.

Widely different views are held on the question of the production of rust. Some[9] maintain that iron rusts only in the presence of water containing free oxygen and carbonic acid (CO2) in solution, a ferrous bicarbonate being first formed; the bicarbonate is then converted into ferrous carbonate, which finally yields the hydrate with evolution of [8] carbonic acid. This carbonic acid continues to attack further areas of metallic iron. Others[10] maintain that, while the formation of rust may proceed as described, carbonic acid is not necessary, and that free oxygen alone causes rusting when atmospheric moisture is condensed upon the surface of iron. That iron remains free from rust when in a solution of caustic potash or soda is said to be due to the absence of free oxygen and not to the removal of carbonic acid. Spennrath holds, in opposition to the opinion of Axel Krefting[11], that rust once formed cannot act as an oxidising agent, except by virtue of its power of condensing water and retaining it in its pores. Similarly E. Simon finds the chief cause of the corroding action of rust in the property of absorption, that is surface-condensation of gases. This condition is comparable to that of liquefaction, and produces rapid chemical action. Under certain circumstances ferrous hydrate is formed instead of ferric hydrate, particularly when iron is subjected to vibrations, as Tolomei [12] has observed in iron rails etc. Stapff[13] believes that mixtures of ferric hydrate with ferroso-ferric oxide, which possess a similar composition to forge scale, are formed under the influence of thermal waters. According to Irvine[14] rusting proceeds rapidly when two kinds of iron, such as cast and wrought, are in contact, since their electro-chemical relations may result in a voltaic couple. The electric current brings about the decomposition of the water, and the evolved hydrogen, being in the nascent state, combines with the nitrogen dissolved in the water to form ammonia, as had [9] been previously observed by Akermann[15]. Similarly, electric currents are said to be caused by the contact of ferroso-ferric oxide with metallic iron, thus causing a further oxidation of the iron[16].

There are many different opinions about how rust forms. Some[9] believe that iron only rusts when water contains free oxygen and carbonic acid (CO2) in solution, which first creates ferrous bicarbonate. This bicarbonate then changes into ferrous carbonate, which eventually produces the hydrate while releasing [8] carbonic acid. This carbonic acid continues to affect more areas of the iron. Others[10] argue that while rust formation can occur as described, carbonic acid is not necessary, and that free oxygen alone causes rusting when moisture from the atmosphere condenses on the surface of the iron. The fact that iron doesn’t rust when it's in a solution of caustic potash or soda is said to be because there is no free oxygen present, not because carbonic acid has been removed. Spennrath disagrees with Axel Krefting[11] and states that once rust has formed, it cannot act as an oxidizing agent, except by condensing water and holding it in its pores. Similarly, E. Simon attributes the main cause of rust's corrosive action to its ability to absorb, meaning the surface condensation of gases. This state is similar to liquefaction and leads to rapid chemical reactions. Under certain conditions, ferrous hydrate is produced instead of ferric hydrate, especially when iron experiences vibrations, as noted by Tolomei [12] in iron rails, etc. Stapff[13] thinks that combinations of ferric hydrate with ferroso-ferric oxide, which have a similar composition to forge scale, are formed under the influence of hot water. According to Irvine[14], rusting happens quickly when two types of iron, like cast and wrought iron, touch each other, as their electro-chemical interactions may create a voltaic couple. The electric current causes water to break down, and the hydrogen produced, being in a nascent state, combines with the nitrogen dissolved in the water to make ammonia, as previously observed by Akermann[15]. Likewise, electric currents are said to be generated by the contact between ferroso-ferric oxide and metallic iron, leading to further oxidation of the iron[16].

[10] The presence of certain neutral salts, especially sodium chloride (common salt), has a very marked influence on the destruction of iron[17].

[10] The presence of certain neutral salts, especially sodium chloride (table salt), has a significant impact on the corrosion of iron[17].

When iron filings are exposed to air and moisture, oxidation takes place; the action is, however, according to Krefting, far more intense in the presence of an alkaline chloride. A mixture of iron filings and sodium chloride exposed to moisture is converted in a few days into a black powder which has the following composition:—11·4% FeO, 80·0% Fe2O3, 8·6% H2O, thus resembling the “iron-black” of Lemery; on extraction with water the filtrate is found to be alkaline [11] and to possess a tallow-like smell[18]. Without entering further into Krefting’s researches, we will quote the hypothesis with which he concludes:

When iron filings come into contact with air and moisture, they oxidize; however, according to Krefting, this process is much more vigorous in the presence of an alkaline chloride. A mix of iron filings and sodium chloride that is exposed to moisture turns into a black powder in just a few days, which has the following composition:—11.4% FeO, 80.0% Fe2O3, 8.6% H2O, making it similar to the “iron-black” mentioned by Lemery; when this powder is filtered with water, the liquid is found to be alkaline [11] and has a smell like tallow [18]. Without going deeper into Krefting’s findings, we’ll quote the hypothesis with which he concludes:

“The iron probably combines with small quantities of chlorine from the sodium chloride, causing alternate reduction and oxidation, and this, owing to the ease with which iron salts pass from one stage of oxidation to another, very soon gives a visible result in the formation of rust:

“The iron probably reacts with small amounts of chlorine from the sodium chloride, leading to alternating reduction and oxidation. Because iron salts easily shift between oxidation states, this quickly results in visible rust formation:"

Fe + 2NaCl = FeCl2 + 2Na
2Na + 2H2O = 2NaOH + H2.”

Fe + 2NaCl = FeCl2 + 2Na
2Na + 2H2O = 2NaOH + H2.

If these results be compared with observations made upon the condition of iron objects which have been excavated, it is evident that these are in many cases exposed to the action of the air to a lesser extent while buried, and that their decomposition will advance more rapidly when they have been withdrawn from their protective covering of earth. The condition of the objects differs according to the kind of iron, the length of time during which they have been buried, and the character of the soil in which they are found. In one place objects are found covered with a slight layer of rust only, in another with a thicker layer, in another there remains but a small core of metal, or even none at all, or the layer of rust may be intermingled with particles of earth or clay. The rust may be uniform in colour and hardness in one case, and in another soft areas, generally light in colour, may alternate with darker, harder patches, while frequently the harder layer is found below the lighter and softer, etc.—conditions which depend on the occurrence of the various iron compounds. The [12] behaviour of all, however, when placed in collections, even in the driest of rooms, is the same; all sooner or later undergo change, and portions of rust become detached, until in the course of time every trace of the original metallic core is oxidised. A closer inspection generally shows in these cases small brownish, glistening bubbles[19] which prove, when touched, to be drops consisting of chlorine compounds of iron surrounded and permeated with oxides. Krefting[20] gives as the average of a series of analyses of the rust on northern antiquities the following composition:

If you compare these results with observations made about the condition of iron objects that have been excavated, it's clear that, in many cases, they are less exposed to air while buried and that their decay speeds up once they’re taken out of the earth’s protective cover. The condition of the objects varies depending on the type of iron, how long they've been buried, and the type of soil they were found in. In some places, objects are covered with just a thin layer of rust, while in others, there’s a thicker layer, or only a small piece of metal remains, or even none at all, and the rust might be mixed with dirt or clay particles. The rust can be uniform in color and hardness in one case, while in another, soft areas, usually lighter in color, might alternate with darker, harder patches. Often, the harder layer is found beneath the lighter, softer one—conditions that depend on the presence of various iron compounds. The [12] behavior of all these objects, however, is the same when placed in collections, even in the driest rooms; all eventually undergo change, and pieces of rust come off until, over time, every trace of the original metal core is oxidized. A closer look usually reveals small brownish, shiny bubbles[19] which, when touched, turn out to be drops made up of chlorine compounds of iron surrounded by and mixed with oxides. Krefting[20] provides the average composition from a series of analyses of the rust on northern antiquities:

Ferric oxide 7·05 
Ferrous oxide 12·7  
Carbonic acid 3·9  
Calcium oxide 0·58 
Magnesium oxide 0·09 
Ferrous chloride 0·260  
Calcium chloride 0·280  
Magnesium chloride 0·023   0·61% Soluble salts.
Potassium chloride 0·018  
Sodium chloride 0·027  
Water chemically combined 8·0  
Moisture 1·50 
Organic matter 0·97 

Thus the chief part in this rapid decomposition is played by the chlorine compounds, as indeed was previously determined[21] by the experimental proofs already given. If ferrous chloride is present the further decompositions can be explained by such equations as those given by Olshausen[22].

Thus, the main role in this quick breakdown is taken on by the chlorine compounds, as was determined earlier [21] by the experimental evidence already provided. If ferrous chloride is present, the additional breakdowns can be explained by the equations presented by Olshausen [22].

[13] 6FeCl2 + 3O = Fe2O3 + 2Fe2Cl6;
2Fe2Cl6 + 2Fe = 6FeCl2.

[13] 6FeCl2 + 3O = Fe2O3 + 2Fe2Cl6;
2Fe2Cl6 + 2Fe = 6FeCl2.

The equations do not claim to give a complete statement of the reactions, for other reactions take place at the same time; thus ferric hydrates and carbonates and perhaps also intermediate compounds of oxygen and chlorine occur; they show however that in the oxidation of ferrous chloride, oxides and ferric chloride are produced, so that new and hitherto intact particles of the metal continually react with the ferric chloride.

The equations don't fully explain the reactions, since other reactions happen simultaneously; for example, ferric hydrates and carbonates, as well as possibly intermediate compounds of oxygen and chlorine, are present. However, they demonstrate that in the oxidation of ferrous chloride, oxides and ferric chloride are formed, meaning that new and previously untouched particles of the metal keep reacting with the ferric chloride.

In many cases the action of the chlorine is not only seen in objects placed in a collection, but also in freshly excavated objects. Not infrequently iron objects are found which are covered with large hard blisters, and are thus more or less deformed. The interior of these blisters consists of a mixture of ferrous chloride with oxides, but the shell has become so hard by complete oxidation that it can only be removed with hammer and chisel.

In many cases, the effect of chlorine is not just noticeable in items displayed in a collection, but also in newly excavated artifacts. Iron objects are often discovered that are covered with large, hard blisters, resulting in deformities. The insides of these blisters are made up of a mix of ferrous chloride and oxides, but the outer layer has hardened through complete oxidation, making it difficult to remove without a hammer and chisel.

Iron objects found in peat differ from these chlorine-containing specimens which are found in soil, and although sometimes much corroded, many are well preserved. Blell[23] is of the opinion that if peat is free from tannic acid, the finds will be well preserved, while the theory advanced in the Merkbuch[24] is that tannic acid acts as a preservative. The latter view is probably the more correct, for although ordinary tannic acid seldom occurs in peat, yet peat contains a series of compounds which are tanning agents, such as ulmic, humic, and crenic acids. These form iron compounds which, being insoluble in water, protect the metallic iron beneath from further action. If, however, the peat contains sulphates, and especially if it contains free sulphuric acid, only much corroded iron is likely to be found. Moreover the physical condition [14] of the peat may vary; thus it may be dry or damp or even submerged under water, and this variation will exercise some influence upon the condition of the iron.

Iron objects found in peat are different from those containing chlorine that are found in soil. Even though they can be quite corroded, many are well preserved. Blell[23] believes that if peat is free from tannic acid, the finds will be well preserved, while the theory presented in the Merkbuch[24] suggests that tannic acid acts as a preservative. The latter view is likely more accurate because, although regular tannic acid is rare in peat, there are compounds present in peat that act as tanning agents, like ulmic, humic, and crenic acids. These create iron compounds that are insoluble in water, protecting the underlying metallic iron from further degradation. However, if the peat contains sulfates, and especially if it has free sulfuric acid, only heavily corroded iron is likely to be found. Additionally, the physical condition [14] of the peat can vary; it can be dry, damp, or even submerged in water, and this variability will affect the condition of the iron.

Iron objects which are covered with the black, so-called “noble” rust (Edel-rost) usually prove very stable. This, like forge-scale, is a ferroso-ferric compound in which there is a preponderance of ferrous oxide where it is in contact with the metallic iron, and of ferric oxide in the outer layer. “Noble” rust is probably in nearly all instances the result of the action of fire, which may have been used in funeral rites, or may have been accidental; very rarely can it have been produced by the reactions mentioned above, as has been suggested by Stapff.

Iron objects that are covered with the black, so-called “noble” rust (Edel-rost) tend to be very stable. This, like forge-scale, is a ferroso-ferric compound with more ferrous oxide where it touches the metallic iron, and ferric oxide in the outer layer. “Noble” rust is likely, in almost all cases, a result of fire action, which could have been used in burial ceremonies or could have happened by accident; it very rarely comes from the reactions mentioned above, as suggested by Stapff.

Iron which has been in contact with the bone ash of burnt corpses has certain characteristics. When entirely surrounded with bone ash objects are well preserved[25], and only covered with a thin layer of oxide. How far the ash has acted as a preservative, I will not hazard an opinion, having seen but few specimens, and these had been already varnished to preserve them.

Iron that has come into contact with the bone ash of burnt corpses has specific traits. When completely surrounded by bone ash, objects are well preserved[25], and are only covered with a thin layer of rust. I won’t speculate on how much the ash has contributed to preservation, as I’ve only seen a few examples, and those had already been varnished to protect them.

Under certain conditions the phosphoric acid of the bones forms a thin bluish layer of iron phosphate, corresponding in composition to vivianite (Fe3P2O8.8H2O), as was pointed out by Jacobi in a series of objects in the Saalburg Museum at Homburg. These objects also are quite durable.

Under certain conditions, the phosphoric acid in bones creates a thin bluish layer of iron phosphate, which is similar in composition to vivianite (Fe3P2O8.8H2O), as noted by Jacobi in several items at the Saalburg Museum in Homburg. These items are also quite durable.

In earth so full of sodium chloride as is that of Egypt, objects of iron will be readily corroded, and the explanation given above will account for the paucity of iron remains of Egyptian origin. It is difficult, however, to find a satisfactory explanation for the fact that objects found in sea-water are specially well preserved. It may be that, in spite of the presence of free oxygen in solution in the water their complete [15] insulation from the atmospheric air has resulted in the preservation of the objects, as is the case with those which have lain in a stream of fresh water.

In a place as salty as Egypt, iron objects tend to rust easily, which explains why there are so few iron artifacts from that region. However, it's hard to understand why items found in seawater are often so well preserved. It could be that, despite the free oxygen dissolved in the water, their isolation from the air keeps them intact, just like items found in fresh water. [15]

Bronze and Copper.

Copper and its alloys are subject to the same far-reaching changes as iron, but the action is less rapid. Bronzes of widely different composition have to be dealt with to ensure their preservation, and to a less extent, copper also[26]. According to von Fellenberg[27] bronze objects may be classified according to the material in which they have been found, i.e. peat mud, water, or earth.

Copper and its alloys undergo significant changes similar to iron, but the process is slower. To ensure their preservation, we need to handle bronzes with very different compositions, and to a lesser extent, copper as well[26]_. According to von Fellenberg[27], bronze items can be classified based on the material they were found in, such as peat, mud, water, or soil.

“(1) Bronzes from peat mud are covered with a black earthy mass, which can be easily removed by water and brushes, the alloy then assumes its metallic lustre and the characteristic colour of bronze. The complete preservation of the pure metallic surface of the bronzes, in the same condition as they were when they were submerged, is easily accounted for by the enclosure of the metal in mud of organic origin under several feet of water which effectually excludes the oxygen of the air.

“(1) Bronzes from peat mud are coated with a black, earthy substance that can be easily washed off with water and brushes. Once cleaned, the alloy takes on its shiny metallic finish and the typical color of bronze. The complete preservation of the pure metallic surface of the bronzes, in the same condition as when they were submerged, can be easily explained by the metal being wrapped in organic mud under several feet of water, which effectively keeps out the oxygen from the air.”

(2) The bronzes found in water, as for example in the beds of lakes and rivers, are less perfectly preserved. They have usually a thin coating of a calcareous deposit, which however often allows the lustre and colour of the metal to appear in places. When such bronzes have dark or green coloured patches or spots, the layer is very thin and may be removed by treatment with acids, which allows the metallic colour to become visible. Bronzes [16] preserved in water still retain the same definite edges and points which they possessed when they entered the water. If bronzes which are markedly incrusted with verdigris are found in water in all probability they had lain in the ground a considerable time before being covered with water, and oxidation had penetrated deeply into the metal before immersion.

(2) The bronzes discovered in water, like those in lakes and rivers, are not as well preserved. They typically have a thin layer of mineral deposits, but this often still allows some shine and color of the metal to show through in spots. When these bronzes have dark or green patches, the layer is very thin and can be removed using acids, revealing the metallic color underneath. Bronzes [16] found in water still have the same distinct edges and features they had when they entered the water. If bronzes heavily coated with verdigris are found in water, it's likely they were buried for a significant amount of time before being covered with water, and oxidation had deeply affected the metal before they were submerged.

(3) Bronzes found in the earth or in graves appear covered with a fine green crust of verdigris which may be either light or dark in colour and which often has a vitreous lustre. This is generally known as Patina.

(3) Bronzes discovered in the ground or in graves show a fine green coating of verdigris that can be either light or dark in color and often has a glossy shine. This is commonly referred to as Patina.

This crust varies in thickness from that of writing-paper to several millimetres. If the green crust be filed away, or better, removed by dilute nitric or sulphuric acid, the bronze is found to possess a reddish colour; below the crust of cupric carbonate is found a layer of cuprous oxide, which may be removed by ammonia, thus revealing the metal with its characteristic colour and lustre. This condition is characteristic of the slow oxidation of bronze in moist earth. The layer of cuprous oxide between the pure metal and the external crust of copper carbonate has been shown by the examination made by Dr Wibel to be a product of the reduction of copper carbonate by the metallic copper of the bronze. Bronzes belonging to this category have often lost their former metallic properties, and if of small diameter have often been completely converted into cuprous oxide, surrounded by a lustrous green or blue crust of carbonates. If a metallic core remains, it is found to be crystalline, brittle, and non-coherent, that is, it flies to pieces under the blow of a hammer. Fine ornamentation and sharpness, whether of edge or of point, have often disappeared. This does not occur with bronzes preserved in water.”

This crust varies in thickness from that of writing paper to several millimeters. If the green crust is filed away, or better yet, removed with dilute nitric or sulfuric acid, the bronze reveals a reddish color. Beneath the cupric carbonate crust, there's a layer of cuprous oxide, which can be removed with ammonia, exposing the metal with its distinctive color and shine. This condition is typical of the slow oxidation of bronze in damp soil. The layer of cuprous oxide between the pure metal and the outer copper carbonate crust has been identified by Dr. Wibel’s analysis as a result of copper carbonate being reduced by the metallic copper in the bronze. Bronzes in this category have often lost their original metallic properties, and if they are small in size, they may have been completely transformed into cuprous oxide, surrounded by a shiny green or blue crust of carbonates. If a metallic core remains, it is typically crystalline, brittle, and non-coherent, meaning it shatters easily when struck with a hammer. Fine details and sharpness, whether at the edges or points, have often vanished. This doesn’t happen with bronzes that are preserved in water.

[17] In another volume of the series[28] von Fellenberg states that basic copper chloride occurs as a constituent of patina.

[17] In another volume of the series[28] von Fellenberg mentions that basic copper chloride is a component of patina.

A few lengthier quotations may be conveniently given here, in part verbatim, in part abstracted from literature which is not readily accessible.

A few longer quotes can be conveniently provided here, partially word-for-word and partially summarized from literature that isn't easily accessible.

Reuss[29] states that it has been hitherto generally assumed that copper is first converted into cuprous oxide which is then converted into a green hydrated oxy-carbonate which is separated from the metal by a thin layer of cuprous oxide. The specimens examined by him, however, showed no such dividing layer, the metal being either directly in contact with the malachite [30], or else separated from it by a black or bluish layer of cupric oxide. He further draws attention to the occurrence of irregular knobs two to three lines in height which consist, in part, of azurite[31]. Neither oxides of tin nor chlorine were found. The alteration of the bronze he explains by the prolonged oxidising action of water containing carbonic acid.

Reuss[29] notes that it has generally been believed that copper is first turned into cuprous oxide, which then transforms into a green hydrated oxy-carbonate, separated from the metal by a thin layer of cuprous oxide. However, the samples he examined showed no such dividing layer; instead, the metal was either in direct contact with the malachite [30] or separated from it by a black or bluish layer of cupric oxide. He also highlights the presence of irregular knobs two to three lines in height, which are partly made up of azurite[31]. There were no oxides of tin or chlorine found. He explains the alteration of the bronze as a result of prolonged oxidizing action from water that contains carbonic acid.

In an exhaustive memoir Wibel[32] describes the various kinds of patina as malachite, copper-oxychloride, and azurite, with admixtures of tin oxide, silver, iron oxide, lead chloride and copper chloride. He discusses also the occurrence of the cuprous oxide layer which is said to have been described by Sage as early as 1779. After detailing the observations of Davy, Hünefeld, and Picht, that the metallic copper exists partly in alloy and partly free as crystals in the layer of cuprous oxide, he continues as follows[33]:

In a comprehensive memoir, Wibel[32] describes the different types of patina, including malachite, copper-oxychloride, and azurite, along with mixtures of tin oxide, silver, iron oxide, lead chloride, and copper chloride. He also talks about the cuprous oxide layer, which Sage reportedly described as early as 1779. After detailing the observations of Davy, Hünefeld, and Picht, noting that metallic copper exists both in alloy form and as free crystals in the cuprous oxide layer, he continues as follows[33]:

[18] “The process of decomposition in bronzes has been regarded as a slow oxidation, in which cuprous oxide marks the first and incomplete stage, while the carbonates represent the later completed phase. The formation of both these substances was assumed to be due to moist oxidation, on bronzes as well as in those superpositions of copper, cuprite, and malachite, so frequently found in minerals. Indeed, no other process of formation of the carbonates is conceivable; moreover cupric oxide, if really present, would be naturally regarded as a product of oxidation. The other substances, such as tin oxide, which are occasionally found, would be produced in part by similar simple processes, in part by the simultaneous action of particular salts, the chlorine compounds, for instance, by the presence of water containing sodium chloride. Similarly the production of cuprous oxide was usually attributed to an incomplete oxidation of the copper, although it might very well be the result of an inverse process, viz. the reduction of pre-existing cupric oxide.”

[18] "The process of decomposition in bronzes has been seen as a slow oxidation, where cuprous oxide marks the first and incomplete stage, while the carbonates represent the later completed phase. The formation of both of these substances is thought to be due to moist oxidation, occurring in bronzes as well as in the combinations of copper, cuprite, and malachite commonly found in minerals. In fact, no other way to form the carbonates is imaginable; furthermore, cupric oxide, if it is actually present, would typically be viewed as a byproduct of oxidation. Other substances, like tin oxide, which are occasionally found, would be formed partly by similar simple processes and partly by the simultaneous action of certain salts, such as chlorine compounds, due to the presence of water containing sodium chloride. Similarly, the creation of cuprous oxide has often been linked to an incomplete oxidation of the copper, although it could very well be a result of an inverse process, namely the reduction of pre-existing cupric oxide."

From the following considerations Wibel thinks that he is justified in his assumption that the layer of cuprous oxide is the result of reduction. Firstly, by no means all bronzes which have been dug up, even though from the same excavation, show the layer of cuprous oxide. Secondly, the cuprous oxide layer is in the crystallized state. Thirdly, ‘all the facts of chemistry show that the formation of cuprous oxide can only take place by reduction, given the ordinary conditions of temperature and pressure.’ Finally, in addition to oxygen and carbonic acid, many salts, those of ammonia for example, occur in the spots where bronzes are found and favour the formation of copper salts. Wibel also quotes in support of his views the experiment of Bucholz[34], [19] that a strip of copper, the upper half of which is immersed in a layer of distilled water, and the lower half in a concentrated neutral solution of copper nitrate carefully poured beneath it, becomes coated with copper and cuprous oxide.

From the following considerations, Wibel believes he is justified in assuming that the layer of cuprous oxide is a result of reduction. First, not all bronzes that have been excavated, even from the same site, show the layer of cuprous oxide. Second, the cuprous oxide layer is in a crystallized state. Third, “all the facts of chemistry indicate that the formation of cuprous oxide can only occur through reduction under normal temperature and pressure conditions.” Finally, in addition to oxygen and carbon dioxide, many salts, such as those from ammonia, are found in areas where bronzes are discovered and promote the formation of copper salts. Wibel also cites the experiment by Bucholz[34], [19] where a strip of copper, with its upper half submerged in distilled water and the lower half in a concentrated neutral solution of copper nitrate carefully layered beneath it, becomes coated with copper and cuprous oxide.

He continues:

He keeps going:

“Bronze objects are attacked by waters which contain oxygen, carbonic acid and a greater or less percentage of salts. Such soluble salts as are formed are removed by solution, while the bronzes become covered, according to circumstances, with an insoluble layer either of carbonate or of oxide, whereby the form of the objects is preserved. The water then penetrates by capillary action through the porous coating into the interior, and attacks further portions of the metal, forming a layer of soluble cupric salt; a portion of which is able to pass by diffusion through the external layer. For the same reasons the liquid, bounded as it is on one side by the metal and on the other by the almost insoluble crust, shows varying degrees of concentration: thus all the conditions necessary for the Bucholz process are fulfilled. If the water is rich in salts, a concentrated copper solution is formed and even metallic copper may be deposited from it (i.e. the ‘copper crystals’ of bronzes); but if, as is usually the case, the water contains only small quantities of salt, cuprous oxide crystals only are formed. The fact that the process takes place chiefly in the pores made by the water itself is readily understood, because of the comparative quiescence of the liquid; and that it causes a marked progressive change in the object arises from the continual exchange of a portion of the copper solution already formed with fresh solvent from outside. Where the absence of carbonic acid or other circumstances hinder the formation of an almost insoluble crust, the reactions detailed above may, under favourable conditions, [20] take place directly upon the surface of the bronze; if, on the other hand, there is a too rapid change of liquid (as for example in very wet localities), the process may altogether fail to set in, since the necessary conditions of rest, etc. are wanting. Since the absence of the necessary conditions may arise from a number of purely accidental causes, it will be easily understood, that bronzes from one and the same grave may show the same percentage of carbonates, but very dissimilar percentages of cuprous oxide. In short all actually observed conditions in which bronzes are found are accounted for by the explanations given above.”

“Bronze objects are damaged by water that contains oxygen, carbonic acid, and varying amounts of salts. Soluble salts that form are washed away, while the bronzes develop a layer—either carbonate or oxide—that preserves their shape. Water then seeps through this porous layer and attacks more of the metal inside, creating a layer of soluble cupric salt, some of which can diffuse through the outer layer. For the same reasons, the liquid, which is confined by the metal on one side and the almost insoluble crust on the other, shows different levels of concentration: thus, all the conditions needed for the Bucholz process are met. If the water is high in salts, a concentrated copper solution forms, and even metallic copper can be deposited from it (the ‘copper crystals’ of bronzes); however, if the water typically contains only small amounts of salt, it only forms cuprous oxide crystals. It’s easy to see that this process mainly happens in the pores created by the water itself due to the relatively still liquid; the significant progressive change in the object results from the constant exchange of the copper solution already formed with fresh solvent from outside. Where carbonic acid is absent or other conditions prevent the formation of an almost insoluble crust, the reactions mentioned above can occur directly on the bronze surface under favorable conditions; on the other hand, if the liquid changes too quickly (as in very damp areas), the process may fail altogether because the necessary conditions of stillness, etc. are missing. Since the lack of necessary conditions can come from various accidental causes, it’s easy to understand why bronzes from the same grave can show the same percentage of carbonates but very different amounts of cuprous oxide. In short, all the observed conditions in which bronzes are found can be explained by the reasons given above.”

The following extract is taken from the section dealing with patina in Bibra’s “Bronzes and Copper Alloys[35]”:

The following extract is taken from the section about patina in Bibra’s “Bronzes and Copper Alloys[35]”:

“The conditions under which Patina is formed, or rather the conditions under which copper alloys are gradually decomposed, are variable in the extreme. The four main factors which may be instrumental in determining the chemical changes may be thus stated:

“The conditions under which Patina forms, or rather the conditions under which copper alloys gradually break down, can vary greatly. The four main factors that can influence the chemical changes are as follows:

(a) The composition (qualitative and quantitative) of the particular alloys.

(a) The makeup (both qualitative and quantitative) of the specific alloys.

(b) The mode of smelting and the original manipulation of the components, such as a good or poor mixing, fine or coarse grain, etc.

(b) The method of smelting and the initial handling of the materials, like whether they are well or poorly mixed, or if they are fine or coarse in texture, etc.

(c) The locality in which the alloy has lain.

(c) The location where the alloy has been.

(d) The length of time during which the alloy has been exposed to the particular conditions.... Marked differences may appear in the extent and nature of the chemical changes shown by the same alloy; thus one fragment while underground may have been enclosed in an urn containing bone ash and dry sand, while another fragment may have been in contact with decaying animal matter.”

(d) The amount of time the alloy has been exposed to specific conditions.... Noticeable differences can occur in the extent and type of chemical changes observed in the same alloy; for example, one piece may have been buried in an urn filled with bone ash and dry sand, while another piece might have been in contact with decomposing animal material.”

[21] From what has been said above, the variations in the composition of patina may be readily explained. The composition has been found to be:

[21] Based on what was mentioned earlier, the differences in the makeup of patina can be easily understood. The makeup has been determined to be:

(α) Basic carbonate of copper.

Copper carbonate.

(β) Basic carbonate and sulphide of copper.

(β) Basic carbonate and sulfide of copper.

(γ) Malachite (normal carbonate of copper), with occasional admixture of cuprous oxide and azurite (acid carbonate of copper) [Stolba].

(γ) Malachite (regular carbonate of copper), with occasional mix of cuprous oxide and azurite (acid carbonate of copper) [Stolba].

(δ) Crystalline cuprous oxide, according to Wibel[36] a reduction product of the carbonate of copper, by the action of the copper of the bronze.

(δ) Crystalline cuprous oxide, according to Wibel[36] a reduction product of copper carbonate, formed through the action of the bronze copper.

Lastly, copper chloride has been occasionally found in patina [Haidinger][37]. This is only to be expected from the varying character of the localities in which the statues or bronzes are found. The author has himself noticed on board ship, how objects of copper and brass, which are exposed to the salt spray, develop a durable coating of copper oxychloride [38] (atacamite).

Lastly, copper chloride has been occasionally found in patina [Haidinger][37]. This is to be expected because of the different characteristics of the places where the statues or bronzes are located. The author has noticed on board ship how copper and brass objects exposed to salt spray develop a lasting coating of copper oxychloride [38] (atacamite).

In conclusion, reference may be made to a statement of Chevreul [39], who, after examination of both hollow and solid specimens of Egyptian statuettes, states that the bronze is of an excellent quality and that it occurs in four different conditions. He describes these four conditions, three of which are undoubtedly patina or altered copper, as follows:

In conclusion, we can refer to a statement by Chevreul [39], who, after examining both hollow and solid specimens of Egyptian statuettes, says that the bronze is of excellent quality and exists in four different forms. He describes these four forms, three of which are clearly patina or altered copper, as follows:

(α) A green deposit with patches of blue.

(α) A green deposit with spots of blue.

(β) A blood-red mass.

A blood-red blob.

(γ) A reddish coloured bronze.

A reddish bronze.

(δ) Ordinary bronze unaltered in appearance.

(δ) Regular bronze that looks unchanged.

The first in this category represents the ultimate stage [22] of decomposition of bronze and forms the outer incrustation of the statuettes. It is a compound of copper chloride and copper oxide and water in the same proportions as in Peruvian copper oxychloride (atacamite); the blue parts contain water, carbonic acid and cupric oxide. It is in fact the blue hydrated copper carbonate.

The first in this category represents the final stage [22] of bronze decomposition and makes up the outer layer of the statuettes. It consists of copper chloride, copper oxide, and water in the same proportions found in Peruvian copper oxychloride (atacamite); the blue sections contain water, carbonic acid, and cupric oxide. Essentially, it is blue hydrated copper carbonate.

(β) The blood-red substance consists chiefly of cuprous oxide with an admixture of tin oxide. It contains chlorine, apparently as cuprous chloride, sometimes in considerable quantity.

(β) The blood-red substance is mostly made up of cuprous oxide with some tin oxide mixed in. It has chlorine, likely as cuprous chloride, sometimes present in significant amounts.

(γ) The reddish colour seems to be due to the tin undergoing more alteration in the course of time than the copper.

(γ) The reddish color seems to be because the tin changes more over time than the copper does.

(δ) The well-preserved bronzes are remarkable for the excellent quality of the alloy.

(δ) The well-preserved bronzes are impressive due to the high quality of the alloy.

Chevreul continues:

Chevreul goes on:

“Copper and tin have thus undergone gradual changes from without inwards into chlorides, oxides and carbonates; the tin has been converted into oxide, the outermost layer of copper into oxide and chloride, while the layer in contact with the unaltered bronze beneath can only be oxidised into the suboxide.”

“Copper and tin have gradually changed from the outside in, forming chlorides, oxides, and carbonates; the tin has turned into oxide, the outermost layer of copper has become oxide and chloride, while the layer in contact with the unaltered bronze underneath can only be oxidized into the suboxide.”

In a fissure in a statuette he found crystals of blue basic carbonate of copper, chloride of lead and hydrated oxychloride of copper.

In a crack in a small statue, he found crystals of blue basic copper carbonate, lead chloride, and hydrated copper oxychloride.

Bibra himself examined the patina of several bronzes and found it to consist mainly of sulphate and carbonate of copper.

Bibra himself examined the patina of several bronzes and found that it was mainly made up of copper sulfate and copper carbonate.

To complete the quotation from Chevreul’s work we may observe that he finds the cause of the formation of the patina to be the action of air, of water containing salt, and of carbonic acid. It is interesting that Chevreul succeeded in restoring a small bronze containing chlorine by reduction in a stream of hydrogen.

To finish the quote from Chevreul’s work, we can note that he believes the cause of patina formation is due to the effects of air, salty water, and carbonic acid. It's interesting that Chevreul managed to restore a small bronze that had chlorine in it by reducing it in a flow of hydrogen.

[23] In the year 1865 M. A. Terreil[40] published the analysis of a bronze patina containing chlorine. The result is as follows:

[23] In 1865, M. A. Terreil[40] published an analysis of a bronze patina that contained chlorine. Here are the results:

  Bronze. Patina.
Copper 85·98 57·27
Tin 12·64 8·40
Lead 1·09 1·02
Zinc 0·50 0·46
Iron trace 1·61
Lime (CaO)   0·13
Chlorine   5·35
Carbonic acid (CO2)   4·25
Alumina   9·86
Water   4·40
Oxygen   7·25
  100·21 100·00

So too at a meeting of the Association for the Promotion of Industries in Prussia, Elster[41] referred to the existence of chlorine in patina, and regarded this as a proof that the patina upon antique bronzes was actually intentional on the part of the manufacturers.

So at a meeting of the Association for the Promotion of Industries in Prussia, Elster[41] mentioned the presence of chlorine in patina and considered it evidence that the patina on antique bronzes was deliberately created by the manufacturers.

E. Priwoznik [42] has described a rare kind of patina which formed a coating 5 to 7 mm. in thickness composed of three layers consisting of a reniform or botryoidal incrustation of an indigo blue colour. The uppermost layer which was also the thickest consisted of 33·22% of sulphur and 66·77% of copper, and was therefore cupric sulphide, CuS (which is known in the mineral world as Indigo Copper or Covelline). The second layer, which existed only in patches, was 0·5 mm. in thickness and of a blackish colour; it consisted of cuprous [24] sulphide, Cu2S with 15% of tin. The third layer which, like the second, was incomplete, formed a fine black powder, and consisted of 59·8 Cu2S, 23·2 Sn and 3·4% of water. The patina had been produced by the action of soluble sulphides or of sulphuretted hydrogen upon the copper, while the sulphur compounds themselves had resulted from the decay of organic matter in the soil in which the bronze was found.

E. Priwoznik [42] described a rare type of patina that formed a coating 5 to 7 mm thick, made up of three layers featuring a kidney-shaped or grape-like crust of an indigo blue color. The top layer, which was also the thickest, was composed of 33.22% sulfur and 66.77% copper, making it cupric sulfide, CuS (known in the mineral world as Indigo Copper or Covelline). The second layer, found only in patches, was 0.5 mm thick and had a blackish color; it was made of cuprous [24] sulfide, Cu2S, with 15% tin. The third layer, like the second, was incomplete and formed a fine black powder, consisting of 59.8% Cu2S, 23.2% Sn, and 3.4% water. The patina was created by the action of soluble sulfides or hydrogen sulfide on the copper, while the sulfur compounds resulted from the decay of organic matter in the soil where the bronze was found.

Mitzopulos [43] described the green patina of the copper alloys found in Mycene as malachite and atacamite upon a reddish layer of cuprous oxide.

Mitzopulos [43] described the green patina of the copper alloys found in Mycene as malachite and atacamite on a reddish layer of cuprous oxide.

Another analysis of patina was made by J. Schuler[44]. The bronze in question had a grey outer layer, which passed gradually into a light green friable layer 2 mm. in thickness. A detached portion of this layer of patina, dried in a desiccator over concentrated sulphuric acid with a loss in weight of 9·44%, gave the following analysis:

Another analysis of patina was done by J. Schuler[44]. The bronze being examined had a gray outer layer that gradually transitioned into a light green, crumbly layer about 2 mm thick. A piece of this patina layer, dried in a desiccator over concentrated sulfuric acid with a weight loss of 9.44%, provided the following analysis:

Tin oxide 49·13%
Copper oxide 22·46%
Lead oxide 3·53%
Iron oxide and aluminium oxide 1·75%
Silica and insoluble matter 6·16%
Carbonic acid determined directly 6·35%
Carbonic acid determined by ignition 9·15%
Water determined by ignition 14·43%

Schuler calculates from these figures that the patina contains:

Schuler calculates from these figures that the patina contains:

60·92% H2SnO3
34·55% CuCO3, CuH2O2
4·51% (PbCO3)2PbH2O2.

[25] The analysis of the bronze itself was as follows:

[25] The analysis of the bronze was as follows:

Copper 89·78%
Tin 6·83%
Lead 1·85%
Cobalt and Nickel 0·90%
Iron 0·28%

Schuler makes the following observations:

Schuler observes the following:

“Whilst the percentage of copper in the alloy is high (89·78%) and the percentage of tin is low (6·83%), the percentage of copper in the patina (metallic copper 19·84%) is smaller, that of tin (metallic tin 42·67%) considerably greater. The percentage of lead in the patina has also slightly increased. One of the causes of this alteration in the proportion of the metals may lie in the fact that basic carbonate of copper is soluble in water containing free carbonic acid, whilst tin hydrate is insoluble. Another cause may be found in the action of water which contains in solution ammonia and ammonium carbonate produced by the decomposition of organic matter. Confirmative evidence of this supposition is the presence of small quantities of ammonia in the patina [45].”

“While the copper content in the alloy is high (89.78%) and the tin content is low (6.83%), the copper percentage in the patina (metallic copper 19.84%) is lower, while the tin (metallic tin 42.67%) is significantly higher. The percentage of lead in the patina has also slightly increased. One reason for this change in the metal proportions could be that basic copper carbonate dissolves in water that has free carbonic acid, whereas tin hydrate does not dissolve. Another reason might be the effect of water that contains dissolved ammonia and ammonium carbonate, which are produced by the breakdown of organic matter. Supporting evidence for this idea is the detection of small amounts of ammonia in the patina. [45].”

Schliemann [46] asserts that bronze objects are destroyed by [26] copper chloride, and another reference to the presence of chlorine is made by Krause.[47]

Schliemann [46] claims that bronze items are damaged by [26] copper chloride, and Krause also references the presence of chlorine.[47]

Arche and Hassack[48] give the following details as the result of their analyses of three specimens of bronze:

Arche and Hassack[48] provide the following details based on their analysis of three bronze samples:

  I. II. III.
Copper 66·97 73·40 71·98
Lead 17·27 14·77 18·37
Tin 11·98 5·09 7·20
Antimony 1·28 3·33  
Arsenic Trace 0·82  
Iron 1·00 0·31 0·89
Sulphur 1·50 2·28 1·56

They obtain the following formulae and composition for the patina of the three bronzes[49]:

They gather the following formulas and mixture for the patina of the three bronzes[49]:

I.   II.   III.
CuCO3, 2CuO2H2 85·83 CuCO3, 3CuO2H2 95·11 56·08
2PbCO3, PbO2H2 13·01   4·49 24·62
SnO3H2 1·16   0·40 19·30

Reference may be here made to an article by Mond and Cuboni[50] published in the Report of the Academy of Florence, from which the following extract is taken:

Reference may be made here to an article by Mond and Cuboni[50] published in the Report of the Academy of Florence, from which the following extract is taken:

“By the terms ‘rogna’ or ‘caries’ of bronze, archaeologists designate a peculiar change, to which ancient bronzes, as statues, coins, vases, etc. are sometimes liable when preserved in museums. This consists in a species [28] of efflorescence of light green colour at one or more points upon the surface, which spreads by degrees, like oil over a sheet of paper, destroying the surface and converting the interior of the bronze into an amorphous whitish-green powder. The rapidity with which this destruction proceeds varies much according to circumstances which are not yet sufficiently known. Sometimes the destructive spot grows so slowly that it is hardly perceptible even after some months; sometimes it grows very rapidly, numerous spots form, spread, and unite, until in a few months an ancient coin may be entirely destroyed. In this way antiquities which are valuable for their history, or for their workmanship, are sometimes more or less injured by this development of patina, which archaeologists regard as a plague in their collections.”

“By the terms ‘rogna’ or ‘caries’ of bronze, archaeologists refer to a specific change that ancient bronzes, like statues, coins, vases, etc., can undergo when they are stored in museums. This involves a type of light green efflorescence appearing at one or more spots on the surface, which gradually spreads like oil on paper, damaging the surface and turning the interior of the bronze into a shapeless whitish-green powder. The speed at which this damage occurs varies significantly based on factors that are not yet fully understood. Sometimes a damaged spot grows so slowly that it’s hardly noticeable even after months; other times, it expands rapidly, with multiple spots forming, spreading, and merging, so that within a few months, an ancient coin can be completely ruined. In this way, artifacts that are historically or artistically significant are often more or less harmed by this development of patina, which archaeologists consider a curse in their collections.”

Mond and Cuboni believe that the growths above described are caused by Bacteria. Although they have not succeeded in producing the appearances of spreading patina by transference of cultures of bacteria to intact bronzes they think that their observations sufficiently support this supposition, which they believe is further strengthened by the fact that bronzes exposed for a quarter of an hour to a temperature of 300°F. (150°C.), whereby any bacteria would be killed, showed no further change after a period of six months. The following is an extract from an article by Berthelot[51]:

Mond and Cuboni believe that the growths described above are caused by bacteria. Although they haven't been able to reproduce the appearance of spreading patina by transferring cultures of bacteria to intact bronzes, they think their observations support this idea. They also feel this is further backed up by the fact that bronzes exposed to a temperature of 300°F (150°C) for fifteen minutes, which would kill any bacteria, showed no further changes after six months. The following is an extract from an article by Berthelot[51]:

“Copper objects, which have been buried in the earth for several centuries, are found to be covered with a green patina and with an earthy layer of varying thickness which has the same colour. The metal itself is to a greater or less depth converted into cuprous oxide. [29] After removal the patina returns; in other words, the metal shows further growths, and when in contact with the atmosphere of our climate is in all cases by degrees converted into dust. These facts are well known to every collector and archaeologist, who designate the specimens thus affected ‘métaux malades’.... Analysis shows that the superficial green layer consists in great measure of atacamite (cuprous oxychloride) agreeing with the formula 3CuO, CuCl2, 4H2O. There are also found traces of sodium salts. The changes which have been observed are produced by salts from the soil, especially sodium chloride, held in solution by water. In fact a few drops of salt water placed upon a copper plate are sufficient for the formation of oxychloride.... This reaction is the result of the simultaneous action of the oxygen and of the carbonic acid of the air upon the copper and upon the sodium chloride in the presence of moisture, as is represented by the following equations:

“Copper objects that have been buried in the ground for several centuries are found to be covered with a green patina and an earthy layer of varying thickness that has the same color. The metal itself gets converted into cuprous oxide to a greater or lesser depth. [29] After the patina is removed, it returns; in other words, the metal shows further growth, and when exposed to the atmosphere of our climate, it gradually turns to dust. These facts are well known to every collector and archaeologist, who refer to these affected specimens as ‘métaux malades’.... Analysis reveals that the superficial green layer is largely made up of atacamite (cuprous oxychloride) that matches the formula 3CuO, CuCl2, 4H2O. Traces of sodium salts are also found. The changes observed are caused by salts from the soil, especially sodium chloride, which is dissolved in water. In fact, just a few drops of salt water on a copper plate are enough to create oxychloride.... This reaction is the result of the simultaneous action of oxygen and carbonic acid in the air on the copper and sodium chloride in the presence of moisture, as shown in the following equations:

4Cu + 4O = 4CuO
4CuO + 2NaCl + CO2 + 4H2O = 3CuO, CuCl2, 4H2O + Na2CO3.

4Cu + 4O = 4CuO
4CuO + 2NaCl + CO2 + 4H2O = 3CuO, CuCl2, 4H2O + Na2CO3.

Thus the continuous transposition which, under the influence of a salt-containing water, often acting in large volume, converts the metal into oxychloride, is readily explicable: while the process whereby the small quantity of sodium chloride originally present in an excavated bronze may cause its destruction after it has been placed in a museum is the following:

Thus the ongoing transformation that, influenced by salt-containing water—often in large quantities—turns the metal into oxychloride is easily understandable. In contrast, the way the small amount of sodium chloride originally found in an excavated bronze can lead to its deterioration after being placed in a museum is as follows:

When the reactions given above have resulted in the formation of a certain amount of copper oxychloride, it is to be supposed that a small quantity of sodium chloride comes into simultaneous contact with the oxychloride and with the metallic copper. A slow reaction takes place and a double compound of cuprous chloride and sodium [30] chloride is formed. The remaining portion of copper is converted into cuprous oxide:

When the reactions mentioned above have led to the formation of a certain amount of copper oxychloride, it's assumed that a small amount of sodium chloride comes into contact with both the oxychloride and the metallic copper at the same time. A slow reaction occurs, resulting in a double compound of cuprous chloride and sodium chloride. The leftover copper is transformed into cuprous oxide:

3CuO, CuCl2, 4H2O + 4Cu + 2NaCl = Cu2Cl2, 2NaCl + 3Cu2O + 4H2O.

3CuO, CuCl2, 4H2O + 4Cu + 2NaCl = Cu2Cl2, 2NaCl + 3Cu2O + 4H2O.

The solution of the double salt is also in turn oxidized by the air which penetrates the whole mass. The result of the reaction is therefore sodium chloride, atacamite, and copper chloride:

The solution of the double salt is also oxidized by the air that seeps through the entire mass. The result of the reaction is sodium chloride, atacamite, and copper chloride:

3Cu2Cl2 + 3O + 4H2O = 3CuO, CuCl2, 4H2O + 2CuCl2.

3Cu2Cl2 + 3O + 4H2O = 3CuO, CuCl2, 4H2O + 2CuCl2.

The copper chloride which remains, if in contact with air and copper or even cuprous oxide, is similarly converted into oxychloride:

The leftover copper chloride, when exposed to air and copper or even cuprous oxide, is also transformed into oxychloride:

CuCl2 + 3Cu + 3O + 4H2O = 3CuO, CuCl2, 4H2O.

CuCl2 + 3Cu + 3O + 4H2O = 3CuO, CuCl2, 4H2O.

The cycle is thus complete, and its constant recurrence under the influence of oxygen and moisture is the cause of the destruction of those objects containing copper which are imbedded in earth, and even of those which are preserved in our museums.”

The cycle is now complete, and its ongoing recurrence due to the presence of oxygen and moisture is what leads to the deterioration of copper-containing objects that are buried in the ground, as well as those that are kept in our museums.

Finally a memoir by Villenoisy[52] should be noticed, the first portion of which is devoted to a proof that the patina of ancient bronzes is due to natural causes and is not the result of the art and methods of the metal-workers of the ancient world. The second portion deals with the various kinds of patina and their formation, as the following excerpts will show:

Finally, a memoir by Villenoisy[52] should be noted. The first part focuses on proving that the patina on ancient bronzes comes from natural processes and is not a result of the techniques and skills of the metalworkers from the ancient world. The second part discusses the different types of patina and how they form, as the following excerpts will demonstrate:

The following substances may be mentioned as capable of attacking alloys:—Ordinary oxygen, which has but a slight action on copper in the dry state but a more vigorous action in the presence of moisture, or as [31] ozone; sulphur also, ammonia, carbonic acid, and organic substances. Water has no direct influence, but acts as a solvent. The metals or metalloids of the alloys can unite independently with oxygen, sulphur, or carbonic acid, etc. to form oxides, sulphides, or carbonates; or again they can react among themselves and produce copper stannate or lead stannate. Ammonia will form ternary compounds or play a catalytic part. Whatever processes may result in the formation of patina, the changes which occur are too slow to allow their imitation and examination in the laboratory. The four metals which are found in ancient bronzes, viz. copper, tin, zinc, and lead, are particularly liable to certain changes. Copper forms chiefly cupric and cuprous oxides. The first of these is soluble in ammonia; the latter combines with ammonia to form a substance which is colourless, but which becomes blue on exposure to air. Tin forms stannic acid which probably produces stannates with copper and lead. Zinc becomes zinc oxide, lead is converted into oxides. Sulphur, as sulphuretted hydrogen, causes the formation of metallic sulphides. Ammonia has a threefold action, viz. it causes and furthers hydration, it is an energetic solvent, and it forms double salts. This last-mentioned action is particularly important in the formation of patina. Carbonic acid in the presence of moisture attacks copper, lead and iron, and, as a carbonate, exists in every metallic oxide which is exposed to the air. Several combinations of copper with carbonic acid are known, while lead is readily converted into lead carbonate by oxidation. The part played by the carbon compounds resulting from the decomposition of animal and vegetable substances has hitherto received little attention, but this decomposition of organic material is probably the chief cause of the beautiful blue patina. [32] The action of oxygen will depend upon the composition of the metal, upon the locality, and upon numerous other circumstances, while the colour of the patina will vary accordingly.

The following substances can attack alloys: ordinary oxygen, which has a minimal effect on copper when dry but reacts more actively in moist conditions, or as ozone; sulfur, ammonia, carbonic acid, and organic substances also play a role. Water doesn't directly affect metals but acts as a solvent. The metals or metalloids in the alloys can react on their own with oxygen, sulfur, or carbonic acid to create oxides, sulfides, or carbonates; they can also interact with each other to produce copper stannate or lead stannate. Ammonia can either form ternary compounds or act as a catalyst. Regardless of the processes that produce patina, the changes happen too slowly to replicate or study in a lab. The four metals commonly found in ancient bronzes—copper, tin, zinc, and lead—are particularly prone to certain changes. Copper mainly forms cupric and cuprous oxides. The former dissolves in ammonia, while the latter combines with ammonia to create a colorless substance that turns blue when exposed to air. Tin generates stannic acid, which likely creates stannates with copper and lead. Zinc turns into zinc oxide, and lead converts into oxides. Sulfur, in the form of hydrogen sulfide, leads to the creation of metallic sulfides. Ammonia has three key effects: it promotes hydration, acts as a strong solvent, and forms double salts. This last action is especially important for patina development. Carbonic acid, in moist conditions, attacks copper, lead, and iron, existing as a carbonate in every metallic oxide exposed to air. Several combinations of copper and carbonic acid are known, while lead easily transforms into lead carbonate through oxidation. The role of carbon compounds from decomposed animal and plant materials has received limited attention, but this organic material breakdown likely causes the stunning blue patina. The influence of oxygen depends on the metal's composition, location, and many other factors, causing variations in the patina's color.

Villenoisy proposes to classify patina into three groups:

Villenoisy suggests categorizing patina into three groups:

(1) Blue patina, with grey to blue-green and apple-green tints.

(1) Blue patina, with shades of grey to blue-green and apple-green tones.

(2) Dark green patina.

Dark green patina.

(3) Black patina.

Black finish.

1. The blue patina produced by the action of ammonia upon the products of previous oxidation does not destroy the outer form of the bronzes, but is nevertheless unfavourable to the preservation of the metal, since the substratum of the patina is a porous mass, consisting of lead stannate and lead carbonate mixed with ammoniacal copper carbonate. The specimen has frequently an intact appearance, as if covered with a thin layer of oxide only, whilst in reality all traces of metal have already disappeared, and slight pressure often suffices to break the bronze into pieces. The nearer the colour of the patina approaches to grey, the less solid is the bronze likely to be, a result which is no doubt caused by the presence of lead carbonate. This type of patina has often a yellowish colour, especially on prominent parts, where, being porous, it has retained in its superficial layers substances which were in suspension in the subsoil water. The occurrence of a pale fine-grained patina of a uniform colour is in almost all cases due to the scaling off of patina belonging to this type.

1. The blue patina formed by ammonia reacting with previous oxidation products doesn't destroy the outer shape of the bronzes, but it’s not good for the metal's preservation. This is because the base of the patina is a porous substance made up of lead stannate and lead carbonate mixed with ammoniacal copper carbonate. The piece often looks intact, as if it's just covered by a thin layer of oxide, while in reality, all traces of metal may have already vanished, and a little pressure can easily break the bronze into pieces. The closer the patina color is to grey, the less solid the bronze probably is, which is likely due to the presence of lead carbonate. This type of patina often has a yellowish tint, especially on raised areas, where its porous nature has trapped substances that were dissolved in the groundwater. A pale, fine-grained patina with a uniform color is usually the result of layers of this type of patina flaking off.

2. Whilst blue patina is generally formed on bronzes which have been buried in earth, the dark green patina is formed both in the earth and also in the open air. The presence of lead seems to be an obstacle to its [33] formation. This dark green patina consists of variable proportions of basic copper hydrate and copper carbonate. The green layer frequently rests upon one of a red colour, a circumstance which proves that the dark green patina is almost always the result of two successive reactions: cuprous oxide is first formed and subsequently takes up water and carbonic acid. Tin is present as copper stannate. The cuprous oxide, which is generally regarded as unaffected by air, is perhaps drawn into further reaction through the agency of ammonia. In those situations where there is a flow of rain water a certain translucency of the green patina is often produced, and this is also possibly caused by ammonia. Unlike the blue patina, the dark green variety assists the preservation of bronze.

2. While blue patina usually forms on bronzes that have been buried in the ground, dark green patina can form both in the earth and in open air. The presence of lead appears to hinder its formation. This dark green patina is made up of varying amounts of basic copper hydrate and copper carbonate. The green layer often sits on top of a red layer, which indicates that the dark green patina is almost always the result of two consecutive reactions: cuprous oxide is formed first and then absorbs water and carbonic acid. Tin is present as copper stannate. Cuprous oxide, typically considered stable in air, may actually react further due to ammonia. In areas where rainwater flows, the green patina can sometimes become translucent, likely also due to ammonia. Unlike blue patina, dark green patina helps preserve bronze.

3. Black patina is probably due to a variety of circumstances. The substances which enter into its composition are cupric oxide, lead oxide, lead peroxide, copper sulphide and lead sulphide. If bronze does not contain lead it is blackened only by the action of sulphur. The rarity of black patina is no doubt due to the rapid oxidation of the copper on the originally rough, unpolished surface, which leads to the formation of a green patina.

3. Black patina probably comes from a mix of different factors. The components that make it up are cupric oxide, lead oxide, lead peroxide, copper sulfide, and lead sulfide. If bronze doesn’t have lead, it only turns black because of sulfur exposure. The rarity of black patina is likely because the copper quickly oxidizes on the rough, unpolished surface, which results in the formation of a green patina.

These extracts show how little value can be attached to a classification of bronzes from the character of the patina present: the views upon the subject are so divergent, while the actual composition of the incrustations which form the patina and their external appearance are so widely different. In fact only two groups of bronzes may be distinguished, i.e. those which show patina and those from which patina is absent.

These excerpts reveal how little value can be assigned to classifying bronzes based on the type of patina present: opinions on the matter vary greatly, while the actual makeup of the layers that create the patina and their outward appearance differ significantly. In fact, only two categories of bronzes can be identified: those that display patina and those that do not.

The first group comprises almost all the bronzes which are found in peat, which show, with rare exceptions, a metallic, often somewhat darkened, surface. Their state of preservation depends upon the nature of the peat in which they are found, but the metal surface has, in the majority of cases, become [34] somewhat rough and etched, although all the details are clearly distinguishable. More rarely one side retains the original polished surface while the other side is much corroded. If a much corroded bronze is found, the peat in which it has lain has probably contained free sulphuric acid (see also p. 13). All bronzes found in water must be included also in this group. The second group will then comprise all bronzes with an oxidized patina.

The first group includes almost all the bronzes found in peat, which generally have a metallic surface that is often a bit darkened, with few exceptions. Their condition depends on the type of peat they're found in, but for most of them, the metal surface has become somewhat rough and etched, even though all the details are still clear. Less commonly, one side may keep its original polished surface while the other side is heavily corroded. If a heavily corroded bronze is discovered, it likely means the peat it was in contained free sulfuric acid (see also p. 13). All bronzes found in water should also be included in this group. The second group will consist of all bronzes with an oxidized patina.

The classification given by Villenoisy seems entirely unsuitable, for it does not by any means exhaust all the kinds of patina which may occur. Thus no mention is made by him of the frequent occurrence of a patina which contains chlorine. If we separate the dark brown and the blackish patina, in so far as these two colours are pure, from those of a green colour, the first two varieties cannot be regarded as groups, because the tones of colour differ too much, and because, as Villenoisy himself observes, widely different patinas often occur on one and the same bronze. The durability of a patina upon a bronze cannot be judged either by the outer appearance or by the chemical composition alone. The fact that there has been no alteration in the outward appearance for many years offers no guarantee against further changes taking place. Thus a Minotaur [53] in the Berlin Museum, which for many years had shown no sign of change, was eventually found to be completely covered with numerous bright green spots over its entire surface. My own opinion is that the only patina which is really stable is that which consists of combinations of oxygen, hydrogen and carbonic acid with the metal, somewhat similar to those analysed by Schuler (see page 24), and by Arche and Hassack (see page 27). The presence of sulphides, and even of sulphates, does not seem to be injurious.

The classification by Villenoisy seems completely inadequate, as it doesn't cover all types of patina that can occur. For instance, he doesn't mention the common presence of a patina that contains chlorine. If we distinguish the dark brown and black patinas, as pure as these two colors may be, from the green ones, the first two types can't be seen as groups because their color tones vary too much. Furthermore, as Villenoisy himself notes, very different patinas can often appear on the same bronze. You can't determine the durability of a patina on bronze just by its appearance or chemical composition alone. Just because there hasn't been any noticeable change in appearance for many years doesn't guarantee that further changes won’t occur. For example, a Minotaur in the Berlin Museum, which hadn't shown any signs of change for many years, was eventually found to be completely covered with numerous bright green spots across its entire surface. In my view, the only truly stable patina is one formed from combinations of oxygen, hydrogen, and carbonic acid with the metal, somewhat similar to those analyzed by Schuler (see page 24), and by Arche and Hassack (see page 27). The presence of sulfides, and even sulfates, doesn't seem to be harmful.

If a patina is to deserve the name of a good, sound, or, as it is termed, a “noble” patina (Edel-patina), the original [35] contours of the bronze with all its markings must be distinctly visible. For this the patina must not be too thick, must be of moderate hardness, and above all must have an enamel-like surface. Apart from chemical influences, such a patina can only have been formed in those cases in which the alloy has been homogeneous, fine-grained, dense and not porous, and when its surface has been so smooth that oxidation has taken place very slowly. Under these conditions the colour of the patina may vary greatly, for it may be [36] bright green, blue, or of darker shades from yellowish to brown, or even black. These latter tints often denote patina layers of very slight thickness. My own observations confirm Villenoisy's view that the brown and the black patina are for the most part due to the presence of lead in the bronze. Rein[54] holds the same opinion in regard to Japanese bronzes.

If a patina is to earn the title of a good, solid, or what is referred to as a “noble” patina (Edel-patina), the original [35] outlines of the bronze along with all its markings must be clearly visible. For this to happen, the patina shouldn't be too thick, it should have a moderate hardness, and above all, it must have a surface that's enamel-like. Aside from chemical influences, such a patina can only form when the alloy is homogeneous, fine-grained, dense, and not porous, and when its surface is smooth enough that oxidation occurs very slowly. Under these conditions, the color of the patina can vary greatly, appearing [36] bright green, blue, or in darker shades ranging from yellowish to brown, or even black. These darker colors often indicate patina layers that are very thin. My own observations back up Villenoisy's opinion that the brown and black patinas are mostly caused by the presence of lead in the bronze. Rein [54] shares the same view regarding Japanese bronzes.

Certain forms of patina are not necessarily prejudicial to the preservation of bronzes, i.e. the green and blue varieties which have the composition of malachite (CuCO3, Cu(OH)2) and azurite (2CuCO3, Cu(OH)2), both of which are very often found on the same bronze. This variety of patina shows a crystalline structure. The simultaneous formation of both varieties, which is due to the greater exposure of one part of the bronze than another to the action of moisture, is well shown by a specimen in the Berlin Museum[55] (Fig. 6). This consists of the frontal portion of a Boeotian bridle, over parts of which leather straps had probably been tightly fixed. Those parts which had been thus somewhat protected from moisture were covered with blue azurite, which contains a smaller quantity of water. But the crystalline structure of these kinds of patina has often the disadvantage that the surface of the bronze is no longer clear, and consequently engraved markings and even stamped impressions are not visible. On page 142 may be seen illustrations of Roman coins, some parts of which are totally illegible. More frequently met with than these varieties or than the so-called “noble” patina, is that in which the bronze presents a more or less rough and pitted surface, light or dark green, or even grey in colour if there is a large proportion of lead present. More rarely the tint is blue or brown. The behaviour of such kinds of patina varies greatly, but durability is for the most part assured if, under the layer of green oxide, a reddish layer of [37] cuprous oxide is found. This rule is perhaps not invariable, for I have often found cuprous oxide present under the so-called spreading patina, but absent beneath one which is undoubtedly durable.

Certain types of patina aren’t necessarily harmful to the preservation of bronzes, specifically the green and blue types that are similar in composition to malachite (CuCO3, Cu(OH)2) and azurite (2CuCO3, Cu(OH)2), which are often found on the same bronze piece. This type of patina has a crystalline structure. The simultaneous formation of both types happens because one part of the bronze is more exposed to moisture than another. A good example of this can be seen in a specimen at the Berlin Museum[55] (Fig. 6). It consists of the front part of a Boeotian bridle, where leather straps had likely been tightly attached. The areas protected from moisture are covered with blue azurite, which contains less water. However, the crystalline structure of these types of patina often results in a less clear surface on the bronze, making engraved markings and stamped impressions difficult to see. Illustrations of Roman coins can be found on page 142, some of which are completely unreadable. More common than these types or the so-called “noble” patina is one where the bronze has a rough and pitted surface, which can be light or dark green, or even gray if there’s a significant amount of lead present. Less frequently, the color may be blue or brown. The behavior of these types of patina varies widely, but they tend to be durable if, beneath the layer of green oxide, there’s a reddish layer of [37] cuprous oxide. This rule isn’t always reliable, though, as I’ve often found cuprous oxide under the so-called spreading patina, but missing beneath one that clearly lasts.

Fig. 6.
Portion of bronze horse-trappings showing blue and green patina.

Fig. 6.
Part of bronze horse gear displaying blue and green patina.

Two instances may be here quoted as confirming Wibel’s view in reference to the reduction of cupric oxides to cuprous oxides and even to metallic copper (see page 17)[56]. In removing a sandy crust saturated with copper salts from a large Egyptian bronze[57], small crystalline masses of copper were seen here and there, separated from the metal beneath by a layer of cuprous oxide to which the admixture of tin gave a whitish tint. The copper was mostly deposited in slight depressions upon the surface of the metal and could be easily removed. Similarly, upon an Etruscan mirror exhibited in the Berlin Museum[58], reduced copper can still be seen forming red spots upon the lighter coloured surface of the bronze, which has already been freed from cupric oxide. The copper also can be removed with comparative ease, and is observed to be separated from the bronze by a thin whitish layer of tin oxide. A quantitative analysis of a small piece showed 100% of copper.

Two examples can be mentioned that support Wibel’s perspective on the reduction of cupric oxides to cuprous oxides and even to metallic copper (see page 17)[56]. When removing a sandy crust soaked with copper salts from a large Egyptian bronze[57], small crystalline masses of copper were spotted here and there, separated from the metal underneath by a layer of cuprous oxide, which had a whitish tint due to the presence of tin. The copper was mostly deposited in slight depressions on the surface of the metal and could be easily removed. Similarly, on an Etruscan mirror displayed at the Berlin Museum[58], reduced copper is still visible as red spots on the lighter-colored surface of the bronze, which has already been cleaned of cupric oxide. The copper can also be removed relatively easily and is found to be separated from the bronze by a thin whitish layer of tin oxide. A quantitative analysis of a small piece showed 100% copper.

As has been remarked above, the layers of oxide frequently enclose grains of sand and even fragments of clay, earth, and ferruginous particles, so that the original contours of the bronzes are often indistinct or entirely obliterated (see Figures 41-43). These incrustations may occasionally be removed by a careful use of the hammer, but they are often so firmly united with the bronze, which is itself so oxidized, that removal by mechanical means is no longer possible.

As mentioned earlier, the oxide layers often trap grains of sand and even bits of clay, dirt, and rusted particles, making the original shapes of the bronzes hard to see or completely erased (see Figures 41-43). These deposits can sometimes be removed carefully with a hammer, but they often bond so tightly with the bronze, which is also heavily oxidized, that mechanical removal isn't possible anymore.

Fig. 7.
Head of Osiris, showing advanced condition of warty patina[59].

Fig. 7.
Head of Osiris, displaying a well-developed layer of warty patina[59].

These incrustations are however not so injurious as the tuberous and warty patina. Figure 8 shows an Etruscan mirror covered with a patina which generally results in the progressive destruction of the bronze[60].

These deposits are, however, not as damaging as the bumpy and wart-like patina. Figure 8 shows an Etruscan mirror that's covered with a patina that usually leads to the gradual decay of the bronze[60].

Fig. 8.
Etruscan mirror showing warty patina.

Fig. 8.
Etruscan mirror with a bumpy surface.

The following series of quantitative determinations of [39] chlorine obtained from the examination of bronzes in the Berlin Museums, shows conclusively the destructive influence of chlorine in the production of patina:

The following series of quantitative measurements of [39] chlorine gathered from the analysis of bronzes in the Berlin Museums clearly demonstrates the harmful effect of chlorine in creating patina:

  Percentage of chlorine
Dark green “noble” patina (wine pitcher, Ant. Misc. Inv. 7161) 0
Green patina on a layer of cuprous oxide (Etruscan vase, Ant. Fr. 1571) 0
Dark blue “noble” patina (Etruscan wine pitcher, Ant. Fr. 608) 0
Bright blue “noble” patina (Etruscan mirror, Ant. Misc. Inv. 7275) 0
Bright blue “noble” patina (lid of vessel, Ant. Misc. Inv. 6322, 292 a) 0
Hard greenish-yellow exfoliating patina upon a bright green, softer patina (Roman saucer, Ant. Fr. 1601 a) 0
Bright green fairly firm patina, the colour rubbing off somewhat in parts (handle of vessel, Ant. Fr. 1440) 0
A firm smooth green layer upon a brighter soft patina (mirror, Ant. Fr. 136) 0
Blue crystalline patina (harness from Boeotia, Ant. Misc. Inv. 8579) 0
Rough dark green patina (situla, Ant. Misc. Inv. 8509) 0
Greenish “noble” patina (sword, Ant. Fr. 1144) trace
Rough green softer patina, with admixture of earth (funnel, Ant. Misc. Inv. 8582) trace
Dark green, compact warty patina (mirror, Ant. Fr. 32) trace
Green warty patina, with translucent cuprous oxide (mirror, Ant. Misc. Inv. 3312) trace
Green and blue crystalline patina (Buto, Aeg. 13135) 1·7
Bright green cracked and warty patina (muzzle of the harness from Boeotia, Ant. Misc. Inv. 8579) (see Fig. 38) 1·7
Green firm warty patina (Etruscan mirror, Ant. Fr. 53) 2·1
Completely oxidized Cyprian bronze fragment (Ant.) 2·2
Green cracked patina upon a thick layer of cuprous oxide (bronze fragment from Troy) 4·0
Completely oxidized Cyprian bronze fragment (Ant.) 4·2
Bright green efflorescent patches upon dark tuberous patina (bronze fragment, Ant.) 5·9
Bright green powdery patina in the hollows of a darker smoother patina (Horus, Aeg. 11010) 6·7
Bright blue powdery moist patina (Aeg. 12663) 7·4
Green and blue patina mixed with grains of sand (Buto, Aeg. 13132) 8·3
Bright green cracked patina (bronze fragment from Troy) 9·3
Bright green powdery patches, dark green rough patina (cup, Ant. Fr. 1654) 10·2 [40]
Thick greenish black tuberous patina (Besa, Aeg. 9716) 10·8
Green firm patina, with brighter patches (Buto, Aeg. 13787) 11·3
Bright green powdery patina (Isis with Horus, Aeg. 14078) (copper) 12·5
Green tuberous and cracked patina (Horus in the lotus flower, Aeg. 2409) 13·1
Bright green powdery excrescences (Buto, Aeg. 13787) 13·9
Bright green soft patina, with a dark and somewhat firmer surface (door hinge from Babylon, Aeg. V.A. 2185) 15·1

[41] A due consideration of these figures must lead to the conclusion that as a rule a malignant patina is one which contains chlorine. That traces of chlorine are found in many cases of benign patina need cause no surprise, for frequent handling alone may suffice to bring about such a condition. Nor is this rule invalidated by the fact that a patina which is proved to contain chlorine (e.g. that of the mirror[61] depicted on page 40), has remained unchanged for years under certain conditions, for the formation of patina depends upon various causes, and it often happens that a bronze carries a patina which outwardly seems to have stood the test of years, yet internally oxidation has continued and becomes outwardly visible only when some mechanical injury to the patina allows variations of temperature to exert a greater influence. A specimen is often regarded as bronze, whereas in reality it does not even contain a metallic core, but consists merely of cuprous oxide, copper oxychloride, tin oxide, etc.[62], and is therefore incapable of further change. On the other hand it is not surprising to find a patina, which, although containing no chlorine, affords but a poor protection to the bronze, for in this case the cause may lie in the non-homogeneous and porous nature of the alloy.

[41] Careful consideration of these figures must lead us to conclude that, as a general rule, a harmful patina contains chlorine. It's not surprising that traces of chlorine are found in many cases of benign patina, as frequent handling alone may be enough to cause this condition. This rule still holds even if a patina known to contain chlorine (like that of the mirror [61] shown on page 40) has remained unchanged for years under certain conditions, because the formation of patina depends on various factors. Often, a bronze piece may seem to have a patina that has held up over time, but internally, oxidation is still occurring and only becomes visible when some mechanical damage to the patina allows temperature changes to have a greater effect. A specimen is often thought to be bronze, while in reality, it may not even have a metallic core, consisting only of cuprous oxide, copper oxychloride, tin oxide, etc. [62], making it incapable of further change. Conversely, it's also not surprising to find a patina that, despite lacking chlorine, provides poor protection to the bronze; this might be due to the non-homogeneous and porous nature of the alloy.

This list shows in addition that this high chlorine-content is a distinguishing feature of the patina of Egyptian bronzes, as is only to be expected from the character of the Egyptian soil (vide pp. 1, 2 et seq.); in fact, although in most cases qualitatively only, I have proved the existence of chlorine in each Egyptian bronze without an exception. The destructive nature of chlorine is not often apparent in bronzes recently excavated, which usually show an apparently sound, dark [42] green patina with a smooth surface, sometimes like malachite or azurite; personally I have not met with any bronze object from Egypt which could be said to have a patina deserving the name of “noble” patina. Not till some time, or it may be not till years after the objects have been placed in [43] museums does the change become apparent, as has been so strikingly described by Mond and Cuboni (see page 27 ). The varying amount of moisture in our atmosphere undoubtedly influences the spread of the patina, which, if the application of a preservative is delayed, gradually eats into [44] the bronze. The adjoining figures (Fig. 9 to 12) of the same bronze before and after the process of preservation show distinctly such ravages, whereby the surface has been in some places eroded to a depth of 2 to 3 mm. In other cases, especially hollow bronzes, the thin walls have been completely [45] perforated. The explanation of these processes is found in the experimental work of Krefting[63], and also in the treatise by Berthelot, from which extracts have already been given. [46] The theory enunciated by Mond and Cuboni, that the “wild” or spreading patina is due to the action of bacteria, cannot now be maintained, for not only do chemical reactions give an adequate explanation of the process, but these observers have failed to transplant the bacteria; nor were the experiments of Dr Stavenhagen, undertaken at our request, more successful. That certain bacteria are capable of attacking metal, as for example the metal lettering on books, is an established fact, while the universal distribution of bacteria will naturally lead to their presence upon bronzes and their patina. The application of heat checks chemical change by driving off the moisture, and therefore arrests the spread of a patina for some time, until by penetrating the oxidized layer the moisture and carbonic acid can again act upon the patina and the underlying metal. As has been already stated in the passage from Dingler’s “Polytechnic Journal” quoted above, I have observed the renewed formation of efflorescence upon a bronze statuette which had been thus sterilised. This, it may be urged, was a case of re-infection: it is, however, strange that Mond and Cuboni do not refer to chlorine as a component of the patina. The presence of chlorine may have been overlooked; it cannot well have been absent, for in every case of rodent patina I have found without exception chlorine in the bright green efflorescences, whatever may have been the original source of the bronze.

This list also shows that the high chlorine content is a key characteristic of the patina found on Egyptian bronzes, which makes sense considering the nature of the Egyptian soil (see pp. 1, 2 et seq.); in fact, while I have only qualitatively demonstrated the presence of chlorine in every Egyptian bronze without exception, it remains true nonetheless. The damaging effects of chlorine aren't usually evident in newly excavated bronzes, which typically display a seemingly intact, dark green patina with a smooth surface, sometimes resembling malachite or azurite. Personally, I haven't encountered any bronze item from Egypt that could truly be considered to have a "noble" patina. It often takes some time—potentially years—after these items are placed in [43] museums for the changes to become noticeable, as has been dramatically detailed by Mond and Cuboni (see page 27 ). The varying moisture levels in our atmosphere certainly affect how patina develops, which can gradually corrode the bronze if preservative treatment is delayed. The adjacent figures (Fig. 9 to 12) show the same bronze before and after preservation, illustrating such damage, with some areas eroded to a depth of 2 to 3 mm. In other cases, particularly with hollow bronzes, the thin walls have been entirely [45] perforated. The explanation for these processes can be found in the experimental work of Krefting [63], as well as in the treatise by Berthelot, from which we have already provided excerpts. [46] The theory proposed by Mond and Cuboni that the “wild” or spreading patina results from bacterial action can no longer be upheld, as chemical reactions provide a sufficient explanation for the process, and they have failed to transfer the bacteria; similarly, the experiments conducted by Dr. Stavenhagen at our request were also not successful. It is a well-established fact that certain bacteria can attack metal, such as the metal lettering on books, and due to the widespread presence of bacteria, it is natural for them to be found on bronzes and their patina. Applying heat disrupts chemical changes by removing moisture, thus temporarily halting the spread of patina until moisture and carbonic acid can penetrate the oxidized layer and affect both the patina and the underlying metal. As previously noted in the passage from Dingler’s “Polytechnic Journal” mentioned above, I observed the renewed formation of efflorescence on a bronze statuette that had been sterilized. One might argue this was a case of re-infection; however, it's curious that Mond and Cuboni do not mention chlorine as a component of the patina. Chlorine's presence may have been overlooked, but it likely couldn't have been absent, as I've consistently found chlorine in the bright green efflorescences in every case of rodent patina, regardless of the original source of the bronze.

Fig. 9.
Bronze Pasht showing destructive patina.

Fig. 9.
Bronze Pasht displaying a worn patina.

Fig. 10.
The same after treatment (Finkener’s method).

Fig. 10.
The same after treatment (Finkener’s method).

Fig. 11.
Bronze Pasht showing destructive patina.

Fig. 11.
Bronze Pasht displaying a damaged patina.

Fig. 12.
The same after treatment (Finkener’s method[64]).

Fig. 12.
The same after treatment (Finkener’s method[64]).

Nor am I able to endorse the statement of Friedel[65] that a spreading patina is characterised by a peculiar and disagreeable smell, although some oxidized bronzes have a distinct smell which it is not easy to describe.

Nor can I support Friedel[65]'s claim that a developing patina has a strange and unpleasant odor, although some oxidized bronzes do have a noticeable smell that’s hard to describe.

The presence of chlorine is particularly dangerous to those bronzes which consist of a casing of metal of variable thickness around a core of sandy clay, the object of which has been [47] to economize metal. These constitute an important class amongst Egyptian bronzes. The chlorine often exists in the core as sodium chloride, and can thus attack the metal from both sides. Moreover, the structure of many Egyptian statuettes of a later period is very porous and spongy, and thus presents a large surface to destructive agencies. On sawing through the support of an Osiris[66] numerous small bright spots were found, upon examination with a lens, to be small pores filled with a salt solution. A few days later the action of the carbonic acid had begun, and the bright spots of moisture were represented by small green patches. The following figures show the absorption of moisture and of carbonic acid by this specimen and by another Osiris from the Egyptian collection.

The presence of chlorine is particularly harmful to bronzes that have a metal casing of varying thickness surrounding a core of sandy clay, designed to save on metal. These bronzes are an important category among Egyptian artifacts. Chlorine often exists in the core as sodium chloride, allowing it to attack the metal from both sides. Additionally, many Egyptian statuettes from a later period are quite porous and spongy, which exposes a large surface area to damaging elements. When cutting through the support of an Osiris [66], numerous small bright spots were found, which, upon examination with a lens, turned out to be small pores filled with a salt solution. A few days later, the action of carbonic acid began, and the bright spots of moisture transformed into small green patches. The following figures illustrate the absorption of moisture and carbonic acid by this specimen and by another Osiris from the Egyptian collection.

I. Base of Osiris.
Weight, air-dried 14·6554 gr.
After one day in the desiccator 14·6514 gr.
Air-dried, after one day 14·6540 gr.
Air-dried, after ten days 14·6576 gr.
Air-dried, after one month 14·6599 gr.
Air-dried, after two months 14·6623 gr.
Air-dried, after four months 14·7261 gr.
After a prolonged period in the desiccator 14·7033 gr.
Air-dried, after one day 14·7254 gr.
Air-dried, after one month 14·7321 gr.
Air-dried, after two months 14·7362 gr.
Air-dried, after four months 14·7381 gr.
II. Osiris.
Weight, air-dried 77·7522 gr.
After some time in the desiccator 77·7397 gr.
Air-dried, after one day 77·7462 gr.
Air-dried, after ten days 77·7548 gr.
Air-dried, after one month 77·7582 gr.
Air-dried, after two months 77·7617 gr.
Air-dried, after four months 77·7704 gr.
After being heated to 200°C. in the drying stove and lying one day in the desiccator   77·5967 gr. [48]
Air-dried, after one day 77·6752 gr.
Air-dried, after one month 77·8044 gr.
Air-dried, after two months 77·8191 gr.
Air-dried, after four months 77·8320 gr.
Air-dried, after seven months 77·8444 gr.
After four days in the desiccator 77·8225 gr.

These figures show that in the first case the absorption of carbonic acid, oxygen, and water proceeded at first slowly, but more rapidly after three months, as was evidenced also by the appearance of marked efflorescence on the oxidized surfaces. The Osiris, which was more highly oxidized, showed a more rapid increase in weight from the first. The increased action after the heating was also manifest externally, for at the end of a fortnight the bright green efflorescences had made their appearance. In this case therefore the heating recommended by Mond and Cuboni, so far from proving beneficial, actually induced a more rapid decay.

These figures show that in the first case, the absorption of carbon dioxide, oxygen, and water started slowly but sped up after three months, as shown by the noticeable efflorescence on the oxidized surfaces. The Osiris, which was more oxidized, showed a faster increase in weight from the beginning. The increased activity after heating was also visible, as by the end of two weeks, bright green efflorescences had appeared. In this case, the heating suggested by Mond and Cuboni, instead of being helpful, actually caused a quicker decay.

The patina layer, as Schuler has also observed, often contains a greater proportion of tin than does the alloy; a result which is manifestly due to the solution and removal of the copper salts by the subsoil water. The bright efflorescences of an Egyptian statue of Buto[67] contained 10·49% of tin, while the percentage in the metal itself was only 7·66. In certain circumstances it may even result that an object which was originally composed of bronze is represented only by tin oxide [68]. The small proportion, and occasionally the complete absence, of copper is the result of the action of ammonia which may arise from the decomposition of dead bodies and of [49] carbonic acid, both of which agents, with the help of oxygen, attack the buried bronzes, and, dissolving the copper compounds by the subsoil water, leave only the insoluble tin oxide.

The patina layer, as Schuler has noted, often has a higher percentage of tin than the alloy itself; this is clearly due to the dissolution and removal of copper salts by groundwater. The bright deposits on an Egyptian statue of Buto[67] contained 10.49% tin, while the metal itself had only 7.66%. In some cases, it may happen that an object originally made of bronze is now only represented by tin oxide [68]. The low amount, and sometimes the complete absence, of copper is a result of ammonia produced from decomposing bodies and carbonic acid, both of which, aided by oxygen, attack the buried bronzes and, by dissolving the copper compounds through groundwater, leave only insoluble tin oxide.

Upon the whole the foregoing remarks upon bronzes are equally applicable to objects of copper, which however appear to possess a greater power of resistance to the destructive action of carbonic acid and moisture, even where salt is present. This is probably due to the fact that the absence of tin and lead precludes any interaction between the compounds of these metals and those of copper. Copper objects with a sound so-called “noble” patina apparently do not occur.

Overall, the previous comments about bronzes also apply to copper objects, which seem to resist the damaging effects of carbonic acid and moisture better, even in the presence of salt. This is likely because the lack of tin and lead prevents any reaction between the compounds of these metals and those of copper. Copper objects with a well-preserved "noble" patina don’t seem to exist.

Silver.

Unless alloyed with a large amount of copper, in which case they show green efflorescences similar to those of bronzes, silver objects are almost always covered with a layer of soft silver chloride (horn-silver) of varying thickness, AgCl, or of the harder silver subchloride, Ag2Cl; and when these compounds form a thick layer, they often show a warty or more rarely a cracked surface. If the layer of chloride is thin, incised designs upon the silver will be visible both before and after removal of the chloride. The two chlorine compounds frequently appear together in distinct sharply defined layers of different colours, that nearer the silver being the layer of subchloride. This is especially well shown on fragments of silver from the Hildesheim silver-find[69]. Upon one fragment[70] the [50] layer of silver chloride was about twice as thick as that of the silver subchloride. Being unable to separate them I determined the silver and the chlorine of both layers together with the following result:

Unless mixed with a large amount of copper, in which case they show green efflorescences similar to bronzes, silver objects are usually covered with a layer of soft silver chloride (horn-silver) of varying thickness, AgCl, or the harder silver subchloride, Ag2Cl. When these compounds form a thick layer, they often have a warty or, less commonly, a cracked surface. If the layer of chloride is thin, incised designs on the silver will be visible both before and after the chloride is removed. The two chlorine compounds often occur together in distinct, sharply defined layers of different colors, with the layer closer to the silver being subchloride. This is particularly evident on fragments of silver from the Hildesheim silver find[69]. On one fragment[70], the [50] layer of silver chloride was about twice as thick as that of the silver subchloride. Unable to separate them, I measured the silver and chlorine of both layers together with the following result:

Silver 74·52.     Chlorine 21·90.

Silver 74.52. Chlorine 21.90.

Now for 2AgCl, Ag2Cl 74·52 silver would correspond to 18·11 chlorine only, while for AgCl the proportions would be 74·52 silver to 24·15 chlorine. Since the specific weight of silver subchloride is greater than that of silver chloride, these figures prove that the subchloride is also present.

Now for 2AgCl, Ag2Cl 74.52 silver would correspond to 18.11 chlorine only, while for AgCl the proportions would be 74.52 silver to 24.15 chlorine. Since the specific weight of silver subchloride is greater than that of silver chloride, these figures show that the subchloride is also present.

Between the metal and the silver chloride there is often a thin powdery layer consisting of finely divided cupric oxide, or silver sulphide, and occasionally of gold, if, as is frequently the case, the silver is auriferous. The presence of gold may, however, also point to the existence of gilding. The silver chloride often shows a reddish or brown colour on the surface, due probably, in some cases, to the adherence of minute quantities of the earth in which it was found, but partly also to the action of light upon the silver chloride.

Between the metal and the silver chloride, there’s often a thin powdery layer made up of finely divided cupric oxide, or silver sulfide, and occasionally gold, especially if the silver is mixed with gold, as is often the case. The presence of gold might also indicate that there’s gilding. The silver chloride frequently has a reddish or brown tint on the surface, likely due in part to tiny amounts of soil from where it was found, but also to the effect of light on the silver chloride.

Thin black layers upon silver, as also the so-called silver tarnish, result from the formation of silver sulphide, from contact with decaying organic substances which have contained sulphur.

Thin black layers on silver, like the so-called silver tarnish, are caused by the formation of silver sulfide due to contact with decaying organic materials that contain sulfur.

When placed in museums silver objects remain unaltered, and no further chemical changes take place.

When silver objects are put in museums, they stay unchanged, and no additional chemical changes occur.

Any other changes which have been observed will be gathered from the following extracts.

Any other changes that have been noticed will be collected from the following excerpts.

Church[71] analysed a specimen of silver upon which two layers were distinguishable. The outer semi-metallic layer consisted of metallic silver, with traces of chloride, sulphide, and iodide of silver, together with copper carbonate and a [51] small quantity of gold; the inner layer, which was soft, grey and powdery, had the following composition:

Church[71] analyzed a sample of silver that showed two distinct layers. The outer semi-metallic layer was made up of metallic silver, with traces of silver chloride, silver sulfide, and silver iodide, along with copper carbonate and a [51] small amount of gold; the inner layer, which was soft, gray, and powdery, had the following composition:

Silver 94·69%
Gold 0·41%
Copper 3·48%
Lead 0·28%
Antimony with traces of arsenic and bismuth 1·21%

As the composition of the sound metallic core was identical, it is evident that physical and molecular changes only had taken place similar to those observed by Warrington[72] as early as 1843.

As the makeup of the sound metallic core was the same, it’s clear that only physical and molecular changes occurred, similar to what Warrington[72] observed back in 1843.

Silver objects found in Mycene are said by Mitzopulos[73] to show three layers, the outermost of which has a red colour and is not markedly friable, consisting of silver oxide; the second is tough and consists of silver chloride (horn-silver); while the third, that next to the metal, is similar to the outermost layer. Mitzopulos thinks that the chlorine must have been brought by rain water, since there are neither sea nor springs of water in the neighbourhood.

Silver objects found in Mycenae are said by Mitzopulos[73] to show three layers. The outermost layer is red and not very fragile, made up of silver oxide. The second layer is tough and consists of silver chloride (horn-silver). The third layer, which is closest to the metal, is similar to the outermost layer. Mitzopulos believes that the chlorine must have come from rainwater, as there are no seas or springs in the area.

Schertel [74] distinguished two layers in fragments of silver from the Hildesheim silver find, the outermost of which proved to be silver chloride:

Schertel [74] identified two layers in pieces of silver from the Hildesheim silver discovery, with the outermost layer found to be silver chloride:

Silver 75·43% found, 75·31% calculated for AgCl
Chlorine  24·51% found, 24·69% calculated for AgCl

Beneath this layer was a very thin, almost black, brittle layer of silver subchloride:

Beneath this layer was a very thin, almost black, brittle layer of silver subchloride:

Silver 87·0% found, 85·89% calculated
Chlorine  12·8% found, 14·11% calculated

Between the metal and the latter layer was a small [52] quantity of dark powder, which Schertel recognized as gold. He thinks that the layer of silver subchloride seems to indicate that the water, which permeated the surrounding clay, contained chlorides, and first converted the copper into copper chloride; that the copper chloride together with the silver then formed silver subchloride and cuprous chloride. Should the subchloride again become chloride, it would be able to attack the silver afresh. The slowness of the process, when the silver and copper in association with it had been converted into chlorine compounds, allowed the gold to be deposited as a fine powder upon the intact metal.

Between the metal and the top layer was a small [52] amount of dark powder, which Schertel recognized as gold. He believes that the layer of silver subchloride suggests that the water, which seeped through the surrounding clay, had chlorides that first turned the copper into copper chloride. Then, the copper chloride along with the silver formed silver subchloride and cuprous chloride. If the subchloride turned back into chloride, it could attack the silver again. The gradual nature of the process, when the silver and copper it was associated with had been transformed into chlorine compounds, allowed the gold to settle as a fine powder on the undamaged metal.

A silver coin rolled out into a thin plate, after remaining in a solution of common salt for six months, was found to have lost 27·7% of its copper, so that the plate became brittle, especially in those parts where it was thinnest.

A silver coin that had been in a salt solution for six months was flattened into a thin plate and was found to have lost 27.7% of its copper, making the plate brittle, especially in the thinner areas.

Bibra[75] gives a similar explanation of the conversion into silver chloride. He believes that the reddish colour which is occasionally seen on silver at a fresh fracture must be due to the presence of cuprous oxide.

Bibra[75] gives a similar explanation for the conversion into silver chloride. He thinks that the reddish color sometimes seen on silver at a fresh break is likely caused by the presence of cuprous oxide.

The following extract is taken from the section which deals with silver in the work of Berthelot[76] previously quoted:

The following excerpt is taken from the section that discusses silver in Berthelot's work[76] previously mentioned:

“Silver chloride is for the most part produced by the sodium chloride dissolved in the subsoil water, which acts in conjunction with the oxygen and the carbonic acid of the air:

“Silver chloride is mostly formed by the sodium chloride dissolved in the groundwater, which works together with the oxygen and carbon dioxide in the air:”

2Ag + O + (n + 2)NaCl + CO2 = 2AgCl, nNaCl + Na2CO3.

2Ag + O + (n + 2)NaCl + CO2 = 2AgCl, nNaCl + Na2CO3.

But this reaction differs from that which takes place in the case of copper in that it does not proceed continuously except in the presence of a considerable quantity of salt water only, as for instance in the sea. [53] In museums the alteration goes no further than corresponds to the minute quantity of sodium chloride contained in the object. On the other hand in an earth which contains salts, the continued presence of water can bring about a more or less marked change, and in some cases even a stable silver subchloride may be formed.”

But this reaction is different from what happens with copper because it doesn't occur continuously unless there's a significant amount of salt water, like in the sea. [53] In museums, the changes are limited to the tiny amount of sodium chloride found in the object. However, in soil that contains salts, the ongoing presence of water can lead to more noticeable changes, and in some cases, a stable silver subchloride may even form.

Lead.

Objects of lead have always a white appearance due to the formation of lead carbonate, as has been already mentioned above in connection with bronze. The carbonate is also often mixed with oxide.

Objects made of lead always look white because of the formation of lead carbonate, as mentioned earlier in relation to bronze. The carbonate is often mixed with oxide as well.

Tin.

Objects made of tin[77] are frequently found in pile-dwellings in a good state of preservation. They are, however, occasionally covered with white or brown layers of hydrated tin oxide, while in some cases oxidation has advanced so far that no trace of metallic tin is left in the hard grey masses of oxide which result.

Objects made of tin[77] are often found in pile-dwellings and are usually well-preserved. However, they sometimes have white or brown layers of hydrated tin oxide on them, and in some cases, oxidation has progressed so much that there’s no sign of metallic tin left in the hard gray masses of oxide that form.

Gold.

Gold is found to be unaltered, or there is at most a thin layer of silver chloride, which is the result of the action of sodium chloride upon the silver which the gold usually contains. Gold objects often have a red coating, which has been found to consist of ferric oxide, and is due to extraneous deposits which have been fixed by the silver chloride. I have not been able to prove the presence of gold chloride[78], and it does not appear possible that water containing sodium chloride can have the power of acting upon gold. If the ferric oxide is removed mechanically, some of the gold will naturally be [54] removed with it, and this can be readily ascertained on analysis.

Gold is found to be unchanged, or at most covered by a thin layer of silver chloride, which results from the interaction of sodium chloride with the silver usually present in gold. Gold items often have a red coating made of ferric oxide, which comes from external deposits that have been bonded by the silver chloride. I have not been able to confirm the presence of gold chloride[78], and it seems unlikely that water containing sodium chloride can have an effect on gold. If the ferric oxide is removed mechanically, some of the gold will naturally be [54] taken away with it, and this can easily be verified through analysis.

The degree of brittleness in objects of gold depends upon the changes which have taken place in other metals, especially silver, which are mixed with it.

The brittleness of gold objects depends on the changes that have occurred in the other metals mixed with it, especially silver.

Glass.

Ancient glass, which is for the most part lime-soda silicate, exhibits a dull, rough surface with the well-known iridescence. The alkali is removed from the glass by the action of moisture, oxygen and carbonic acid, while the silicic acid remains in the form of minute scales, which cause the iridescence by interference. According to Bunsen the chemical action of the gases of the atmosphere on glass is facilitated by the condensation of water upon its surface; for the water thus condensed absorbs large quantities of carbonic acid. In certain circumstances almost the whole of the alkali is withdrawn from the glass. An analysis of glass of this kind, together with a discussion of the chemical reactions involved, is given in Muspratt’s “Chemistry[79].”

Ancient glass, mostly made of lime-soda silicate, has a dull, rough surface that displays the well-known iridescence. Moisture, oxygen, and carbonic acid remove the alkali from the glass, while the silicic acid remains as tiny scales that create the iridescence through interference. Bunsen noted that the chemical reactions between atmospheric gases and glass are enhanced by water condensing on its surface, as this water absorbs significant amounts of carbonic acid. In some cases, nearly all the alkali can be taken out of the glass. An analysis of this type of glass, along with a discussion of the chemical reactions involved, can be found in Muspratt’s “Chemistry[79].”

Glass objects which are markedly iridescent undergo gradual decay even under museum conditions; this is probably due to the continued action of carbonic acid.

Glass objects that are noticeably iridescent experience gradual deterioration even in museum settings; this is likely due to the ongoing effects of carbonic acid.

Organic Compounds.

The changes which organic substances undergo are various; thus, while leather becomes hard, papyrus becomes brittle. Like all other organic material they may undergo those destructive processes which are due to the growth of moulds or to the agency of various bacteria. They are also liable to be attacked by maggots, moths, and other insects. It is unnecessary here to describe in detail these numerous [55] and varied changes; a few special cases only need be mentioned.

The changes that organic substances go through are diverse; for example, leather hardens while papyrus becomes fragile. Like all organic materials, they can experience destructive processes caused by mold growth or various bacteria. They are also vulnerable to attacks from maggots, moths, and other insects. There's no need to go into detail about all these numerous and varied changes; only a few specific cases need to be discussed. [55]

Acid peat, in which iron objects perish, is found to have a good preservative action upon wool and horn, whilst vegetable fibres are destroyed. On the other hand, in pile-dwellings wool and horn substances have disappeared. Olshausen[80] thinks that animal fibre is destroyed by simple decay brought about by the oxygen in solution in ordinary water, whilst in peat the immense quantity of vegetable matter takes up the oxygen which can therefore no longer serve for the oxidation of wool and similar material.

Acid peat, where iron objects break down, is effective at preserving wool and horn, but it destroys vegetable fibers. In contrast, wool and horn have disappeared in pile dwellings. Olshausen[80] suggests that animal fibers decay simply due to the oxygen dissolved in regular water, while in peat, the large amount of vegetable matter absorbs the oxygen, preventing it from oxidizing wool and similar materials.

Under certain circumstances woollen textures are found to be remarkably well preserved in oak coffins, as may be seen in the Museum at Copenhagen.

Under certain conditions, woolen fabrics are found to be exceptionally well preserved in oak coffins, as can be seen in the Museum in Copenhagen.

Bones, horn, and ivory show great variety in their behaviour, which depends of course on the nature of their surroundings. Thus for instance in acid peat sometimes the animal matter only is preserved[81], while in graves, beyond a few remains of tooth enamel, there is often nothing to show that they have enclosed bodies. Burned bones are generally found to resist decay, for the destruction of the animal matter leaves them no longer liable to further decomposition[82].

Bones, horn, and ivory exhibit a wide range of behaviors, which obviously depend on their environment. For example, in acidic peat, sometimes only the organic material is preserved[81], while in graves, aside from a few fragments of tooth enamel, there's often nothing to indicate that they contained bodies. Burned bones tend to resist decay since the destruction of the organic material means they're no longer susceptible to further decomposition[82].

Amber objects are well preserved in water or in peat, but if they have lain in earth, they are darkened and often friable.

Amber objects are well preserved in water or in peat, but if they’ve been buried in soil, they become dark and often crumbly.

If organic substances, such as wood, etc., have lain in the immediate neighbourhood of oxidized bronze, and are thereby saturated with copper compounds, they show a very good state of preservation, which continues after they have been placed in a collection. Similarly the remains of fabrics upon iron [56] objects, which are permeated with rust, are sometimes found in good condition.

If organic materials, like wood and similar items, have been nearby oxidized bronze and absorbed copper compounds, they remain well-preserved even after being added to a collection. Likewise, the remains of fabrics on iron [56] objects, which have rust, can sometimes be found in good condition.

Objects imbedded in salt (sodium chloride) are in certain circumstances found in a good state of preservation and continue so, as is shown by the skins, leather and wooden articles which are exhibited in the Salzburg Museum.

Objects embedded in salt (sodium chloride) are sometimes found well-preserved and remain that way, as demonstrated by the skins, leather, and wooden items displayed in the Salzburg Museum.

As a general rule absence of moisture in the earth is essential for the preservation of organic substances, and is the cause of the splendid condition in which objects of organic material are found in Egypt. [57]

As a general rule, a lack of moisture in the ground is crucial for keeping organic materials intact, which is why we find such well-preserved organic objects in Egypt. [57]

PART II.
THE PRESERVATION OF ANTIQUITIES.

The object with which it is proposed to deal should first be photographed, and from different sides if necessary; for the external appearance is often changed during the process of preservation, and it is advisable that a representation of the specimen in its original condition should be kept in case any injury should befall the object, which however rarely happens if proper caution be observed. For this reason in the Laboratory of the Royal Museums at Berlin all bronzes are photographed before treatment, as also are all limestone blocks. Thus the 125 blocks from the Grave-chamber of Meten were each separately photographed. It is only in certain cases that this rule is not observed, as for instance in the case of the numerous Egyptian ostraca, i.e. fragments of earthenware showing inscriptions which had been previously copied.

The object you intend to work with should first be photographed from various angles if needed; the external appearance often changes during the preservation process. It's a good idea to keep a record of the specimen in its original state in case any damage occurs, which is rare if proper care is taken. For this reason, in the Laboratory of the Royal Museums in Berlin, all bronzes and limestone blocks are photographed before treatment. For example, the 125 blocks from the Grave-chamber of Meten were each photographed separately. This rule is only sometimes broken, like with the many Egyptian ostraca, which are fragments of pottery with inscriptions that have already been copied.

I. Preservation of Objects Made of Inorganic Materials.

(a) Limestone.

The method formerly employed for the preservation of decaying and crumbling limestones was that of simple impregnation, and this is still followed in some cases which will be subsequently described. But as the active agents of destruction are not removed by this method the result is not always satisfactory, and an attempt is now made where [58] possible to remove those salts which are soluble in water, especially the sodium chloride, by the simple process of steeping in water.

The method previously used for preserving decaying and crumbling limestones was simple impregnation, and this is still used in some cases that will be described later. However, since this method doesn’t remove the active agents of destruction, the results aren’t always satisfactory. Now, when possible, efforts are being made to remove those salts that dissolve in water, particularly sodium chloride, through the straightforward process of soaking in water.

If the presence of salt in a limestone is evidenced by a crumbling surface, or by the taste when touched with the tip of the tongue, the question will arise whether it will bear steeping, or whether the destruction is so far advanced that, on being placed in water, the limestone will fall to pieces.

If there's evidence of salt in limestone through a crumbling surface or by the taste when you touch it with your tongue, the question will come up whether it can withstand soaking or if the deterioration is so severe that, when placed in water, the limestone will break apart.

If fractures or cracks can be actually seen in the stone, steeping is contra-indicated, but if the condition is less manifest, a preliminary test should be applied.

If fractures or cracks are clearly visible in the stone, soaking is not recommended, but if the condition is less obvious, a preliminary test should be performed.

A large drop of water, e.g. about 25 cubic centimetre in volume, should be placed on the surface of the stone, and any changes which take place should be carefully noted. If the drop is not absorbed by the stone, it may be due to a layer of dust or to previous saturation with solutions of resin or varnish. Dust may be removed with a moderately hard brush or by rubbing with the finger, but if a limestone has been previously saturated with a varnish solution it will not absorb the water, and is therefore hardly suitable for this treatment. If the drop is absorbed, an iron or a steel point, such as the thick end of a medium-sized needle, should be used to ascertain whether the limestone at the moistened spot shows the same degree of hardness as elsewhere. If this is found to be the case, especially if the pieces are of a large size, the test should be repeated at other spots, including the back of the stone, for a hardened layer on the front aspect may be the result of former treatment. If the result of this examination is satisfactory and no soluble colouring is observed on the limestone, the process of steeping may be applied. If on the other hand the moistened area has become softer, or has become to any extent swollen, or if any colours which may be present show signs of disappearance or fading, treatment with water must be abandoned.

A large drop of water, roughly 25 cubic centimeters in volume, should be placed on the stone's surface, and any changes that occur should be carefully noted. If the stone doesn’t absorb the drop, it might be because of a layer of dust or previous saturation with resin or varnish solutions. Dust can be removed with a moderately hard brush or by rubbing it with your finger. However, if a limestone has been previously treated with a varnish solution, it won't absorb the water and isn't suitable for this treatment. If the drop is absorbed, use an iron or steel point, like the thick end of a medium-sized needle, to check if the limestone at the wet spot feels just as hard as the rest of it. If it does, especially in larger pieces, the test should be repeated in other areas, including the back of the stone, since a hardened layer on the front might be due to previous treatment. If this examination goes well and there are no soluble colors found on the limestone, you can proceed with steeping. On the other hand, if the moistened area becomes softer, swollen, or if any colors seem to be fading or disappearing, stop the water treatment.

[59] The difference of behaviour is easily explained, for limestones do not always consist of lime only, or, more correctly, carbonate of lime (CaCO3), but often contain sand or clay, and the greater the amount of clay the more readily the stone softens or swells. Even when a limestone has borne this preliminary test satisfactorily it should be carefully watched for an hour or two after immersion and should be at once removed from the water should any further changes appear.

[59] The difference in behavior is easy to explain because limestones don't always consist solely of lime, or more accurately, calcium carbonate (CaCO3), but often contain sand or clay. The more clay present, the easier it is for the stone to soften or expand. Even if a limestone passes this initial test, it should be closely monitored for an hour or two after being immersed, and it should be removed from the water immediately if any further changes occur.

Steeping. The procedure to be observed is as follows. The rapidity with which the salts may be removed varies directly with the quantity of water used in steeping. The treatment of objects of small size presents no difficulties; any vessel of glass, porcelain, or earthenware will serve the purpose. Towards the end of the treatment distilled water should be used, or in default of this, clean rain water should be used in preference to that from a well. For larger objects (as, for example, the large limestone blocks of the Meten Chamber mentioned above, some of which were 1 metre in length and 12 metre or more in breadth and thickness), it is convenient to use wooden tubs fitted with a tap in front to draw off the water, and so tilted by means of stones placed underneath that the tap may be at the lowest point. The objects should not touch the bottom of the vessel. Smaller pieces may be suspended or may be made to rest on glass rings or supports of glass rods; while large objects should be laid on blocks of wood so placed as to allow the tub to be cleaned when necessary without removal of the blocks, the weight of which would otherwise entail much labour. The blocks should be as near to the surface of the water as possible, leaving a considerable depth of water beneath, for the heavier salt-laden water sinks to the bottom, thus bringing into contact with the limestone water with a smaller salt-content. The length of the steeping must depend upon the size and porosity of the limestone.

Brewing. Here’s how to do it. The speed at which salts can be removed depends directly on the amount of water used for steeping. For small items, there are no issues; any glass, porcelain, or ceramic container will work. Toward the end of the process, you should use distilled water, or if that's not available, clean rainwater is preferable to well water. For larger items, like the big limestone blocks in the Meten Chamber mentioned earlier, some of which were about 1 meter long and 12 meter or more in width and thickness, it's best to use wooden tubs with a tap at the front to drain the water. These tubs should be tilted using stones underneath so the tap is at the lowest point. The objects shouldn't touch the bottom of the vessel. Smaller pieces can be hung or rested on glass rings or supports made from glass rods; larger items should be placed on wooden blocks arranged to allow the tub to be cleaned when needed without moving the blocks, since that would be heavy work. The blocks should be as close to the water surface as possible, leaving enough depth of water underneath, because the heavier salt-laden water sinks to the bottom, allowing the limestone to be in contact with water that has a lower salt content. The duration of steeping should vary based on the size and porosity of the limestone.

Under certain circumstances phenomena make their appearance [60] which must not be neglected. Thus if the treatment extends over a considerable length of time, the wooden tubs should be provided with lids to prevent the access of light. This was found indispensable in the treatment of the blocks from the Meten Chamber when Berlin tap-water[83] was used, for when the tubs were open a large quantity of brown hydrated ferric oxide appeared on the limestone, the roughness of which rendered its removal an impossibility even with brushes. This oxide is produced by various forms of algae and bacteria which developed in such numbers that the sides of the tubs were frequently covered with a layer of slime, which under the microscope appeared as a confused web of transparent threads[84]. This was brushed off with soft brushes at least once a fortnight, for the slimy covering impeded the access of the water to the limestone. That in this case the ferric oxide was the result of the action of light was proved by the fact that only those blocks which were placed near the windows were discoloured, and that the discolouration was proportionate to the amount of light which fell upon them[85]. Again, after the treatment in the covered tubs some of the blocks became so black that they resembled blocks of coal rather than limestone. After exposure to light for a day or two, especially when the water had been drawn off, the discolouration disappeared without leaving any traces. The colour was doubtless due to a minute quantity of iron in the form of sulphide which, after oxidation [61] in the air and light, became invisible upon the light yellow limestone. Under these circumstances the presence of sulphuretted hydrogen in the water, possibly produced by bacterial action upon the sulphates, was attested by the characteristic smell.

Under certain conditions, phenomena occur [60] that shouldn’t be overlooked. If the treatment lasts a long time, the wooden tubs should have lids to block out light. This was essential for the treatment of the blocks from the Meten Chamber when Berlin tap water [83] was used, because when the tubs were open, a significant amount of brown hydrated ferric oxide formed on the limestone. The rough texture made it impossible to remove, even with brushes. This oxide is produced by various types of algae and bacteria that grew in such abundance that the sides of the tubs were often covered in a layer of slime, which appeared under the microscope as a tangled web of transparent threads [84]. This slime was brushed off with soft brushes at least once every two weeks, as the slimy layer obstructed water access to the limestone. The fact that ferric oxide was caused by light exposure was demonstrated by the observation that only the blocks placed near the windows became discolored, and the discoloration was proportional to the light exposure [85]. Additionally, after treatment in the covered tubs, some of the blocks turned so black that they looked like coal instead of limestone. After being exposed to light for a day or two, especially once the water was drained, the discoloration vanished without leaving any marks. The color was likely due to a tiny amount of iron in the form of sulfide that, after oxidation [61] in air and light, became invisible on the light yellow limestone. In these situations, the presence of hydrogen sulfide in the water, possibly produced by bacterial action on sulfates, was indicated by the distinctive smell.

The enormous number of bacteria which develop in the water constitute a great hindrance to the process of steeping, and as to boil such a quantity of water as is required for these large objects is out of the question, frequent changes of water and frequent cleaning of the stone, wooden blocks, and tubs are the only remedies.

The huge number of bacteria that grow in the water really disrupts the steeping process, and since boiling enough water for these big items is not feasible, the only solutions are to frequently change the water and regularly clean the stone, wooden blocks, and tubs.

Examination of the Progress of the Steeping. The water should be changed at first daily, then by degrees every two, three, or four days, later on weekly only, until finally once a fortnight is sufficient. To ascertain the progress and completion of the elimination the quantity of chlorine in the wash-water may be determined by a simple method of titration [86].

Review of the Steeping Progress. The water should be changed daily at first, then gradually every two, three, or four days, and later just once a week, until it’s down to every two weeks. To check the progress and completion of the chlorine removal, the amount of chlorine in the wash water can be measured using a simple titration method. [86].

The following short explanation may be of use, and the method is easily learnt. If a solution of silver nitrate is poured into a solution of common salt (sodium chloride), a white curdy precipitate is produced, a process which the following equation will explain:

The following brief explanation might be helpful, and the method is easy to learn. When you pour a solution of silver nitrate into a solution of table salt (sodium chloride), a white curdy precipitate forms, which the following equation will clarify:

NaCl + AgNO3 = AgCl + NaNO3.

NaCl + AgNO3 = AgCl + NaNO3.

The white precipitate is the silver chloride, whilst the [62] sodium nitrate which is produced at the same time remains in solution and is therefore not visible. As always definite proportions of the two substances, silver nitrate and sodium chloride, react upon one another, by the use of a solution containing a known amount of silver nitrate we can determine the amount of salt, and hence of chlorine present. By cautiously inclining a burette (Fig. 13) divided into tenths of cubic centimetres[87], the silver solution should be dropped into a beaker containing a definite volume of the solution to be examined for chlorine; the level of the silver solution in the burette should be read off before and after pouring out, and the number of cubic centimetres of the silver solution required to precipitate the chlorine will thus be known.

The white solid is silver chloride, while the [62] sodium nitrate that forms at the same time stays dissolved and is therefore not visible. As always, specific amounts of the two substances, silver nitrate and sodium chloride, react with each other. By using a solution that contains a known amount of silver nitrate, we can figure out how much salt, and therefore chlorine, is present. By carefully tilting a burette (Fig. 13) marked in tenths of cubic centimeters [87], you should add the silver solution to a beaker containing a specific volume of the solution being tested for chlorine. You need to check the silver solution level in the burette before and after pouring, and this will tell you how many cubic centimeters of the silver solution are needed to precipitate the chlorine.

Fig. 13. Gay-Lussac’s Burette. 16 nat. size.

Fig. 13. Gay-Lussac’s Burette. 16 natural size.

The process when carried out in this manner has one defect, for it is necessary to allow the precipitate to settle in order to see clearly whether an additional drop of the silver solution will produce further precipitation, or whether it will merely cloud the fluid; this defect can, however, be remedied by means of a so-called “indicator.” A few drops of a concentrated solution of neutral yellow potassium chromate should be added to the fluid to be examined, which is thereby coloured yellow; [63] the solution is then shaken or stirred with a glass rod, while the silver nitrate is dropped in. Every drop of the silver solution will cause a red precipitate, the colour of which however disappears on stirring so long as there is any chlorine present; only when the silver solution has precipitated all the chlorine does the red colour become permanent, and thus the change of colour of the whole fluid from yellow to red shows with exactness the complete precipitation of the chlorine. For practical purposes all that is required is the so-called decinormal silver solution, and from the number of cubic centimetres of this solution which are required to precipitate all the chlorine the total amount of chlorine present can be readily calculated.

The process, when done this way, has one flaw: you need to let the precipitate settle to clearly see if an extra drop of the silver solution will cause more precipitation or just make the liquid cloudy. However, this flaw can be fixed using an “indicator.” Add a few drops of a concentrated solution of neutral yellow potassium chromate to the liquid being tested, which will turn yellow; [63] then shake or stir the solution with a glass rod while adding the silver nitrate drop by drop. Each drop of the silver solution will create a red precipitate, but the color will disappear when stirred as long as any chlorine is present. Only when the silver solution has precipitated all the chlorine does the red color become permanent, so the change from yellow to red indicates precisely the complete precipitation of chlorine. For practical purposes, all that's needed is the so-called decinormal silver solution; from the amount of this solution required to precipitate all the chlorine, the total chlorine present can be easily calculated.

In steeping smaller objects before examination the whole of the water should be well stirred with a glass rod or poured two or three times from one vessel into another: 100, 50 or 25 cubic centimetres are then poured into a graduated glass or drawn up into a pipette. The water should be drawn up by suction slightly above the level of the mark upon the stem of the pipette, the upper end of which is immediately closed with the thumb. By slightly raising the thumb the water is allowed to run off until its upper surface is exactly level with the mark. The amount taken is then placed into a beaker (for 100 cubic centimetres a beaker of 400 c.c. capacity should be used), and, after the addition of a few drops of a solution of potassium chromate, is examined by titration. In the [64] treatment of large objects, for which tubs are required, the necessary quantity of water may be drawn by means of a long pipette from the bottom of the tub, where the quantity of salt is always greatest, or through the tap at the bottom of the tub (as was done with the blocks from the Meten Chamber, in which case about 1 litre was drawn off into a glass out of which 100 c.c. were taken for titration). To obtain results which are comparable, care must be taken that the object is always as nearly as possible in the same quantity of water. After placing the larger blocks in the water, one examination should be made during the first few days, when the titration may require 20 c.c. or more of silver solution. There is no need to examine for chlorine while the water is being frequently changed: indeed, in order to economise the silver solution, this need not be begun until the second month, when the water is changed every fortnight.

When soaking smaller objects before examination, you should thoroughly stir the water with a glass rod or pour it two or three times from one container to another. Then, pour 100, 50, or 25 cubic centimeters into a graduated glass or draw it up into a pipette. Draw the water up by suction just above the mark on the pipette's stem, and immediately seal the top with your thumb. By gently lifting your thumb, let the water flow out until the top surface is exactly aligned with the mark. The amount taken is then transferred into a beaker (use a 400 c.c. beaker for 100 cubic centimeters), and after adding a few drops of potassium chromate solution, it is examined by titration. In the treatment of large objects, which require tubs, you can draw the necessary water using a long pipette from the bottom of the tub, where the salt concentration is always the highest, or through the tap at the bottom of the tub (as done with the blocks from the Meten Chamber, where about 1 liter was drawn off into a glass, and 100 c.c. were taken for titration). To obtain comparable results, ensure the object is always submerged in a similar volume of water. After placing the larger blocks in the water, make an examination within the first few days, as the titration may require 20 c.c. or more of silver solution. There's no need to check for chlorine while changing the water frequently; in fact, to conserve the silver solution, this can wait until the second month, when the water is changed every two weeks.

As has been stated above, it is only necessary to read off the number of cubic centimetres of the solution used in the titration, for the decrease in these figures is a sufficient indication of the progress of the operation, while the diminution of the chlorine-content may be taken as an indication of the simultaneous removal of the sulphates[88]. In the treatment of small objects in distilled water, the process may be regarded as complete if the red colour is obtained on the addition of from one to two drops (i.e. about 110 to 15 cubic centimetre) of the silver solution. If, when tap-water is used, and is being changed at intervals of a fortnight or a month, the estimations give a constant result between 0·6 and 1·0, the treatment need not be carried further.

As mentioned earlier, you only need to note the number of cubic centimeters of the solution used in the titration, as the decrease in these numbers is a clear indication of progress. Meanwhile, the decrease in chlorine content indicates the simultaneous removal of sulfates[88]. When treating small objects in distilled water, the process can be considered complete if a red color appears after adding one to two drops (around 110 to 15 cubic centimeters) of the silver solution. If you're using tap water and changing it every two weeks to a month, and the measurements consistently show between 0.6 and 1.0, you don’t need to continue the treatment.

The accompanying table shows the figures obtained from three large blocks from the Meten Chamber. They represent the number of cubic centimetres of decinormal silver solution used for 100 c.c. of the water, which was changed every fortnight. [65] The first column on the left shows the dates upon which the stones were placed in the tubs:

The accompanying table shows the figures obtained from three large blocks from the Meten Chamber. They represent the number of cubic centimeters of decinormal silver solution used for 100 c.c. of the water, which was replaced every two weeks. [65] The first column on the left shows the dates when the stones were put in the tubs:

3 Feb.
1890
7 Apr. 4 May 2 June 25 Aug. 22 Sep. 4 Nov. 1 Dec. 12 Jan.
1891
3·0 2·5 2·3 1·4 1·0 0·9 0·8 0·8
25 Apr.
1893
9 May 18 July 1 Aug. 25 Nov. 23 Dec. 16 Feb.
1894
29 Aug. 12 Sep.
6·0 5·6 4·9 2·0 1·7 1·5 0·8 0·8
29 July
1893
28 Oct. 25 Nov. 23 Dec. 20 Jan.
1894
16 Feb. 1 Aug. 29 Aug. 12 Sep.
3·0 2·0 1·5 1·3 1·1 0·7 0·8 0·7

When repeated examinations gave a fairly constant result of 0·7-0·8 cubic centimetre the process was regarded as complete, for Berlin tap-water itself contains small quantities of chlorine compounds, 100 c.c. requiring from 0·4 to 0·6 c.c. decinormal silver solution. Before using the water from a well or from waterworks, it should be examined to ascertain the number of cubic centimetres of silver solution required to produce the red colouration. As the amount of chlorine compounds in the water may vary it is advisable to repeat the examination[89].

When repeated tests showed a fairly consistent result of 0.7-0.8 cubic centimeters, the process was considered complete, since Berlin tap water itself contains small amounts of chlorine compounds, with 100 c.c. needing between 0.4 and 0.6 c.c. of decinormal silver solution. Before using water from a well or waterworks, it should be tested to determine how many cubic centimeters of silver solution are necessary to create the red coloration. Since the concentration of chlorine compounds in the water can vary, it's a good idea to repeat the test.[89]

The following table shows the rapidity with which salts can be completely extracted from small pieces of limestone. [66] The limestones were placed in tap-water in three glass cylinders, each containing 2 litres; the amount of silver solution required for the water was 0·45 c.c. per 100 c.c.

The following table shows how quickly salts can be fully extracted from small pieces of limestone. [66] The limestones were placed in tap water in three glass cylinders, each containing 2 liters; the amount of silver solution required for the water was 0.45 c.c. per 100 c.c.

No. of days of soaking in water 1 1 1 2 2 4
1 Weight in grammes 107 3·4 c.c. 1·4 1·1 0·7 0·5 0·5 cubic centimetres of decinormal silver solution.
2 Weight in grammes 66 3·0 c.c. 1·2 0·7 0·5 0·5 cubic centimetres of decinormal silver solution.
3 Weight in grammes 47 3·6 c.c. 0·8 0·6 0·5 0·5 cubic centimetres of decinormal silver solution.

These figures show the numbers of the c.c. of silver solution used for every 100 c.c. of the water, which was changed after 1, 2, etc. days as shown above. After 9 to 11 days therefore the stones could be declared free from salt.

These figures show the amount of silver solution used for every 100 c.c. of water, which was changed after 1, 2, etc. days as mentioned above. After 9 to 11 days, the stones could be considered free from salt.

If the accuracy of the titration method be considered unnecessary, either on account of the small number or size of the objects to be treated, or for reasons of expense (the outlay required is however very small), a solution of unknown strength may be used. A comparison between the degree of turbidity produced on mixing the silver nitrate solution with the tap-water, and that produced with the wash-water, will enable the progress of the operation to be gauged.

If the accuracy of the titration method is deemed unnecessary, either due to the small number or size of the items being treated, or for cost reasons (though the expense is quite minimal), a solution of unknown strength can be used. By comparing the level of cloudiness created when mixing the silver nitrate solution with tap water to that produced with wash water, you can gauge the progress of the operation.

Advantages and Disadvantages. Although steeping removes the cause of decay, i.e. the salts contained in the limestone, and although permanence may be considered as certain, there are certainly some disadvantages connected with the process, especially when the pieces, on account of their size, must remain in the water for some length of time. Some large and very thick blocks from the Meten Chamber required to be soaked for more than a year.

Pros and Cons. While soaking eliminates the cause of decay, like the salts found in the limestone, and while durability can be deemed assured, there are definitely some downsides to the process, particularly when the pieces are large and need to stay in the water for an extended period. Some big and very thick blocks from the Meten Chamber had to be soaked for over a year.

The small quantity of carbonic acid which is always found [67] in water dissolves small quantities of calcium carbonate, thus the sharp contours of prominent parts may become somewhat rounded. Limestones which have developed fissures may, on immersion, lose small portions which might otherwise have remained attached, though probably for a while only. In such cases it must be carefully noted from which block, and from which part of it, the fragment has broken off, in order that it may be replaced[90].

The small amount of carbonic acid that is always found [67] in water dissolves small amounts of calcium carbonate, which can make the sharp edges of prominent features a bit rounded. Limestones that have developed cracks may lose some parts when submerged, though likely only temporarily. In these cases, it’s important to carefully observe which block and which part it came from, so it can be replaced [90].

Limestones which are much cracked, or which are likely to fall to pieces, should be wrapped round with gauze, or held together with twine, before they are put in the water.

Limestones that are heavily cracked or likely to break apart should be wrapped in gauze or tied with twine before being placed in the water.

In addition to the permanent preservation of the object some other smaller advantages of this method may be mentioned: for example, the layer of dust which is often present is removed and thus traces of colours may be brought out by the steeping which had been concealed by it. Thus certain remains of colour mentioned by Lepsius[91] as being still visible in his time upon some of the blocks from the Meten Chamber were no longer visible when we took them in hand. Moreover traces of green colouring which were visible after the treatment in the eyes of a few large figures in relief were probably evidence that colours had formerly been present.

In addition to permanently preserving the object, there are some other minor benefits to this method worth mentioning: for instance, the dust that often accumulates is removed, revealing traces of colors that were hidden beneath it. Thus, certain remnants of color noted by Lepsius[91] as still visible in his time on some of the blocks from the Meten Chamber were no longer apparent when we examined them. Furthermore, traces of green color that were visible after treatment in the eyes of a few large relief figures likely indicate that colors were present at some point in the past.

Drying. When the steeping is finished the limestone is taken out to be dried. Small objects may be placed upon a glass ring, wooden tripod or some such appliance, which admits air on all sides, and may thus be dried by the air only. A piece of paper laid loosely over them will protect them from dust. In winter a hot stove, or similar source of heat, affords a satisfactory method of drying, but wet stones must not of course be placed directly upon the hot iron stove plate [68] lest spots of rust should be produced upon the stone. Large blocks are preferably dried in drying chambers in which in summer time a strong draught is obtained by opening windows on opposite sides, and which in winter are strongly heated and opened every now and then for a short time. The limestones should be laid upon wooden blocks to allow air to pass beneath them, while they must be guarded from dust both above and at the sides with sheets of paper. Several months are often required to dry large blocks completely.

Drying. Once the steeping is done, the limestone is taken out to dry. Small items can be placed on a glass ring, wooden tripod, or similar structure that allows air to circulate around them, enabling them to dry naturally. A piece of paper laid loosely over them will keep dust off. In winter, a hot stove or similar heat source provides an effective drying method, but wet stones should never be placed directly on the hot iron stove plate to avoid rust spots on the stone. Large blocks are best dried in drying chambers. In summer, strong airflow can be achieved by opening windows on opposite sides, while in winter, the chambers are heated and occasionally ventilated. The limestones should rest on wooden blocks to permit airflow underneath, and they need to be covered with paper sheets to keep dust away from the top and sides. It often takes several months to completely dry large blocks. [68]

Impregnation. When limestones have been completely dried, especially if they are soft, it is often advisable to impregnate them with one or other of the impregnation agents. To economize material, large objects may be painted over once or twice with a solution of the material chosen, but smaller objects should be immersed in the solution until air-bubbles are no longer formed. If there is a supply of tap-water with sufficiently good pressure, rapid and complete penetration by the fluid can be ensured by placing the object in a vessel containing the necessary fluid under a bell glass, the air from which is then exhausted by a water air-pump [92]. Figure 14 illustrates the application of such an air-pump fixed to the water-tap by means of an india-rubber tube which is firmly bound with wire. An india-rubber stopper perforated to admit a glass tube is fixed in the top of the bell glass, while the smooth ground edge and the thick ground glass plate upon which [69] it rests are smeared with grease or vaseline. The side tube of the air-pump is connected with the interior of the bell glass by an india-rubber tube which is sufficiently strong to resist the pressure of the outer air, and thus when the tap is [70] opened the pressure of the flow of water carries with it the air from the bell glass with which the pump is connected. If the water-tap is suddenly turned off when the air is exhausted the pressure of the outer air will force the water into the bell and cause it to mix with the solution of resin or varnish. To prevent this, a stop-cock or valve should be inserted, or the water-tap should not be turned off until the stopper of the bell-glass has been cautiously raised. A second glass tube provided with a stop-cock may be passed through the india-rubber cork and connected with a manometer to measure the progressive action of the pump (Figure 15). When air-bubbles cease to come from the object under treatment, the glass tap should be closed and the manometer removed, after which the glass tap should be again opened and the water-tap closed[93].

Conception. When limestones are completely dry, especially if they are soft, it's often a good idea to soak them in one of the impregnation agents. To save on materials, large items can be coated once or twice with a solution of the chosen material, but smaller items should be submerged in the solution until no more air bubbles are produced. If you have tap water with enough pressure, you can ensure quick and complete absorption by placing the object in a container with the necessary fluid under a bell jar, from which the air is then evacuated using a water air-pump [92]. Figure 14 shows how to attach such an air-pump to the water tap using a rubber tube that is securely tied with wire. A rubber stopper with a hole for a glass tube is fixed to the top of the bell jar, while the smooth ground edge and the thick ground glass plate it rests on are coated with grease or vaseline. The side tube of the air-pump connects to the interior of the bell jar via a strong rubber tube that can withstand outside air pressure, so when the tap is opened, the water flow pushes the air out of the bell jar connected to the pump. If the water tap is suddenly turned off while the air is being evacuated, the outside air pressure will force the water into the jar, mixing it with the resin or varnish solution. To avoid this, you should insert a stopcock or valve, or make sure not to turn off the tap until the bell jar's stopper is carefully lifted. A second glass tube with a stopcock can be inserted through the rubber cork and hooked up to a manometer to monitor the pump's progress (Figure 15). When air bubbles stop coming from the object being treated, the glass tap should be closed, and the manometer removed, then the glass tap should be reopened and the water tap closed[93].

Fig. 14. Air-pump fixed to water-tap.

Fig. 14. Air pump attached to faucet.

Fig. 15. Apparatus for impregnation by extraction of air fitted to manometer.

Fig. 15. Equipment for air extraction impregnation attached to the manometer.

If the object is of some length but not too thick, the bell-glass may be fixed on a strong glass cylinder of a similar diameter having a ground edge (Fig. 15), into which the object and the impregnating solution are then placed.

If the object is long but not too thick, the bell-glass can be attached to a sturdy glass cylinder with a similar diameter that has a smooth edge (Fig. 15), where the object and the impregnating solution are then put.

The following solutions, amongst others, may be recommended as suitable for impregnation:

The following solutions, among others, may be suggested as suitable for impregnation:

(1) Shellac dissolved in alcohol.

Shellac in alcohol solution.

(2) Solution of gum-dammar[94].

Solution of gum-dammar__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

15 grammes of dammar are dissolved in 130 grammes of benzine, to which is added a solution of 20 grammes of clarified poppy seed oil in turpentine. If the solution becomes too thick it should be diluted with benzine and a small quantity of turpentine.

15 grams of dammar are dissolved in 130 grams of benzene, to which a solution of 20 grams of clarified poppy seed oil in turpentine is added. If the solution becomes too thick, it should be thinned with benzene and a small amount of turpentine.

[71] (3) Rice water or tapioca water[95].

[71] (3) Rice water or tapioca water[95].

(4) Dilute size.

Thin size.

(5) Waterglass solution.

Waterglass solution.

(6) Linseed oil dissolved in benzine.

(6) Linseed oil mixed with benzene.

(7) Linseed varnish dissolved in 3 parts of benzine or petroleum ether.

(7) Linseed varnish mixed with 3 parts of benzene or petroleum ether.

(8) Solutions of stearine or paraffin wax in benzine.

(8) Solutions of stearin or paraffin wax in benzene.

(9) Collodion (free from acid). Zapon[96].

Collodion (acid-free). Zapon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

(10) Kessler’s fluate.

Kessler's fluate.

It may be added that, as a general rule, solutions for this purpose must be used as dilute as possible, for two immersions in a dilute solution are preferable to a single soaking in a concentrated one, which often scarcely penetrates into the pores.

It can be noted that, as a general rule, solutions for this purpose should be used as diluted as possible, because two immersions in a dilute solution are better than a single soak in a concentrated one, which often barely penetrates the pores.

As the preparation of solutions of shellac, gum-dammar, and of such substances as resin, stearine, and paraffin, necessitates heating, and as the solvents are very inflammable, it is advisable to make use of the solution of linseed varnish in benzine. This solution may be obtained at any time at any degree of concentration without the use of heat. Although it has the advantage that it hardens more rapidly than a simple solution of linseed oil it has also one disadvantage, for it gives a somewhat darker colour to light-coloured limestones. No more of the mixture of varnish and benzine should be prepared than is required for the impregnation, for this solution, on standing, throws down a gelatinous precipitate which is not re-dissolved even by heating. As this alteration is accelerated by the action of light, the mixture should always be kept in a dark place.

As preparing solutions of shellac, gum-dammar, and other substances like resin, stearine, and paraffin requires heating, and since the solvents are highly flammable, it's better to use a solution of linseed varnish in benzine. You can get this solution anytime at any concentration without needing heat. While it dries faster than a basic linseed oil solution, it does have a downside: it can darken light-colored limestones. Only prepare as much varnish and benzine mixture as you need for impregnation, because this solution will form a gelatinous precipitate over time that won't dissolve again, even with heat. Since light speeds up this change, always store the mixture in a dark place.

Collodion and zapon[96], on account of the expense, should only be used for small objects. After impregnation the objects [72] should be covered with glass jars, cardboard boxes, etc., to prevent the precipitation of moisture upon them, as the result of the rapid evaporation of such volatile substances as benzine and ether upon exposure to the open air.

Collodion and zapon[96], due to their cost, should be used only for small items. After they have been treated, the objects [72] should be covered with glass jars, cardboard boxes, etc., to keep moisture from settling on them, which can happen due to the quick evaporation of volatile substances like benzine and ether when exposed to the open air.

Rice water, tapioca water, or size (the latter of no greater strength than 2%) are only applicable to specimens which are kept in dry rooms, for in damp rooms they readily become sticky, and are liable to be attacked by moulds. Waterglass solution, probably because it is generally applied in too concentrated a form, instead of penetrating the object has a tendency to form a pellicle, which readily strips off. Even dilute solutions, however, are said to be unsuitable, from the liability to the efflorescence of alkali salts.

Rice water, tapioca water, or size (which should not be stronger than 2%) are only suitable for specimens stored in dry rooms because they can easily become sticky and prone to mold in damp environments. Waterglass solution often creates problems because it's usually applied too concentrated; instead of soaking into the object, it tends to form a film that can easily peel away. Even diluted solutions are considered unsuitable because they can lead to the crystallization of alkaline salts.

In the case of marble objects and antique statues of porous limestone, showing colours which are still bright on excavation, but which would soon fade, Rhousopulos[97] recommends impregnation with a very dilute solution (1 in 1000) of waterglass to preserve the colour. The solution should be as neutral as possible: in any case not alkaline. This is several times sprayed upon the object, which is allowed to completely dry between each spraying.

In the case of marble objects and antique statues made from porous limestone that show bright colors upon excavation but will soon fade, Rhousopulos[97] suggests treating them with a very dilute solution (1 in 1000) of waterglass to preserve the color. The solution should be as neutral as possible and definitely not alkaline. This should be sprayed onto the object several times, allowing it to completely dry between each spray.

A material which is suitable for large objects to which the solution can only be applied upon the surface is Kessler’s fluate[98], which is soluble in water, and which hardens the limestone without completely closing the pores. It offers the additional advantage that it is applicable to thick limestone blocks, the dryness of which is not certain. The solutions numbered 1-9 must only be used when the limestone is dry throughout its mass. The fluate to be used in any particular [73] instance must be decided from the nature of the case. Those most generally applicable are magnesium and zinc fluates and the so-called “double fluate.”

A material suitable for large objects, where the solution can only be applied to the surface, is Kessler’s fluate[98]. This substance is water-soluble and hardens the limestone without completely sealing the pores. It also has the added advantage of being applicable to thick limestone blocks, even if their dryness is uncertain. The solutions numbered 1-9 should only be used when the limestone is completely dry. The specific fluate to use in any given situation must be determined based on the specifics of the case. The most commonly applicable ones are magnesium and zinc fluates, along with the so-called "double fluate."

The stones from the Meten Chamber were hardened in the following manner: The limestone blocks were placed upright and the surface dusted by the air-current from a Dechend’s spray apparatus[99] which was then used to spray them repeatedly with a solution of “double fluate” of sp. gr. 1·16. Owing, however, to the injurious effect of the fine spray of the fluate upon the nose and lungs the stones were turned to a horizontal position, and a solution of fluate of sp. gr. 1·38 was applied by means of a large brush until the fluid was no longer absorbed. For the treatment of limestones on which there are remains of colours the use of a solution of shellac, gum-dammar, or collodion is recommended. Fluates should not be applied until their suitability for the particular purpose has been tested.

The stones from the Meten Chamber were hardened in the following way: The limestone blocks were stood upright and the surface was dusted by the air current from a Dechend’s spray device[99] which was then used to spray them repeatedly with a solution of “double fluate” with a specific gravity of 1.16. However, due to the harmful effects of the fine spray of the fluate on the nose and lungs, the stones were turned to a horizontal position, and a solution of fluate with a specific gravity of 1.38 was applied with a large brush until the fluid was no longer absorbed. For treating limestones that have remnants of colors, it’s recommended to use a solution of shellac, gum-dammar, or collodion. Fluates should not be applied until their suitability for the specific purpose has been tested.

All specimens should be kept after impregnation in rooms which as far as possible are free from dust, for the dust which falls upon the surface will set in the varnish whilst it is hardening.

All samples should be stored after impregnation in rooms that are as dust-free as possible, because any dust that settles on the surface will get trapped in the varnish while it's hardening.

Impregnation without Previous Steeping. If a preliminary examination has shown that specimens of limestone will not bear steeping in water, recourse can be had to impregnation only. The treatment of such specimens must be thorough, for merely to paint the fluid upon the surface with a brush almost invariably proves a failure. Instead of penetrating the stone the impregnating medium forms a firm coating which is liable to be lifted, and in parts broken, by the crystallisation of salts, and thus allows the destructive processes to continue uninterrupted. Aqueous [74] solutions, e.g. size, cannot of course be applied, and as it is necessary to make a preliminary trial of a fluate spray, it is generally found preferable to make use of the varnish-benzine mixture. In spite of this, salts may still make their appearance in the form of a crystalline powdery layer on the surface, which can be wiped off with a wet sponge; any moisture must however be removed with a soft dry linen cloth.

Direct Impregnation. If an initial examination has shown that limestone samples cannot be soaked in water, you can only use impregnation. The treatment of these samples must be thorough, as simply brushing the liquid onto the surface almost always fails. Instead of soaking into the stone, the impregnating agent creates a hard layer that can get lifted and, in some cases, broken by salt crystallization, allowing damaging processes to continue unchecked. Water-based [74] solutions, like size, can't be used, and since it's important to do a preliminary test with a fluate spray, it's usually better to use a varnish-benzene mix. Nevertheless, salts may still appear as a crystalline powdery layer on the surface, which can be wiped off with a damp sponge; any moisture should be removed with a soft, dry linen cloth.

Removal of Incrustations and Dust. Incrustations of earth, lime, or gypsum should be washed off with water or removed by mechanical means, such as gentle rubbing with the finger. The solvent action of acids upon limestone precludes their use for this purpose. Any dust which adheres can be removed by rubbing with stale bread-crumb.

Clearing Dust and Buildup. Build-up of dirt, lime, or gypsum should be cleaned off with water or removed using mechanical methods like gently rubbing with your fingers. The corrosive action of acids on limestone prevents their use for this purpose. Any dust that sticks can be cleaned off by rubbing with stale bread crust.

(b) Marble and Alabaster.

It is usually only necessary to clean marble with a soft brush and warm water, with the addition perhaps of some good neutral soap. In rare cases the presence of sulphates may perhaps cause some friability. The crystalline structure of marble renders steeping futile, and accordingly impregnation is resorted to. The use of Kessler’s fluates may be recommended. Adherent pitch or resin is best removed by a mixture of alcohol and ether. Alabaster seems to remain permanently sound and may be cleaned in the same way.

It’s typically all you need to clean marble with a soft brush and warm water, maybe adding some good neutral soap. In rare cases, sulphates might cause some brittleness. The crystalline structure of marble makes soaking ineffective, so instead, we use impregnation. It's advisable to use Kessler’s fluates. To remove stubborn pitch or resin, a mix of alcohol and ether works best. Alabaster appears to stay in good condition permanently and can be cleaned in the same way.

(c) Ceramics.

Steeping. The same line of treatment should be followed as in the case of limestones. A preliminary examination should always be made to test the power of resistance in water, which is always satisfactory if the clay has been sufficiently baked.

Brewing. The same approach should be taken as with limestones. A preliminary check should always be conducted to assess the resistance to water, which is always adequate if the clay has been properly baked.

In the case of coloured terra-cotta care should be taken to ascertain whether the colours are likely to suffer during steeping. There is no danger of injury if the steeping is not too prolonged; in fact, the removal of the dust during the [75] procedure often brings out the colours more clearly. If the Egyptian ostraca (clay fragments with black script) require to be washed they should be carefully watched in order to preserve the script, and therefore should be placed in the bath in such a way that the lettering is visible.

In the case of colored terra-cotta, you should check if the colors are likely to fade during soaking. There’s no risk of damage if the soaking isn’t too long; in fact, removing the dust during the [75] process often makes the colors stand out more. If the Egyptian ostraca (clay fragments with black writing) need to be washed, they should be carefully monitored to preserve the writing, and should be placed in the bath so that the lettering is visible.

These fragments are usually curved and bear the script upon the convex side, care should therefore be taken that they are completely immersed, and that no large air-bubbles prevent the access of the water to any part of the under-surface. The writing is done with either lamp-black or more rarely some form of iron ink, and is retained mechanically by the porous character of the ostraca. In the latter case the characters may be enhanced by the application of a dilute solution of tannic acid, which sometimes proves useful also for limestone pieces.

These fragments are usually curved and have the writing on the outside. Therefore, make sure they are completely submerged, and that no big air bubbles block the water from reaching any part of the bottom side. The writing is done with either lampblack or, less commonly, some type of iron ink, and it sticks because of the porous nature of the ostraca. In the latter case, the characters can be made more visible by applying a diluted solution of tannic acid, which can also be helpful for limestone pieces.

If these fragments are sufficiently few in number to allow each to be put into a separate glass vessel, the washing out of the salts is completed so quickly that there need be little danger of obscuring the script. When large numbers were to be washed and when the script was already indistinct I have employed the following method: After examination as to their fitness for immersion the fragments are placed on a wooden grating in a tub, in which they remain for a couple of days, during which the water is renewed once. They are then taken out and allowed to dry. All those which still show the script distinctly are separated and their steeping is completed, but the remainder, having been completely dried, perhaps on the top of a warm stove, are brushed over once or twice with a dilute (1:6) mixture of varnish and benzine in such a way that the surface is only moistened, and when dry shows no gloss. The pieces thus superficially varnished are kept in a dry place for about two months, until the varnish is hardened; the process of washing out the salt is then begun again. The thin coat of varnish fixes the script without [76] interfering with the steeping. The varnish solution must be dilute, for a thick coating will partially peel off from the object in the course of the steeping, or will remain in the pores in the form of opaque particles, and thus render the script illegible.

If there are only a few fragments, each can be placed in a separate glass container, and the process of washing out the salts can be done quickly, so there's little risk of obscuring the writing. When there are many pieces to wash and the writing is already hard to see, I've used the following method: After checking if they can be immersed, the fragments are put on a wooden grate in a tub, where they stay for a couple of days, with the water changed once. Then, they are taken out and allowed to dry. All those that still clearly display the writing are separated, and their soaking continues. The others, completely dried—perhaps on top of a warm stove—are lightly brushed once or twice with a diluted (1:6) mixture of varnish and benzine, ensuring the surface is just moistened, and when dry, shows no shine. The pieces that are lightly varnished are kept in a dry place for about two months, until the varnish hardens; then, the process of washing out the salt starts again. The thin layer of varnish holds the writing in place without interfering with the soaking. The varnish solution must be diluted, as a thick layer may peel off during soaking or leave opaque particles in the pores, making the writing unreadable.

The same difficulty which arose in the treatment of the Meten limestones was frequently met with in the treatment of these ostraca. Those which were of a dark brown colour especially, and to a less degree also the red and the yellow, were covered with a slimy growth of algae. As the script is easily destroyed no attempt should be made to remove these algae from the side which bears the script even with the softest brush, although they should from time to time during steeping be brushed from the underside. The inconvenience caused by algae is, however, less marked in the treatment of earthenware, the light and porous character of which renders prolonged steeping needless, nor is there the same necessity to continue the steeping for the purpose of chlorine estimation. The following results were obtained in the treatment of 13 fragments, the average thickness of which was 1 cm. [38th inch], with an average superficial area of 110 sq. metre [4 inches]. The tub in which they were steeped contained 85 litres [1812 gallons] of water.

The same challenges encountered in working with the Meten limestones often appeared when dealing with these ostraca. Those that were dark brown in color, and to a lesser extent the red and yellow ones, were covered in a slimy layer of algae. Since the script can be easily damaged, no attempt should be made to remove the algae from the side that holds the script, even using the softest brush. However, the algae should be brushed off the underside from time to time during the soaking process. The issue of algae is less significant when treating earthenware, as its light and porous nature makes prolonged soaking unnecessary, and there is not the same need to keep soaking for chlorine estimation. The following results were obtained from the treatment of 13 fragments, with an average thickness of 1 cm [3/8 inch] and an average surface area of 1/10 sq. meter [4 inches]. The tub used for soaking contained 85 liters [18 1/2 gallons] of water.

100 cubic centimetres of the tap-water used were found to require 0·5 c.c. of the silver solution, and on each occasion this quantity of the water was tested.

100 cubic centimeters of the tap water used were found to require 0.5 c.c. of the silver solution, and each time this amount of water was tested.

Water changed after 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 5 days
100 c.c. of the water used in steeping required 3·0 1·3 1·0 0·8 0·9 0·7 0·7 0·6 0·6 c.c. of silver solution

[77] The water was changed at first daily, then every two days, and so on: the steeping could therefore be regarded as complete at the end of a fortnight.

[77] The water was changed daily at first, then every two days, and so on: the steeping could be considered finished after two weeks.

A small figure of earthenware, which weighed only 28·9 grammes, was steeped in 112 litres of distilled water, and gave the following result for every 100 c.c. used:

A small clay figure, weighing only 28.9 grams, was soaked in 112 liters of distilled water, and produced the following result for every 100 c.c. used:

Water changed after 2 days required 3·6 c.c. silver solution.
Water changed after 3 days required 0·4 c.c. silver solution.
Water changed after 4 days required 0·0 c.c. silver solution.

Water changed after 2 days needed 3.6 c.c. of silver solution.
Water changed after 3 days needed 0.4 c.c. of silver solution.
Water changed after 4 days needed 0.0 c.c. of silver solution.

The steeping was, therefore, in reality complete after five days, and, as the steeping water was thoroughly mixed before the withdrawal of the 100 c.c., the total quantity of sodium chloride contained in the figure can be calculated as follows:

The steeping was, therefore, actually complete after five days, and since the steeping water was thoroughly mixed before removing the 100 c.c., the total amount of sodium chloride in the figure can be calculated as follows:

For the 15th part (viz. 100 c.c.) of the water 3·6 + 0·4, i.e. 4·0 c.c., of decinormal silver solution were used, which is equivalent to 15 × 4·0, i.e. 60 c.c., of silver solution for the whole quantity. Now 1 c.c. of this decinormal solution corresponds to 0·00584 gramme of sodium chloride; the water therefore contained 60 × 0·00584 gr., or 0·35 gr. sodium chloride. Thus the figure contained altogether 115% of sodium chloride.

For the 15th part (which is 100 c.c.) of the water, 3.6 + 0.4, meaning 4.0 c.c. of decinormal silver solution was used, which is equivalent to 15 × 4.0, meaning 60 c.c. of silver solution for the entire amount. Now, 1 c.c. of this decinormal solution corresponds to 0.00584 grams of sodium chloride; therefore, the water contained 60 × 0.00584 g, or 0.35 g of sodium chloride. Thus, the total amount contained 115% of sodium chloride.

In addition to the chlorine compounds, there was also a considerable quantity of sulphates, the presence and disappearance of which were tested by adding to a few cubic centimetres of the water a dilute solution of barium nitrate or of barium chloride[100]. The soluble barium salts give with sulphates a white precipitate or cloudiness of insoluble [78] barium sulphate. If therefore on the addition of a solution of barium nitrate no cloudiness appears, even after some time, it may be concluded that sulphates are no longer present in the water. When the ostraca have been washed and dried, it is often possible to make the script more distinct by varnishing them over with a varnish-benzine mixture (1:6).

In addition to the chlorine compounds, there was also a significant amount of sulfates. Their presence and absence were tested by adding a few cubic centimeters of water to a dilute solution of barium nitrate or barium chloride[100]. The soluble barium salts form a white precipitate or cloudiness of insoluble [78] barium sulfate when mixed with sulfates. So, if a solution of barium nitrate is added and no cloudiness appears, even after some time, it can be concluded that sulfates are no longer in the water. After washing and drying the ostraca, it's often possible to enhance the visibility of the script by applying a varnish-benzine mixture (1:6).

It is advisable to subject friable objects of earthenware to the process of impregnation (cp. the impregnation of unbaked clay, p. 81).

It is recommended to put fragile earthenware objects through the process of impregnation (see the impregnation of unbaked clay, p. 81).

The Removal of Incrustations. Incrustations of earth or lime can be easily removed if the earthenware has been well baked, but trial must first be made with a drop of dilute hydrochloric acid, whether the earthenware itself is not attacked by the acid. The specimen is then placed upon a glass ring or suspended in water containing 2% of hydrochloric acid [101]. This mixture, which must be renewed every 24 hours, will remove incrustations which it would be difficult to remove by mechanical means, while crystals of gypsum of considerable size, which are often found on clay tablets of Assyrian origin, are easily dissolved in from two to four days.

Withdraw Funds. Deposits of dirt or lime can be easily removed if the pottery has been properly fired, but you should first test a small area with a drop of diluted hydrochloric acid to make sure the pottery isn’t damaged by the acid. The item is then placed on a glass ring or suspended in water mixed with 2% hydrochloric acid [101]. This solution, which needs to be changed every 24 hours, will eliminate deposits that would be hard to remove mechanically, while sizable gypsum crystals often found on clay tablets of Assyrian origin can be dissolved in two to four days.

Figures 16 to 21 represent two Assyrian tablets which have been cleaned by myself in this manner. It will be seen that the cuneiform characters, which before treatment were almost invisible, are now distinctly legible.

Figures 16 to 21 show two Assyrian tablets that I cleaned using this method. You can see that the cuneiform characters, which were nearly impossible to see before treatment, are now clearly readable.

Fig. 16. and Fig. 17.
Assyrian clay tablet with incrustations. Before and after treatment.

Fig. 16. and Fig. 17.
Assyrian clay tablet with inlays. Before and after treatment.

Fig. 18., Fig. 19., Fig. 20. and Fig. 21.
Assyrian clay tablet before and after treatment.

Fig. 18., Fig. 19., Fig. 20. and Fig. 21.
Assyrian clay tablet before and after treatment.

After this treatment with acidulated water the acid must itself be removed by careful washing in pure water. Here too a solution of silver nitrate will serve as a test, for, so long [79] as any chlorine, and therefore any hydrochloric acid, is present in the water, a white precipitate or cloudiness is produced.

After this treatment with acidified water, the acid must be removed by carefully washing with pure water. Here, a solution of silver nitrate will act as a test, because as long as any chlorine—and thus any hydrochloric acid—is present in the water, a white precipitate or cloudiness will appear. [79]

The method of titration with yellow potassium chromate is not applicable here, for the free acid prevents the appearance of the red precipitate. The steeping must therefore be continued in distilled water until the addition of silver nitrate no longer produces any cloudiness.

The titration method using yellow potassium chromate can't be used here because the free acid stops the red precipitate from forming. So, we need to keep steeping it in distilled water until adding silver nitrate no longer causes any cloudiness.

Baked earthenware which shows colouring, or which has incised lines filled with substances containing lime, must not be steeped in acidulated water, nor will ostraca bearing inscriptions in iron ink stand this treatment; these are, however, fortunately rare: in fact amongst several thousand fragments few have shown incrustations of lime or gypsum. Should any such be found a cautious attempt should be made to remove the incrustations by some mechanical means. [80] Rhousopulos[102] carries out the cleaning of Lecythoi[103] and clay vases, which are painted in water-colours and which have a thin white incrustation, by dipping them into a 5% solution of pure hydrochloric acid. As soon as the colours show the [81] least sign of running, or if an efflorescence makes its appearance, the vase is immediately removed and allowed to dry. It is then dipped into distilled water and allowed to dry a second time. Impregnation is not necessary.

Baked earthenware that shows color, or has incised lines filled with lime-containing substances, shouldn’t be soaked in acidulated water, and ostraca with inscriptions in iron ink can’t handle this treatment either; fortunately, these are rare: among several thousand fragments, only a few have shown lime or gypsum incrustations. If any are found, a careful attempt should be made to remove the incrustations using mechanical methods. [80] Rhousopulos[102] cleans Lecythoi[103] and clay vases that are painted in watercolors and have a thin white incrustation by dipping them into a 5% solution of pure hydrochloric acid. As soon as the colors show the slightest sign of running, or if any efflorescence appears, the vase is immediately taken out and allowed to dry. It’s then dipped into distilled water and dried a second time. Impregnation is not needed.

“If the treatment is otherwise successful, but an earthy layer remains upon the colour, the spots which are thus affected are lightly touched with the finger whilst the object is still in the liquid. Rubbing, or any sort of mechanical attack, is absolutely out of the question.”

“If the treatment is otherwise successful, but a gritty layer remains on the color, the spots that are affected should be gently touched with the finger while the object is still in the liquid. Rubbing or any kind of mechanical action is completely out of the question.”

This process evidently requires the greatest care and constant attention.

This process clearly requires a lot of care and ongoing attention.

(d) Slightly baked or raw clay.

Impregnation. If upon examination it is found that a drop of water softens the clay, the same line of treatment must be followed as in the case of limestones which exhibit a similar condition (see p. 73), i.e. they must be subjected to the process of impregnation[104]. As the colour of the clay objects is yellow-brown or red-brown, the varnish benzine mixture will be the most suitable application for the purpose. A considerable number of sun-dried Assyrian clay tablets treated in this manner have given good results, and have undergone no change during the last five years, in fact they may now even be laid in water without crumbling.

Conception. If examination reveals that a drop of water softens the clay, the same treatment should be used as with limestones that show a similar issue (see p. 73), meaning they should go through the impregnation process [104]. Since the color of the clay items is yellow-brown or red-brown, a mixture of varnish and benzine will be the most suitable application for this purpose. A significant number of sun-dried Assyrian clay tablets treated this way have produced good results and have not changed in the last five years; in fact, they can now even be placed in water without crumbling.

In the case of slightly baked or unbaked Babylonian clay tablets the method formerly employed was merely to remove deposits of lime, clay, gypsum, etc., by lifting or scraping them away with pointed or wedge-shaped tools, for the soft clay would not stand treatment with water, still less with [84] 2% hydrochloric acid. The difficulty in avoiding damage to the clay surface, when removing the deposit, makes this method both tedious and risky. Warming to 200-300°C. in a drying oven, or in an iron box embedded in sand, seldom aids the removal of incrustations; moreover, this treatment has no hardening effect upon the clay, and thus does not facilitate the removal of the injurious salts by soaking. A further expedient therefore remains, that of heating the clay to higher temperature, whereby it is fully baked and rendered capable of resisting subsequent treatment with water or 2% hydrochloric acid. At the Royal Museum this firing is done in muffle furnaces[105], the smaller of which has a capacity of about one cubic foot, and is heated by six and twelve Bunsen burners. The temperature is regulated in the same way as in porcelain manufacture by the use of Seger’s cones[105], which are placed in the muffle, where they can be seen through the observation aperture. To avoid cracking the heating must be gradual, the gas-supply being very gradually increased. The firing must at first be adjusted to cone 022 [590°C.; Watkin, No. 1, 1094°F.]; the gas is then turned off and the furnace allowed to cool as slowly as possible. To effect this the damper is closed and all openings into the muffle are made up with fire clay. The clay tablet is removed when quite cold (usually in 18-24 hours), and, as a rule, much of the incrustation can then be removed by means of a soft brush. Should the removal prove difficult, and a preliminary trial have shown that it will bear the treatment, the removal of the deposits [85] will be assisted by soaking for two or three days in water. Should the tablet prove capable of bearing treatment with 2% hydrochloric acid it may remain in the acid for 12 to 18 hours. If necessary the acid may be renewed once; it must then be thoroughly removed by steeping in ordinary water and finally in distilled water, until the wash-water is free from chlorides. After steeping, the tablets will be found somewhat softened and occasionally coated with a slimy growth of algae, care must therefore be used in changing or taking them from the water. The best way to handle them is to place the fingers of the two hands under the tablet.

In the case of slightly baked or unbaked Babylonian clay tablets, the previous method was simply to remove deposits of lime, clay, gypsum, and so on, by lifting or scraping them off with pointed or wedge-shaped tools, as the soft clay couldn’t handle treatment with water, let alone with 2% hydrochloric acid. The challenge of avoiding damage to the clay surface while removing the deposits makes this method both tedious and risky. Warming to 200-300°C. in a drying oven, or in an iron box buried in sand, rarely helps in removing incrustations; furthermore, this treatment doesn’t harden the clay, so it doesn’t make it easier to remove harmful salts by soaking. Another option is to heat the clay to a higher temperature, fully baking it and making it able to withstand further treatment with water or 2% hydrochloric acid. At the Royal Museum, this firing takes place in muffle furnaces, the smaller of which holds about one cubic foot and is heated by six to twelve Bunsen burners. The temperature is controlled similarly to porcelain manufacturing using Seger’s cones, which are placed in the muffle and visible through an observation window. To prevent cracking, the heating must be gradual, with the gas supply being increased very slowly. The initial firing is set to cone 022 [590°C.; Watkin, No. 1, 1094°F.]; then the gas is turned off and the furnace is allowed to cool as slowly as possible. To achieve this, the damper is closed and all openings into the muffle are sealed with fire clay. The clay tablet is taken out when completely cool (usually in 18-24 hours), and typically, a lot of the incrustation can then be removed with a soft brush. If the removal is challenging, and a preliminary test has shown that it can withstand the treatment, the removal of the deposits will be aided by soaking for two or three days in water. If the tablet can withstand treatment with 2% hydrochloric acid, it can stay in the acid for 12 to 18 hours. If needed, the acid can be replaced once; it must then be thoroughly washed away by soaking in regular water and finally in distilled water until the wash water is free from chlorides. After soaking, the tablets will be somewhat softened and may occasionally be covered with a slimy layer of algae, so care should be taken when changing or removing them from the water. The best way to handle them is to place the fingers of both hands under the tablet.

Fig. 22. Babylonian clay cone before treatment.

Fig. 22. Babylonian clay cone prior to treatment.

Fig. 23. Babylonian clay cone after treatment—firing, treatment with hydrochloric acid and steeping.

Fig. 23. Babylonian clay cone after processing—firing, treating with hydrochloric acid, and soaking.

After thoroughly drying the tablets first in the air, then in the drying oven at a temperature of 212°F., supported on glass rings, it is well to impregnate them. This can be best carried out by placing them, while still warm, into melted paraffin wax, and raising the temperature to about 250°F. [120°C.]. The wax is allowed to cool to about 160°F. [70°C.], when the tablet is removed upon a broad band of gauze, any excess of wax is drained off, and the object is wiped with a soft cloth. The benzine-varnish mixture or zapon may also be used for impregnation. If heating in the muffle to Seger cone 022 is insufficient to allow of the removal of the incrustations, or if the condition of the clay does not warrant soaking in water or acid, the object must be again placed in the muffle and fired to Seger cone 010 [950°C.; Watkin, No. 13, 1742°F.], and, if softening occurs upon the application of water or acid after exposure to this temperature, recourse must be had to a third heating to Seger cone 05 [1050°C.; Watkin, No. 18, 1922°F.]. Higher temperatures than this are not advisable, for the lime, sodium chloride, and other salts found in some Babylonian tablets may partially fuse. During firing therefore the appearance of the object must be carefully watched, and the temperature lowered at once by reducing the gas-supply, if signs of fusion are noticed. [86]

After completely drying the tablets first in the air, then in the drying oven at 212°F, supported on glass rings, it's a good idea to soak them. The best way to do this is to place them, while they are still warm, into melted paraffin wax and raise the temperature to about 250°F. The wax is then allowed to cool to around 160°F, at which point the tablet is removed with a wide band of gauze, any excess wax is drained off, and the object is wiped with a soft cloth. The benzene-varnish mixture or zapon can also be used for soaking. If heating in the muffle to Seger cone 022 is not enough to remove the crust, or if the condition of the clay doesn't justify soaking in water or acid, the object must be placed back in the muffle and fired to Seger cone 010 [950°C.; Watkin, No. 13, 1742°F.], and if softening occurs when applying water or acid after exposure to this temperature, a third heating to Seger cone 05 [1050°C.; Watkin, No. 18, 1922°F.] will be necessary. Temperatures higher than this are not recommended since the lime, sodium chloride, and other salts found in some Babylonian tablets may partially melt. Therefore, during firing, the appearance of the object must be closely monitored, and the temperature should be immediately lowered by reducing the gas supply if any signs of melting are observed. [86]

Additional Methods of Impregnation. If clay objects have a smooth surface, it is, according to the “Merkbuch[106],” advisable to impregnate them with Belmontyl oil[107], for varnish in the course of drying gives a lacquered appearance to the surface. According to the same authority the surface of glazed vessels can be restored by impregnating them several times with a mixture of poppy seed oil and benzine [20 grammes clarified poppy seed oil in 270 gr. benzine, i.e. 1 in 1312], and by subsequently brushing them first with soft, then with harder brushes. There are, however, many other substances used in different collections for impregnation, a few of which are subjoined.

Additional Methods of Conception. If clay objects have a smooth surface, it is recommended to impregnate them with Belmontyl oil, as drying varnish can create a lacquered look on the surface. According to the same source, the surface of glazed vessels can be restored by treating them multiple times with a mixture of poppy seed oil and benzine [20 grams of clarified poppy seed oil in 270 grams of benzine, which is 1 in 1312], and then brushing them first with soft brushes and later with harder ones. However, many other substances are used in various collections for impregnation, a few of which are listed below.

In the Museum at Vienna friable clay objects are laid for two or three minutes in a dilute solution of warm size, and when dry are brushed over with a solution of shellac; size alone, or a solution of shellac alone, is frequently used for impregnation, or to give a coating. In the Museum at Wiesbaden thin specimens are impregnated with a solution of white of egg, brittle objects with dilute fish glue, while for hard objects a solution of shellac or melted shellac is used.

In the Museum in Vienna, delicate clay items are soaked for two or three minutes in a warm, diluted size solution, and once dry, they're coated with a shellac solution. Often, either size or shellac alone is used for soaking or coating. In the Museum in Wiesbaden, thin specimens are treated with egg white solution, fragile items with diluted fish glue, and for harder objects, a shellac solution or melted shellac is applied.

(e) Faience.

I have been able to wash out the sulphates from several Egyptian fayence figures in spite of the glaze, the fissures in which allowed the water to penetrate into the interior. The process of steeping, which was necessarily somewhat prolonged, was tested from time to time by the barium nitrate test (vide p. 77). [87]

I managed to wash out the sulfates from several Egyptian faience figures, even with the glaze in place, since the cracks allowed the water to seep inside. The soaking process, which took some time, was periodically checked using the barium nitrate test (see p. 77). [87]

(f) Stucco and Nile mud artifacts.

These are rare, and in almost all cases contain salts. As, however, they will not bear steeping, they must be preserved by means of impregnation only. The varnish-benzine mixture should be used for this purpose.

These are rare, and in almost all cases contain salts. However, since they can't be soaked, they must be preserved only through impregnation. The varnish-benzene mixture should be used for this purpose.

(g) Sandstone and Granite.

These scarcely need any special preservative process, but Kessler’s fluates are useful for the impregnation of weathered sandstones which are exposed to the open air (see p. 72).

These hardly need any special preservation method, but Kessler’s fluorides are effective for treating weathered sandstones that are exposed to the elements (see p. 72).

They can be cleaned by washing with warm water, while calcareous incrustations may be removed by hydrochloric acid. A thick coating of oil paint was successfully removed from an Egyptian statue of sandstone by placing it in an alcoholic solution of soda. Oil colours and similar substances may often be removed with ease and completeness from stone, plaster, wood, etc., by placing the objects in air-tight vessels together with a vessel containing alcohol. The alcohol vaporises, even at the ordinary room-temperature, and causes a softening of the paint. The time required for the treatment depends upon its age and hardness.

They can be cleaned by washing with warm water, while mineral deposits can be removed with hydrochloric acid. A thick layer of oil paint was successfully taken off an Egyptian sandstone statue by soaking it in an alcoholic soda solution. Oil paints and similar materials can often be easily and completely removed from stone, plaster, wood, etc., by putting the items in airtight containers along with a vessel filled with alcohol. The alcohol evaporates, even at normal room temperature, and helps soften the paint. The time needed for the process depends on the age and hardness of the paint.

Appendix.
Clay Adhesive. Restorations.

To fix together pieces of broken pottery good Cologne glue is useful, but it has the disadvantage that it can only be used when warm. For this reason it is better to use liquid fish-glue [Syndeticon], which may, if necessary, be thinned with a little vinegar. Fire-clay dust in waterglass is used in the [88] Museum at Breslau. A thick ropy solution of shellac[108] may also be mentioned, for the use of which the opposing surfaces must be first moistened with alcohol.

To bond broken pottery pieces, good Cologne glue is helpful, but it has the drawback of needing to be warm to work. Therefore, it's better to use liquid fish glue [Syndeticon], which can be thinned with a bit of vinegar if needed. Fire-clay dust in waterglass is used in the [88] Museum in Breslau. A thick, stretchy solution of shellac [108] can also be noted, but the surfaces must be wetted with alcohol beforehand.

Gum arabic and dextrin should not be used, for objects thus cemented readily fall to pieces unless kept in perfectly dry rooms. This, however, may also be said of earthenware which contains salts, if cemented with glue or fish-glue. Previous steeping would obviate this difficulty.

Gum arabic and dextrin shouldn't be used, as objects glued with them easily break apart unless stored in completely dry places. This also applies to pottery that contains salts if it's glued with regular glue or fish glue. Soaking the items beforehand would solve this issue.

Chalk, plaster of Paris, brick-dust, or fire-clay dust are often added to the fish-glue, dextrin, etc. Without giving additional strength to the cement, these substances may be of use in filling up small gaps between the fragments to be cemented.

Chalk, plaster of Paris, brick dust, or fire clay dust are often added to fish glue, dextrin, etc. While they don’t add extra strength to the cement, these materials can help fill in small gaps between the pieces being glued together.

For filling up larger gaps the “Merkbuch[109]” recommends stone cement, for the preparation of which it gives the following prescription:

For filling larger gaps, the “Merkbuch[109]” suggests using stone cement, for which it provides the following recipe:

“Mix 500 grammes of Cologne glue with three sheets of strong white blotting-paper, or four sheets of white tissue paper, shredded as small as possible, and boil until it becomes thick, stirring the whole into a perfectly smooth pulp. Let it boil thoroughly, and while stirring continually, and working with a stout wooden rod, add 212 kilogrammes of very finely sifted dry purified whiting. After working this mixture thoroughly, add 80 grammes of linseed oil, which must be also thoroughly worked in. To preserve the glue add 50 grammes of Venetian turpentine. This stone cement will take any shade of colour if mixed with lamp-black or coloured earths.”

“Mix 500 grams of Cologne glue with three sheets of strong white blotting paper, or four sheets of white tissue paper, shredded as small as possible, and boil until it thickens, stirring everything into a perfectly smooth pulp. Let it boil completely, and while stirring constantly with a sturdy wooden rod, add 212 kilograms of very finely sifted dry purified whiting. After thoroughly mixing this, add 80 grams of linseed oil, which must also be mixed in well. To preserve the glue, add 50 grams of Venetian turpentine. This stone cement can take any color if mixed with lamp-black or colored earths.”

(h) Iron.

The various methods for the preservation of iron objects which have been or are still in use may be divided into two groups. To the one group belong those methods in which the objects are preserved with their coating of rust, or with the rust that has penetrated them; to the other group belong those in which the removal of rust precedes preservation. The former methods must be applied when the iron has been completely converted into rust or when the rust has only left a small metallic core. These methods may of course be used also for all iron antiquities.

The different ways to preserve iron objects that have been used or are still in use can be categorized into two groups. One group includes methods that preserve the objects with their layer of rust or the rust that has seeped into them; the other group includes methods that involve removing the rust before preservation. The first methods should be used when the iron has fully turned to rust or when only a small metallic core remains. These methods can also be applied to all iron antiques.

The methods of the second group can be applied to those objects only which still retain a strong metallic core, in which case the objects regain the more or less grey or white surface of fresh unoxidized iron. These methods are at present little known, and therefore but little used, for owners and the general public are still accustomed to see in the covering of rust the evidence of antiquity with which they are loth to part.

The techniques of the second group can only be applied to objects that still have a strong metallic core, in which case the objects will regain a somewhat gray or white surface of fresh, unoxidized iron. These methods are not very well known right now, so they aren't widely used, as owners and the general public are still used to seeing the rust covering as a sign of age, which they are reluctant to give up.

In addition to these methods, there are others which are of an intermediate kind, either special or a combination of methods from both these groups.

In addition to these methods, there are other intermediate ones that are either specific or a mix of methods from both of these groups.

(1) Methods of preserving Objects of Iron without removal of the Rust.

(1) Ways to Protect Iron Objects Without Removing the Rust.

Impregnation. The earliest processes, which are to some extent still in use in some collections, are simple impregnation methods, in which the object is either painted once or more with the impregnating medium by means of a brush, or is placed directly in the medium itself. In either case the penetrating power of the solution used is directly proportional to its fluidity.

Conception. The earliest methods, which are still somewhat used in certain collections, are straightforward impregnation techniques. In these methods, the object is either painted once or multiple times with the impregnation solution using a brush, or it's submerged directly in the solution itself. In both scenarios, the ability of the solution to penetrate is directly related to its fluidity.

[90] The following media may be used for the purpose:

[90] The following media can be used for this purpose:

(1) Warm size.

Warm fit.

(2) Warm isinglass solution.

Warm isinglass solution.

(3) Solution of waterglass.

Waterglass solution.

(4) Solution of shellac in alcohol.

Shellac mixed with alcohol.

(5) Rubber solution in carbon bisulphide. The mass after swelling is dissolved in benzine[110].

(5) Rubber solution in carbon disulfide. The mass after swelling is dissolved in benzene[110].

(6) Copal varnish diluted with turpentine.

(6) Copal varnish mixed with turpentine.

(7) Copal varnish mixed with linseed oil[111].

(7) Copal varnish mixed with linseed oil[111].

(8) Linseed oil.

Flaxseed oil.

(9) Linseed varnish.

Linseed oil varnish.

(10) Linseed varnish mixed with an equal quantity of petroleum.

(10) Linseed varnish mixed with the same amount of petroleum.

(11) Bees’-wax dissolved in turpentine.

Beeswax dissolved in turpentine.

(12) Bees’-wax dissolved in benzine.

Beeswax dissolved in benzene.

(13) Petroleum.

Oil.

(14) Vaseline.

Petroleum jelly.

(15) Melted paraffin.

Melted wax.

(16) Oleate of lead: 100 grammes of olive oil, 100 gr. of lead oxide, and 100 gr. of water are boiled until all the water has evaporated and the mass has become grey. The mass is extracted by shaking it with alcohol, and the residue is dissolved in absolute ether, in the proportion of 100 gr. of ether to 5 gr. of the substance. Before use it should be diluted with a little ether[112].

(16) Lead oleate: Boil 100 grams of olive oil, 100 grams of lead oxide, and 100 grams of water until all the water evaporates and the mixture turns grey. Shake the mixture with alcohol to extract it, then dissolve the residue in absolute ether, using 100 grams of ether for every 5 grams of the substance. Before use, it should be diluted with a small amount of ether[112].

[91] (17) Speerschneider’s mixture. This consists of 8 parts of rape oil, 1 part of bees’-wax, 1 part of pine resin, and 2 parts of benzene[113].

[91] (17) Speerschneider’s mixture. This includes 8 parts of canola oil, 1 part of beeswax, 1 part of pine resin, and 2 parts of benzene[113].

(18) Collodion, or the mixture used in the Museum at Donaueschingen, which consists of 30 grammes of collodion, 2 gr. of camphor, and 1 gr. of oxalic ether.

(18) Collodion, or the mixture used in the Museum at Donaueschingen, which consists of 30 grams of collodion, 2 grams of camphor, and 1 gram of oxalic ether.

In addition to these materials, there are other mixtures of resin, varnishes, and bees’-wax, with their appropriate solvents, but they do not possess any special advantages as impregnating solutions.

In addition to these materials, there are other mixtures of resin, varnishes, and beeswax, along with their suitable solvents, but they don't offer any unique benefits as impregnating solutions.

After treatment with size or isinglass, iron objects may be given when dry a coating of linseed oil, linseed varnish, solution of shellac, etc.

After being treated with size or isinglass, iron objects can be coated with linseed oil, linseed varnish, shellac solution, etc., once they are dry.

The materials numbered 7 to 10 in the above list should be applied warm to enable the viscid fluids to penetrate the rust, for the more readily the solution enters the object the better is the result obtained. Apart from the fact that they are easily ignited at a high temperature, they must not be heated beyond 230°F. [110°C.], otherwise objects which consist largely of rust will fall to pieces[114].

The materials numbered 7 to 10 in the list above should be applied warm to allow the sticky fluids to penetrate the rust; the easier the solution gets into the object, the better the results. Besides being easily ignited at high temperatures, they should not be heated beyond 230°F (110°C), or else objects that are mostly rust will break apart[114].

In the process of impregnation a twofold result is aimed at, viz. to prevent the rust from crumbling, and to exclude air from the specimen. The application of heated linseed oil or linseed varnish is founded upon the supposition that these substances enter into a chemical combination with ferric oxide to form a stable compound; this is, however, disputed by some modern authorities[115]. Neutral substances offer a safer method for the exclusion of air, and of these melted paraffin is undoubtedly the best. The paraffin must be quite pure and [92] free from stearine, as can be ascertained from the melting point; thus pure paraffin melts at 130°-150°F. [55°-65°C.], stearine at 160°F. [70°C.]. Paraffin with a melting-point higher than 65°C. should be looked upon with suspicion.

In the process of impregnation, two main goals are pursued: to prevent the rust from flaking off and to keep air away from the item. Using heated linseed oil or linseed varnish is based on the idea that these substances chemically bond with ferric oxide to create a stable compound; however, some modern experts dispute this. Neutral substances provide a safer way to exclude air, and among these, melted paraffin is definitely the best. The paraffin must be completely pure and free from stearine, which can be determined by its melting point; pure paraffin melts at 130°-150°F. [55°-65°C.], while stearine melts at 160°F. [70°C.]. Paraffin with a melting point higher than 65°C. should be treated with suspicion.

In many collections the objects are heated before impregnation with media which are insoluble in water, or they are exposed to the air for six to twelve months after excavation. This latter proceeding is, however, certainly inadvisable if the iron contains chlorine, and if this is the case not one of these methods produces satisfactory results.

In many collections, objects are heated before being soaked in materials that don’t dissolve in water, or they’re left out in the air for six to twelve months after being dug up. However, this latter approach is definitely not recommended if the iron has chlorine in it, and if that’s the case, neither of these methods yields good results.

On the other hand, as almost all the iron antiquities which do not contain chlorine compounds may be treated by the methods of the second group, simple and direct impregnation is passing more and more out of use. Before impregnation all soluble substances, especially chlorine compounds, must be removed by steeping.

On the other hand, since nearly all iron artifacts that don’t contain chlorine compounds can be treated using the methods from the second group, simple and direct impregnation is becoming less common. Before impregnation, all soluble substances, especially chlorine compounds, need to be removed through soaking.

(2) Preservation by Steeping and Subsequent Impregnation.

(2) Preservation by soaking and then infusing.

Krause’s Method. The water used for steeping should be preferably lukewarm, and should be changed every twenty-four hours. It is even better, at least for the first time, to lay the object in water and then raise it to boiling-point, a measure which will allow the more ready penetration of the water. As in the case of limestones, earthenware, etc. (p. 59), care must be taken to place the objects as near to the surface of the water as is possible. Small objects may be put in glass jars, large ones in wooden troughs, tin vessels, or wooden boxes lined with zinc or lead. Any little excrescences on the iron, which are frequently filled with ferrous chloride, should be punctured to give the water unimpeded and more speedy access. Crumbling objects should be held together by tightly wrapping them in muslin. Curators must decide for [93] themselves how far means such as files, chisels, or small hammers may be used to remove the rust or earthy material conglomerated by rust.

Krause's Approach. The water used for soaking should ideally be lukewarm and changed every twenty-four hours. It's even better, at least the first time, to submerge the object in water and then heat it to boiling point; this helps the water penetrate more easily. Just like with limestones, earthenware, etc. (p. 59), you need to place the objects as close to the surface of the water as possible. Small items can go in glass jars, while larger ones can be placed in wooden troughs, tin containers, or wooden boxes lined with zinc or lead. Any small growths on the iron, often filled with ferrous chloride, should be punctured to allow the water to access them more easily and quickly. Fragile objects should be held together by tightly wrapping them in muslin. Curators must decide for [93] themselves how far tools like files, chisels, or small hammers can be used to remove the rust or earthy material that has accumulated due to rust.

Although much recommended, the method of adding soda or lime water to remove the chlorine as soluble sodium chloride or calcium chloride is, in our opinion, inadvisable. Both these substances precipitate the iron from the ferrous chloride or ferric chloride (which are soluble in water) as insoluble hydroxide of iron, which more or less closes the interstices, and thus impedes the access of water to the interior.

Although it's widely suggested, we think adding soda or lime water to eliminate chlorine as soluble sodium chloride or calcium chloride isn't a good idea. Both of these substances cause the iron in ferrous chloride or ferric chloride (which are water-soluble) to form insoluble iron hydroxide, which tends to clog the gaps and restricts water from reaching the interior.

The process of steeping can here again be controlled by the use of the silver solution (p. 62), for if there no longer appears any or only very little cloudiness the steeping may be considered complete. The length of time required for steeping depends upon the thickness of the rust and the porosity or existence of cracks in it, and if the objects are of considerable size, it may extend over several weeks.

The steeping process can again be monitored using the silver solution (p. 62), because if there’s hardly any cloudiness left, the steeping can be deemed complete. The duration needed for steeping depends on how thick the rust is and whether it has pores or cracks. If the items are quite large, it could take several weeks.

After steeping the object should either be dried in the open air, and later on a warm stove, or be placed for a few days in alcohol to remove the water, after which the rapid evaporation of the alcohol will quickly dry it. The steeping of iron objects in warm alcohol has been recommended[116], but if their size is considerable the method is an expensive one. This method has the advantage that the alcohol penetrates the rust sooner than does water, and also prevents oxidation, which may be actually produced by the water. It may perhaps be advisable to dilute the alcohol, the usual strength of which is 95% to 96%, with about an equal volume of water, for some salts are not readily soluble in pure alcohol. When dry the object is warmed for a few hours in a mixture of equal parts of good linseed varnish and petroleum. The petroleum serves to dilute the varnish, which can [94] thus more quickly permeate the entire mass of iron and rust. On account of the inflammable nature of the mixture the warming should be done over a water-bath. For small objects a cylinder made of ordinary tin-plate, measuring from 6 to 10 inches [15 to 25 cm.] in diameter and 6 in. [15 cm.] in height, may be used. To increase stability the lower half should be of a smaller diameter, and fitted into an iron tripod. The same end is attained by soldering a ring round the middle of the cylinder, which will rest on the ring of the tripod. The cover consists of a number of copper rings gradually diminishing in diameter, which fit closely into one another, thus enabling porcelain vessels of various sizes to be used. For larger objects, such as swords, two long rectangular troughs (Fig. 24) of stronger plate should be used. The following sizes will probably be found useful: one about 40 inches [100 cm.] long by 4 inches [10 cm.] broad, and 4 inches [10 cm.] deep, and the other slightly larger. Handles should be fixed at the upper edges. Three iron bars 1 inch [212 cm.] thick and 4 inches [10 cm.] in length are laid across the bottom of the larger trough, on which the smaller is placed. The space between the two vessels is filled with water to a depth of 2 inches [6 cm.]. The trough is warmed on a stove, or better, where gas can be had, by means of a number of [95] Bunsen burners fitted with rose or ring burners, over which the trough may be supported upon tripods. While heating care must be taken that the water does not boil over, which can be easily avoided by regulating the gas supply. As the water evaporates further quantities should be added as required. After simmering for about two hours, the objects should be removed and allowed to drain; they should then be placed on a tripod, or on glass rings, on the warm stove in cold weather, to accelerate the evaporation of the petroleum and the setting of the varnish. In summer drying chambers may be used; these are sold by dealers in physical and chemical apparatus, or can be made at little cost by a tinsmith.

After soaking, the item should either be dried in the open air and later on a warm stove or placed in alcohol for a few days to remove the water. The quick evaporation of the alcohol will dry it fast. Soaking iron objects in warm alcohol has been suggested[116], but if they are large, this method can be pricey. This technique has the benefit that alcohol penetrates rust faster than water and also helps prevent oxidation, which can actually be caused by water. It might be wise to dilute the alcohol, usually around 95% to 96%, with about the same amount of water because some salts don’t dissolve well in pure alcohol. Once dry, the item is warmed for several hours in a mixture of equal parts good linseed varnish and petroleum. The petroleum thins the varnish, allowing it to better soak into the iron and rust. [94] Because the mixture is flammable, warming should be done over a water bath. For small items, a cylinder made of standard tin-plate, measuring between 6 to 10 inches [15 to 25 cm.] in diameter and 6 inches [15 cm.] tall can be used. To enhance stability, the bottom half should be narrower and fitted into an iron tripod. This is also achieved by soldering a ring around the middle of the cylinder that will rest on the tripod ring. The cover consists of several copper rings that decrease in size and fit snugly into each other, allowing porcelain containers of various sizes to be used. For larger items like swords, two long rectangular troughs (Fig. 24) made of stronger material should be utilized. The following dimensions may be useful: one about 40 inches [100 cm.] long, 4 inches [10 cm.] wide, and 4 inches [10 cm.] deep, and the other slightly larger. Handles should be attached at the upper edges. Three iron bars, 1 inch [212 cm.] thick and 4 inches [10 cm.] long, are laid across the bottom of the larger trough, on which the smaller one is placed. The space between the two containers is filled with water to a depth of 2 inches [6 cm.]. The trough is warmed on a stove or, preferably when gas is available, using several [95] Bunsen burners equipped with rose or ring burners, over which the trough can be supported on tripods. While heating, care must be taken to avoid boiling over the water, which is easily managed by adjusting the gas supply. As the water evaporates, more should be added as needed. After simmering for about two hours, the items should be removed and allowed to drain. They should then be placed on a tripod or glass rings on the warm stove in cold weather to speed up the evaporation of the petroleum and the curing of the varnish. In summer, drying chambers can be used; these are available from suppliers of physical and chemical equipment or can be made at a low cost by a tinsmith.

Fig. 24. Water-bath. 115 nat. size.

Water bath. 1/15 nat. size.

If the objects have been steeped in pure alcohol, or at least towards the end of the treatment in three changes of alcohol, so that all the water is replaced by alcohol, they may be dipped directly without drying in the varnish mixture, for the alcohol evaporates in the varnish bath which is at a temperature of 194°-203°F. [90°-95°C.]. As the varnish hardens, the iron thus treated acquires a glazed surface; other means of impregnation may therefore appear preferable, e.g. a solution of gum-dammar or melted paraffin. For impregnation with the dammar solution the object must first be dried, and the air-pump used in the way described on p. 68. On account of the inflammable nature of the benzine heat must not be applied, nor indeed is it necessary.

If the objects have been soaked in pure alcohol, or at least towards the end of the process in three rounds of alcohol, so that all the water is replaced by alcohol, they can be dipped directly into the varnish mixture without drying, as the alcohol evaporates in the varnish bath, which is at a temperature of 194°-203°F. [90°-95°C.]. As the varnish hardens, the treated iron gets a glossy surface; other methods of impregnation might seem better, like a solution of gum-dammar or melted paraffin. For impregnation with the dammar solution, the object must be dried first, and the air pump should be used as described on p. 68. Due to the flammable nature of the benzine, heat should not be applied, and it's not even necessary.

When impregnating with pure paraffin[117], specimens may be lightly wiped with a cloth, but need not be dried. The paraffin may be heated to 212°-248°F. [100°-120°C.] without danger, so long as it is kept from direct contact with the flame. A thermometer should be used, and, as soon as the paraffin has melted at a temperature of about 60°C., the [96] object should be placed in it by means of tongs. When the temperature has risen above 212°F. [100°C.] the water is converted into steam, and causes a brisk ebullition of the melted paraffin. The quantity of paraffin used should, therefore, be such that its level remains at the least 2 inches [5 cm.] below the upper edge of the vessel.

When using pure paraffin for impregnation [117], specimens can be gently wiped with a cloth but don't need to be dried. The paraffin can be heated to between 212°-248°F [100°-120°C] safely, as long as it doesn't come into direct contact with flames. A thermometer should be used, and as soon as the paraffin melts at around 60°C, the [96] object should be placed in it using tongs. Once the temperature goes above 212°F [100°C], water will turn into steam, causing the melted paraffin to bubble vigorously. Therefore, the amount of paraffin used should be such that its level stays at least 2 inches [5 cm] below the top edge of the container.

When the bubbles have ceased to rise, thus showing that all the water is expelled, the paraffin should be allowed to cool to a temperature of 180°-190°F. [80°-90°C.]. The iron should be taken out with tongs, and the liquid allowed to run off. It should then be wrapped, while still at 80°C., in soft blotting-paper or in a piece of old linen to absorb the superfluous paraffin. If the surface of the object is very uneven, or if there are deep cracks or holes in which the paraffin can collect, it will, when cold, form a white mass, and should therefore, while still warm and fluid, be soaked up with filter paper, or distributed evenly by means of suitable brushes. The superfluous paraffin may also be absorbed by putting the object in dry sawdust; any sawdust which remains attached can be removed when cold with benzine, or it may be scraped from the spots where it has collected with a knife or spatula. Any spots where the iron may have become exposed may be covered with a thin coat of paraffin dissolved in benzine.

When the bubbles have stopped rising, indicating that all the water has been removed, allow the paraffin to cool to a temperature of 180°-190°F. [80°-90°C.]. Use tongs to take the iron out, and let the liquid drain off. While it’s still at 80°C., wrap it in soft blotting paper or an old piece of linen to soak up any excess paraffin. If the surface of the object is very uneven or has deep cracks or holes where the paraffin can accumulate, it will form a white mass when cold. Therefore, while it’s still warm and fluid, soak up the excess with filter paper or spread it evenly using appropriate brushes. You can also absorb the extra paraffin by placing the object in dry sawdust; any sawdust that sticks can be removed when cold with benzine, or scraped off with a knife or spatula. Any areas where the iron may have been exposed should be covered with a thin layer of paraffin dissolved in benzine.

Ekhoff’s Method[118]. The objects are laid for two or three months in water which is changed every two or three days, a small quantity of quicklime being added[119]. After this steeping, and after some of the rust has been removed mechanically, the object is lightly dried and put into heavy petroleum of sp. gr. 0·85 to 0·95, which is then heated up to 220°F. [105°C.]. A thermometer should be used to ensure this temperature. This temperature being higher than the boiling-point of water, [97] the water contained in the object evaporates and causes the petroleum to bubble, as in the method previously described. When all the water has been replaced by the petroleum the bubbling ceases. After the fluid has somewhat cooled down, the iron is taken out and is allowed to remain for about an hour in sawdust, which absorbs the superfluous oil. Finally, while gently warming the object over a warm, but not too hot, stove, it is coated over with a mixture of 1 part of bees’-wax and 2 parts of turpentine, or better with paraffin dissolved in benzine. Heavy petroleum, which we have found by experience to be a suitable material, is preferable to varnish in so far as the iron is impregnated by a neutral substance which is practically liquid paraffin, but has the disadvantage of being highly inflammable and of being difficult to obtain at so high a specific gravity.

Ekhoff’s Approach[118]. The objects are kept in water for two or three months, with the water being changed every two or three days, and a small amount of quicklime added[119]. After this soaking, and once some of the rust has been removed physically, the object is gently dried and placed in heavy petroleum with a specific gravity of 0.85 to 0.95, which is then heated to 220°F. [105°C.]. A thermometer should be used to check this temperature. Since this temperature is higher than the boiling point of water, [97] the water within the object evaporates, causing the petroleum to bubble, similar to the previously described method. Once all the water has been replaced by the petroleum, bubbling stops. After the fluid has cooled a bit, the iron is removed and left in sawdust for about an hour to soak up the excess oil. Finally, while gently warming the object over a warm but not too hot stove, it is coated with a mixture of 1 part beeswax and 2 parts turpentine, or preferably with paraffin dissolved in benzene. We have found that heavy petroleum is a suitable material as it is better than varnish since it impregnates the iron with a neutral substance that is essentially liquid paraffin, though it is highly flammable and difficult to acquire at such a high specific gravity.

Straberger’s Method. This method, for the description of which I am indebted to Herr Straberger, has proved effective in the preservation of a number of iron antiquities in the Museum at Linz on the Danube. Even iron objects, which had been in bad condition and had undoubtedly contained chlorine, have after treatment by this method shown no signs of change, while the dull black surface has an agreeable appearance.

Straberger's Method. This method, which I owe to Herr Straberger, has been effective in preserving several iron artifacts in the Museum at Linz on the Danube. Even iron objects that were in poor condition and likely contained chlorine have shown no signs of deterioration after being treated with this method, while the dull black surface has a nice appearance.

Straberger places the newly-excavated objects immediately into linseed oil to prevent the access of air. After remaining in the oil for some time they are taken out, wrapped in cloths saturated with linseed oil, and removed packed in sawdust. Upon arrival they are unwrapped and put into water, to which a small quantity of soda is added to remove the oil more easily. The water is frequently changed, and the objects are meanwhile cleaned mechanically with emery paper and hard brushes. Any blisters are removed by the aid of a small hammer and chisel. After steeping they are dried and smoked over a candle flame which is allowed to play over the whole [98] surface. The soot is then rubbed off with a cloth or soft brush. Objects with a smooth surface may be rubbed with india-rubber. The preservative action of this proceeding depends upon the fact that during the smoking, in addition to the soot, oily products of combustion are deposited from the candle flame, which prevent the access of air and moisture to the iron.

Straberger puts the newly dug-up items directly into linseed oil to keep air out. After soaking in the oil for a while, they are taken out, wrapped in cloths soaked in linseed oil, and packed in sawdust for transport. When they arrive, they are unwrapped and placed in water with a bit of soda added to make it easier to remove the oil. The water is changed often, and in the meantime, the items are cleaned with emery paper and stiff brushes. Any blisters are dealt with using a small hammer and chisel. After soaking, they are dried and smoked over a candle flame, letting it touch the entire surface. The soot is then wiped off with a cloth or soft brush. Items with smooth surfaces can be polished with rubber. The protective effect of this process comes from the fact that during smoking, along with the soot, oily byproducts from the candle flame accumulate, preventing air and moisture from reaching the iron.

“Objects which are much decayed or cracked should, when cleaned and thoroughly dry, be again placed into linseed oil which has been slightly warmed and should remain therein for a few days before being smoked. Upon removal from this second oil bath they should be lightly wiped and dried over a moderately warm stove or in the sun. Patience is necessary, and nothing further should be done until the oil has entirely dried in the fine cracks and crevices and firmly binds the mass. The oil crust on the surface is then loosened by soaking in a strong soda solution and wiped off, after which the object is dried, smoked over the candle flame, and the soot wiped or brushed off with a soft brush. The smoking and wiping may be repeated if necessary.”

“Objects that are significantly decayed or cracked should, after being cleaned and thoroughly dried, be placed into slightly warmed linseed oil for a few days before being smoked. After this second oil bath, they should be gently wiped and dried over a moderately warm stove or in the sun. Patience is essential, and nothing more should be done until the oil has completely dried in the fine cracks and crevices, firmly binding the material. The oil crust on the surface is then loosened by soaking in a strong soda solution and wiped off, after which the object is dried, smoked over a candle flame, and the soot wiped or brushed off with a soft brush. The smoking and wiping can be repeated if necessary.”

Herr Straberger states that his treatment has been successful when impregnation with isinglass and coating with shellac has failed.

Herr Straberger claims that his treatment has worked even when using isinglass for impregnation and shellac for coating hasn't succeeded.

The methods of Hartwich and Jacobi hold an intermediate place between the above methods and those which will be subsequently explained. With the former they have this in common that they do not call for the entire removal of the rust and that they require the use of linseed oil; on the other hand their application presupposes the existence of a strong metallic core, otherwise when the rust is removed they will show merely a skeleton of the original object. The existence of a sufficiently substantial metallic core can be easily ascertained [99] from the weight, for an object, which consists solely or in great part of the oxide of a metal, is much lighter than one of the same size which is largely metal. The ring also affords a test, for an iron object, of which the greatest part is metallic iron, gives a clearer note when struck than one which is chiefly rust. A still more certain test is the use of a file or a drill (comp. page 107).

The methods of Hartwich and Jacobi occupy a middle ground between the previously mentioned methods and those that will be explained later. Like the former methods, they don't require complete rust removal and call for the use of linseed oil. However, their application assumes the presence of a strong metallic core; if the rust is removed without this core, only a skeleton of the original object remains. You can easily determine if a sufficient metallic core exists by weighing it; an object that is mostly metal oxide is much lighter than one of the same size that is primarily made of metal. The ring can also serve as a test: an iron object that is mostly metallic iron produces a clearer sound when struck compared to one that is mainly rust. A more reliable test is to use a file or a drill (comp. page 107).

Hartwich’s Method[120]. This method is intended for objects of an especially large size, the hard oxide coating of which does not allow satisfactory steeping. Hartwich heats the object to redness, allows it to cool slowly, and then scrapes off the outer layer which has been rendered friable by this treatment. The subsequent procedure is that of Krause’s method, viz. warming in linseed varnish.

Hartwich's Method[120]. This method is designed for objects that are particularly large, whose hard oxide coating makes soaking ineffective. Hartwich heats the object until it glows red, then lets it cool slowly, and afterward scrapes off the outer layer that has become brittle due to this process. The next step follows Krause’s method, which involves warming in linseed varnish.

Jacobi’s Method. The method of preservation of iron antiquities used in the Saalburg Museum at Homburg is described by Jacobi as follows: The object is heated in the fire of a forge, which causes the chief part of the rust to flake off, while any rust which still adheres is removed when cold by water and brushing. The object is again held in the flame with tongs and heated (smaller objects may be placed on an iron plate); and during the heating is quickly taken out three or four times and each time brushed over with linseed oil. Most of the linseed oil is thus burnt and the deposition of carbon gives to the iron a black colour, while the oil which has been partially burnt or hardened by the heat produces a slight lustre. This process, as carried out at Homburg by a locksmith, is that which blacksmiths ordinarily use to blacken iron objects and to protect them from rust. The preservation has proved permanent, and only in rare cases has it been found necessary to repeat the process. These good results are probably due to the fact that the antiquities of iron preserved in that Museum are for the most part found in [100] good condition, having very little rust and certainly containing only a very small amount of chlorine. Iron articles which contain chlorine but which still have a good metal core, after washing, drying, and a cautious preliminary application of heat, are ready for treatment by Jacobi’s method.

Jacobi Method. The way of preserving iron artifacts used in the Saalburg Museum at Homburg is described by Jacobi as follows: The object is heated in a forge fire, which causes most of the rust to flake off, while any rust that still clings is removed when cold using water and a brush. The object is then held in the flames with tongs and heated again (smaller items can be placed on an iron plate); during the heating, it is quickly taken out three or four times and brushed with linseed oil each time. Most of the linseed oil burns off, and the deposition of carbon gives the iron a black color, while the oil that is partially burned or hardened by the heat produces a slight shine. This process, as carried out at Homburg by a locksmith, is the same method blacksmiths typically use to blacken iron items and protect them from rust. The preservation has been effective, and only in rare cases has it been necessary to repeat the process. These good results are probably due to the fact that the iron artifacts preserved in that museum are mostly in [100] good condition, with very little rust and only a tiny amount of chlorine. Iron items that contain chlorine but still have a solid metal core, after being washed, dried, and cautiously preliminarily heated, are ready for treatment using Jacobi’s method.

Inlaid Iron Objects require especially cautious treatment. Although I have not had any personal experience in the treatment of objects of this kind, good results have been obtained in several Museums, especially in that at Mainz.

Inlaid Metal Items require particularly careful handling. While I haven't personally worked with these types of objects, several museums, especially the one in Mainz, have achieved good results with their treatment.

The following quotation from the “Merkbuch” (p. 75) describes the method which is applied at Mainz, where it probably originated:

The following quotation from the “Merkbuch” (p. 75) describes the method used in Mainz, where it likely originated:

“Objects of this kind which are likely to have been originally inlaid with silver, gold, copper or brass, as is frequently the case with objects of the Merovingian period, are not placed in alcohol after the steeping, but are warmed and dipped three or four times into a hot dilute solution of isinglass. The heating is necessary, otherwise the isinglass will set on the surface and will not penetrate into the interior. When the object has been dried and the isinglass has set, the layer of rust which covers the inlaid ornaments is scraped off with a graving tool, and any spongy hollow parts are filled up with a paste made of iron rust and isinglass, before the inlaid work is cleaned. During the scraping the object is held in the left hand on a little wooden board covered with plush or thick chamois leather, to which it is fixed as firmly as is necessary by means of a vice. In scraping special care must be taken that the graving tool follows the lines of the designs, for in scraping across the design it may slip under the flat silver thread and raise it out of its place. When the ornamentation has been completely laid bare, it is rubbed with emery cloth and then polished with a brush and fine emery powder. The [101] piece is then dipped into a solution of gum-dammar, and, when the surface is dry, emery is again used to remove the varnish, which gives the silver a slightly yellow colour. The object is then protected from the influence of air and moisture by the transparent retouching varnish of Sohnée frères (Paris).”

“Objects like this, which likely had silver, gold, copper, or brass inlaid originally, as is often seen with items from the Merovingian period, aren’t placed in alcohol after soaking. Instead, they are warmed and dipped three or four times into a hot, diluted isinglass solution. Heating is essential; otherwise, the isinglass will harden on the surface and won’t soak into the interior. Once the object is dried and the isinglass has set, the layer of rust covering the inlaid ornaments is carefully scraped off using a graving tool, and any spongy hollow areas are filled with a paste made from iron rust and isinglass before cleaning the inlaid work. During scraping, the object is held in the left hand on a small wooden board covered with plush or thick chamois leather, secured firmly with a vice. Care must be taken to ensure the graving tool follows the design lines; scraping across the design could cause it to slip under the flat silver thread and pull it out of place. Once the ornamentation is fully exposed, it is rubbed with emery cloth and polished with a brush and fine emery powder. The [101] piece is then dipped into a gum-dammar solution, and once the surface is dry, emery is used again to remove the varnish that can give the silver a slightly yellow tint. Finally, the object is protected from air and moisture with a transparent retouching varnish from Sohnée frères (Paris).”

A modification of Krefting’s method (p. 108) has proved eminently successful in the treatment of iron objects inlaid with silver. Krause[121] recommends that the article be placed, with the inlaid surface downwards, for 24 hours in a mixture of

A modification of Krefting’s method (p. 108) has proven to be very effective in treating iron objects that have silver inlay. Krause[121] suggests that the item should be positioned with the inlaid surface facing down for 24 hours in a mixture of

10 grammes of 40% acetic acid,
10 grammes of ammonium chloride,
70 grammes of distilled water,
10 grammes of aluminium powder.

10 grams of 40% acetic acid,
10 grams of ammonium chloride,
70 grams of distilled water,
10 grams of aluminum powder.

It is then removed from the bath, carefully brushed and washed, and, if the inlaid work is not yet cleaned, is replaced in the bath. This is repeated until the inlaid work is completely exposed. Spots of ferroso-ferric oxide which are difficult to remove may be ground away by an emery wheel, care being taken that the inlaid surface is held against the lower side of the wheel (which must be rotated in the reverse direction) so that it is always in sight.

It is then taken out of the bath, carefully brushed and washed, and if the inlaid work isn’t fully cleaned, it's put back in the bath. This process continues until the inlaid work is completely revealed. Stubborn spots of ferroso-ferric oxide that are tough to remove can be ground away with an emery wheel, ensuring that the inlaid surface is pressed against the underside of the wheel (which should be turned in the opposite direction) so that it is always visible.

All the methods of this group, which have been applied to many articles in various Museums, exhibit one inherent defect, for any rust which remains after treatment may cause the continued oxidation of the iron. The effects of this action of rust are, I believe, extremely small, and it must at the same time be admitted that iron antiquities, even if they have been well steeped and afterwards impregnated, do not always remain in a permanent and sound state of preservation. If [102] in such a case the well-known small watery bubbles should make their appearance, the steeping has undoubtedly been insufficient. This evil can be remedied by gradually heating the object to redness to destroy the impregnating material, and by a careful repetition of the steeping and impregnation.

All the methods in this group, which have been used on many artifacts in various museums, have one major flaw: any rust that remains after treatment can lead to ongoing oxidation of the iron. I believe the effects of this rust action are quite minimal, but we must also acknowledge that iron antiques, even if they have been properly soaked and subsequently treated, don’t always stay in a permanent and stable state of preservation. If [102] in such a case the familiar small watery bubbles appear, it's clear that the soaking process hasn't been adequate. This issue can be fixed by gradually heating the object until it glows red to eliminate the impregnating material, followed by careful repetition of the soaking and treatment process.

(3) Preservation of Iron Antiquities by Removal of the Rust.

(3) Preserving Iron Artifacts by Eliminating Rust.

Steffensen’s Method (Copenhagen). The objects are carefully heated over a flame and are then laid in dilute sulphuric acid. The sulphuric acid dissolves a certain amount of the iron, and it is found by experience that the chemical action is strongest at those spots where any rust remains, and that this is detached by the hydrogen which is produced. When the cleaning is sufficient, the iron is laid in a dilute soda solution to neutralise the acid, and is afterwards well washed with water and dried in an oven. When dry the iron is brushed over with a solution of bees’-wax (or better of paraffin) in benzine, the evaporation of which leaves a protective coating of bees’-wax or paraffin.

Steffensen's Method (Copenhagen). The items are carefully heated over a flame and then placed in dilute sulfuric acid. The sulfuric acid dissolves a certain amount of the iron, and experience shows that the chemical reaction is strongest at the spots where any rust remains, which gets removed by the hydrogen produced. Once the cleaning is adequate, the iron is placed in a dilute soda solution to neutralize the acid, then thoroughly rinsed with water and dried in an oven. Once dry, the iron is brushed with a solution of beeswax (or preferably paraffin) in benzene, and as it evaporates, it leaves a protective coating of beeswax or paraffin.

Blell’s Method. The method proposed by Blell and applied by him to many of the objects in his collection is distinct from that described above, although in its earlier stages the principle is the same. The following quotation is taken from the description of his method which the author read before the Antiquarian Society[122] at Königsberg:

Blell's Method. The method suggested by Blell and used on many items in his collection is different from the one described earlier, even though the basic principle is the same in the initial stages. The following quote comes from the explanation of his method that the author presented to the Antiquarian Society[122] in Königsberg:

“If a specimen is found to have a sufficiently strong core of iron it should be heated in the furnace to bright redness and then dipped into water. The expansion of the iron caused by the heat and the subsequent contraction caused by the sudden cooling thoroughly loosens the [103] layer of rust. Large iron objects with a strong and firmly attached incrustation of rust will require a repetition of the process. By this means not only is the rust converted into a red powder which is easily rubbed off, but the object itself is rendered more suitable for the subsequent treatment. At the same time the heating process removes any coating of oil, fat, etc., which may have remained from previous attempts at preservation, and which would interfere with the further stages of the process. Smaller or delicate specimens should be treated in the flame of a spirit-lamp, but special care must be taken that there is sufficient iron present. Sword blades and other tools and weapons with sharp edges should be heated only, for the sudden cooling may cause cracks in the cutting edges.”

“If a specimen has a strong enough core of iron, it should be heated in the furnace until it’s bright red and then dipped in water. The expansion of the iron from the heat and the quick contraction from the sudden cooling effectively loosens the [103] layer of rust. Large iron objects with a thick and firmly attached layer of rust may need this process to be repeated. This method not only turns the rust into a red powder that can be easily rubbed off, but it also makes the object more suitable for further treatment. At the same time, the heating process removes any oil, fat, or other substances that might be left over from previous preservation attempts, which could interfere with the next steps. Smaller or delicate specimens should be treated over a spirit lamp flame, but care must be taken to ensure there is enough iron present. Sword blades and other tools and weapons with sharp edges should only be heated, as the sudden cooling can cause cracks in the cutting edges.”

To complete the removal of the incrustation of rust which has been loosened by the heating process, or by the heating and sudden cooling, the object should be placed

To finish getting rid of the rust buildup that has been loosened by the heating process, or by the heating and sudden cooling, the item should be placed

“in a well-stirred mixture composed of one part by weight of sulphuric acid in nine parts of water. Bubbles of hydrogen will immediately rise and the rust will begin to separate. In freshly prepared acid objects which are not very rusty will be freed from rust after four to six hours, those covered with a deeper layer of rust in about twelve hours, but several days, or even weeks, may be necessary. The duration of the process depends upon the strength of the acid and the character of the rust, viz. whether it is thick and solid, or thin and porous, and whether the iron is of a soft, or of a hard character.

“in a well-stirred mixture made of one part by weight of sulfuric acid to nine parts of water. Bubbles of hydrogen will rise immediately, and the rust will start to separate. In freshly prepared acid, objects that aren’t very rusty will be free from rust after four to six hours; those with a thicker layer of rust will take about twelve hours, but some may need several days or even weeks. The time it takes depends on the strength of the acid and the type of rust, whether it’s thick and solid or thin and porous, and whether the iron is soft or hard.”

When first making use of this method it is advisable to use dilute acid and to take out the objects several times in the course of the day and examine them, while [104] during the night they should be taken out of the acid and placed in soft water[123].

When you first try this method, it's a good idea to use a diluted acid and take the objects out several times throughout the day to check on them. At night, you should remove them from the acid and put them in soft water.

For the acid bath and for rinsing it will be found convenient to have two pairs of wooden troughs having the following internal measurements:

For the acid bath and for rinsing, it will be helpful to have two pairs of wooden troughs with these internal measurements:

(1) An internal length of 10 inches [25 cm.] by 712 inches [19 cm.] in breadth and 434 inches [12 cm.] in depth, which will be useful for the larger number of objects.

(1) An internal length of 10 inches [25 cm.] by 712 inches [19 cm.] in width and 434 inches [12 cm.] in height, which will be convenient for a greater number of items.

(2) For long narrow objects, e.g. sword-blades, and long spear-heads, the internal measurements should be 40 inches [100 cm.] long by 4 inches [10 cm.] broad and 3 inches [8 cm.] deep.

(2) For long, narrow items, like sword blades and long spearheads, the internal measurements should be 40 inches [100 cm] long, 4 inches [10 cm] wide, and 3 inches [8 cm] deep.

Small fragile objects are most satisfactorily treated in glass vessels or glazed earthen pots or vases.

Small delicate objects are best handled in glass containers or glazed clay pots or vases.

The acid must have free access to all parts of the object; if a sword, for example, lies flat upon the bottom, the under-surface apparently remains unacted upon by the acid. This should be remedied by the use of a couple of small wooden supports.

The acid needs to have free access to all areas of the object; for instance, if a sword is lying flat on the bottom, the underside seems to be unaffected by the acid. This can be fixed by using a couple of small wooden supports.

Frequent rubbing with a cloth and forge scale[124] or coarse sand greatly helps in removing the rust, but gentler treatment is required for the smaller and more fragile objects. The rust is often very firmly attached in some portions of the object, and in this case those areas which have been already freed from rust should be coated over with lard, which is free from salt, to protect them from further action of the acid, while the pockets of rust [105] are alternately treated with acid and graving tools. No particle of rust should be allowed to remain, for sooner or later it will begin to spread, whatever precautions may be taken.

Frequent rubbing with a cloth and forge scale[124] or coarse sand really helps in getting rid of rust, but a gentler approach is needed for smaller and more fragile items. The rust can be very stubborn in certain areas, and for those spots that have already been cleaned, they should be coated with lard, which is salt-free, to protect them from further acid damage, while the rust pockets [105] are treated alternately with acid and engraving tools. No rust should be left behind, because eventually, it will start to spread, no matter what precautions are taken.

The action of the acid becomes less effective if it has been used for several objects. A little fresh acid should then be added. The more active the sulphuric acid, the brighter will be the grey colour of the iron after the rust has been removed. If old acid has been used the iron will be of a dirty grey colour, and should then be placed into fresh acid for a short time until it assumes a clear light grey colour.

The acid works less effectively if it's been used on several items. A little fresh acid should be added. The more potent the sulfuric acid, the brighter the iron’s gray color will be after the rust is removed. If old acid has been used, the iron will turn a dirty gray color and should be placed in fresh acid for a short time until it turns a clear light gray.

The third part of the process begins with the removal of the iron from the acid bath and has as its object the removal of every trace of the acid, otherwise the rust will very quickly return and cover the whole surface. The object is therefore immediately and repeatedly rinsed in soft water and carefully dried; the cheapest material for this purpose is cotton waste, but ordinary linen-cloth must be used for objects with jagged edges, for the threads will catch in the notches and hinder the drying. This should be done without delay, or a change of the colour from light grey to yellow will betoken a new formation of rust. Articles showing a very complicated construction, which are however rare from the Iron Age, should be packed in perfectly dry hot pinewood sawdust, while those which are still more difficult to dry, for example, coats of chain-mail, after thorough rinsing, should be immediately put into a pan with melted lard, free from salt, and boiled until the cessation of bubbling shows that all the water has been driven off by evaporation.

The third part of the process begins with taking the iron out of the acid bath, focusing on eliminating all traces of the acid; otherwise, rust will quickly reappear and cover the entire surface. The item is therefore rinsed immediately and repeatedly in soft water and then carefully dried. The most cost-effective material for this is cotton waste, but regular linen cloth must be used for items with jagged edges, as the threads can catch in the notches and hinder drying. This should be done without delay, or a change in color from light gray to yellow will signal the onset of new rust. Items with very complicated designs, though rare from the Iron Age, should be packed in perfectly dry hot pinewood sawdust. For items that are even harder to dry, like chain-mail, after thorough rinsing, they should be placed immediately into a pan with melted lard, free of salt, and boiled until the bubbling stops, which indicates that all the water has evaporated.

They are then rubbed dry or are laid in hot sawdust, after which they are brushed over with melted lard and [106] placed in this condition for at least half an hour in a moderately hot cupboard until the fat has penetrated into the finest pores of the iron. That this has really taken place may be proved by the use of a file.

They are then dried off or placed in hot sawdust, after which they are coated with melted lard and [106] left like this for at least half an hour in a moderately hot cupboard until the fat has soaked into the tiniest pores of the iron. You can confirm this has really happened by using a file.

When by this means all trace of sulphuric acid has been removed the fourth stage of the process is reached, viz. the removal of the grease from the surface and the subsequent application of some preparation to prevent the access of air and moisture. Most of the grease is removed by placing the objects in a warm place on blotting-paper. Any grease still remaining on the surface can be entirely removed with a cloth or paint-brush by means of benzine. If no restoration or repair is required nothing more is necessary than to apply the protecting solution.”

When all traces of sulfuric acid have been removed, the fourth stage of the process is reached, namely the removal of grease from the surface and the subsequent application of a preparation to prevent air and moisture from getting in. Most of the grease is removed by placing the objects in a warm spot on blotting paper. Any grease that remains on the surface can be completely removed with a cloth or paintbrush using benzene. If no restoration or repair is needed, all that’s required is to apply the protecting solution.

A white varnish has much to recommend it from its protective power, but as it gives to iron an unsatisfactory gloss, it is preferable to use a solution of bees’-wax in benzine.

A white varnish has a lot to offer in terms of its protective qualities, but since it gives iron an unsatisfactory shine, it's better to use a solution of beeswax in benzene.

Having made use of Blell’s method in a number of cases I have a few suggestions and modifications to offer. The heating should be carried out carefully and gradually, lest the sudden conversion of the moisture in the rust into steam should cause small explosions which would scatter pieces of rust. There is no danger of this if the objects are heated in an oven; they should not therefore be heated in an open flame. For smaller objects I use a box six inches [15 centimetres] square, of strong tin-plate loosely covered with an iron lid, or with a piece of asbestos sheet; but if the objects are large, e.g. swords, spearheads, etc., I heat them on a strong piece of tin-plate bent round to form a channel, and covered with a long piece of asbestos sheet, the edges of which are bent over the edges of the channel, to retain the heat as much as possible.

Having used Blell’s method in several cases, I have a few suggestions and modifications to offer. The heating should be done carefully and gradually, so the sudden change of moisture in the rust into steam doesn’t cause small explosions that could scatter pieces of rust. There's no risk of this if the objects are heated in an oven; therefore, they shouldn't be heated over an open flame. For smaller items, I use a box that is six inches [15 centimeters] square, made of strong tin-plate, loosely covered with an iron lid or a piece of asbestos sheet. For larger items, like swords or spearheads, I heat them on a sturdy piece of tin-plate bent into a channel and covered with a long piece of asbestos sheet, with the edges bent over the edges of the channel to keep the heat in as much as possible.

[107] It is advisable, in my experience, to use the sulphuric acid well diluted, e.g. in the proportion of 1 to 20, and to renew it several times if necessary. In mixing concentrated sulphuric acid with water great caution is required on account of the evolution of heat. The acid should be poured in a thin stream into the water, but not vice versâ, and the mixture should be constantly stirred with a glass rod. If a glass vessel is used for the mixing, it must not be too thick lest the heat should cause it to break, but the larger the proportion of water to the sulphuric acid, the less considerable will be the rise of temperature.

[107] Based on my experience, it's best to use well-diluted sulfuric acid, for example, in a ratio of 1 to 20, and to replace it several times if needed. When mixing concentrated sulfuric acid with water, you need to be very careful because of the heat generated. Pour the acid slowly into the water, not the other way around, and keep stirring the mixture continuously with a glass rod. If you're using a glass container for mixing, make sure it's not too thick to avoid breaking from the heat, but the greater the amount of water compared to the sulfuric acid, the smaller the increase in temperature will be.

For boring out rust spots which have eaten deeply into the iron a dental drill can be used with success, and a great variety of drills and milling cutters can be obtained. The rinsing, which Blell carries out by moving the object to and fro close under the surface in a vessel full of water, may be sufficient for thin iron objects, such as swords, knives, spear-heads, and similar objects. Larger specimens should be freed from the acid by putting them into a still more dilute solution, and, when necessary, by steeping for a short time in water. It may also be advisable to put the objects into dilute soda solution to neutralize the sulphuric acid, but this does not do away with the necessity for steeping in water. The brown coating of rust which may possibly follow the steeping can be removed by the use of steel-wire brushes, which can now be made of such fine wire that their softness almost equals that of a moderately soft tooth-brush. Brass-wire brushes should not be used, on account of the yellow colour which they give to the iron. I always put the objects directly after steeping into clean fat heated to 250°F. [120°C.], for brushing over with fat and warming in a stove often caused a slight tarnish to cover the surface. I have also used paraffin wax instead of fat.

To remove rust spots that have deeply penetrated the iron, a dental drill can be effectively used, and there is a wide variety of drills and milling cutters available. Blell rinses the objects by moving them back and forth just under the surface of a container filled with water, which may be enough for thin iron items like swords, knives, spearheads, and similar items. Larger pieces need to be cleaned from the acid by placing them into an even more diluted solution and, if necessary, soaking them briefly in water. It might also be a good idea to put the items in a dilute soda solution to neutralize the sulfuric acid, but this does not eliminate the need for soaking in water. Any brown rust coating that might follow the soaking can be removed using steel-wire brushes, which can now be produced with such fine wire that their softness is almost comparable to that of a moderately soft toothbrush. Brass-wire brushes should be avoided because they can stain the iron yellow. I always place the items directly into clean fat heated to 250°F (120°C) right after soaking, as brushing with fat and heating them in an oven often leads to a slight tarnish on the surface. I've also used paraffin wax instead of fat.

For the method of restoring iron antiquities and of filling [108] up large gaps, the reader should refer to Blell’s detailed account; it will here suffice to quote his statement that a mixture of iron filings with tin filings can be used for this purpose. These are melted and applied by the aid of a blowpipe.

For the method of restoring iron artifacts and filling [108] large gaps, the reader should check out Blell’s detailed account; it’s enough to mention his statement that a mixture of iron filings and tin filings can be used for this. These are melted and applied using a blowpipe.

The accompanying illustrations represent iron antiquities which have been treated by Blell’s method: the sword (Fig. 25) proved, after reduction, from its two ridges to be a scramasax; on the spear-head (Fig. 26) treatment revealed a small copper ring at the most constricted part, while the fibula, which previously had been a mass of rust, now shows the spiral which had been totally disguised.

The illustrations included show iron artifacts that have been processed using Blell’s method: the sword (Fig. 25) was identified as a scramasax after reduction, based on its two ridges; the spearhead (Fig. 26) revealed a small copper ring at its narrowest point during treatment, and the fibula, which was once just a rusted lump, now displays the spiral that was completely hidden.

Fig. 25. Iron sword treated by Blell’s method.

Fig. 25. Iron sword treated using Blell’s method.

Fig. 26. Iron spear-head treated by Blell’s method.

Fig. 26. Iron spearhead processed using Blell’s method.

Fig. 27. Iron fibula treated by Blell’s method.

Fig. 27. Iron fibula processed using Blell’s method.

Krefting’s Method. The electro-chemical method of Krefting was originally published in “Aarsberetning fra Foreningen till Norske Fortidsmindesmaerkers Bevaring,” 1892 (p. 51), but in “Finska Fornminnesföreningens Tidskrift[125]” there is a translation into German by H. Appelgren, and an additional series of observations and experiments by him. His remarks are equally applicable to Blell’s method, and the following extracts and quotations from this paper give Krefting’s method of procedure and the circumstances under which it should be applied.

Krefting's Approach. Krefting's electro-chemical method was first published in “Aarsberetning fra Foreningen til Norske Fortidsmindesmaerkers Bevaring,” 1892 (p. 51). However, there is a German translation by H. Appelgren in “Finska Fornminnesföreningens Tidskrift[125],” which includes additional observations and experiments by him. His comments are also relevant to Blell’s method. The following extracts and quotes from this paper outline Krefting's procedure and the conditions under which it should be used.

[109] Small fragile objects such as fibulae, thin clasps and bracelets or those which are much eaten away by rust, are not suitable for this mode of treatment, thus:

[109] Delicate items like fibulae, thin clasps, and bracelets, or those that are heavily rusted, aren't appropriate for this type of treatment, so:

“A knife which is much corroded, and which when taken out of the earth shows a distinctive form (for example, that of the Early Iron Age), may lose so much by the application of the electric current that every distinct sign of its original character is destroyed. The characteristic edges of a spear-head or of an axe of the late Iron Age, or the equally characteristic point of an [110] iron sword, may, if the rust has eaten deeply into them, be unrecognisable when removed from the electrolytic bath. A sword, the hilt of which is inlaid with copper wire or is plated with silver or gold, or the blade inlaid with inscriptions in gold, silver, or copper, may be totally destroyed by incautious treatment; for the ornamentation, if undermined by rust, may be detached with the rust from the underlying iron.”

“A knife that is heavily corroded and shows a distinct shape when pulled from the ground (for example, that of the Early Iron Age) might lose so much detail from the electric current that all traces of its original identity are eliminated. The distinctive edges of a spearhead or an axe from the late Iron Age, or the recognizable point of an [110] iron sword, may become unidentifiable after being taken out of the electrolytic bath if the rust has penetrated deeply. A sword with a hilt inlaid with copper wire or covered in silver or gold, or a blade with inscriptions in gold, silver, or copper, can be completely ruined by careless handling; because if the decorative elements are compromised by rust, they can separate from the underlying iron along with the rust.”

On the other hand, objects of sound metallic iron covered with an incrustation of rust about 125 inch [1 millimètre] in thickness may be easily cleaned in this manner, but if on using a file the metal does not appear at all, or only at a depth of 18 inch [3 millimètres], great caution must be used. If there is reason to believe that there is gold or silver inlaid work undermined by rust, Appelgren recommends that the object should, as a preliminary, be laid in clean water, which should be renewed every day. After some time, three weeks at the most, sufficient rust will have been cleared away by carefully brushing with a steel brush to lay bare the ornamentation, at least in part, and it can then be ascertained whether there is any rust underneath which would, if Krefting’s method were used, cause the ornamentation to be detached.

On the other hand, objects made of solid metallic iron that are covered with a layer of rust about 125 inch [1 millimeter] thick can be easily cleaned this way. However, if when using a file the metal doesn’t show up at all, or only appears at a depth of 18 inch [3 millimeters], you need to be very careful. If there’s reason to think that there is gold or silver inlay affected by rust, Appelgren suggests that the object should first be placed in clean water, which should be changed every day. After a while, about three weeks at most, enough rust will have been removed by gently brushing with a steel brush to reveal part of the decoration, and it can then be determined if there's any rust beneath that would cause the decoration to come off if Krefting’s method were applied.

The line of treatment is as follows: The metallic iron core is laid bare by filing in several places. The specimen is then wrapped with strips of zinc in such a way that the zinc is in actual contact with the bare metal (Fig. 28). The whole is then placed into a 5% solution of caustic soda[126]. [111] Appelgren uses a solution of 31 2-412 lbs. [112-2 kilogrammes] of caustic soda in 2 gallons [10 litres] of water. The rust is cleared away by voltaic action; the iron forms the negative pole, the zinc the positive of a voltaic cell, in which the water is resolved into its constituents, viz. oxygen and hydrogen. At the negative pole, i.e. the iron, the hydrogen rises up in small bubbles and acts in part by mechanically detaching the rust as in Blell’s method, in part also by the chemical conversion of the rust into metallic iron, or into a compound which contains a smaller quantity of oxygen than does ordinary rust. The oxygen combines with the zinc to form zinc oxide, which is dissolved in the soda solution. The process is usually completed in 24 hours [127]. The black powder which is loosely attached to the iron is best rubbed off with wet sand and fine wire brushes. Any hard pieces of black stable rust (Edelrost), magnetic oxide of iron, which have not yielded to the [112] electric current should be removed by means of a small chisel. After rinsing the object thoroughly in water, it should be [115] placed in melted paraffin at 240°F. [115°C.], which will expel every trace of moisture. On removal the melted paraffin should be allowed to drain off, and thus leave when cold a protective covering upon the iron[128].

The treatment process is as follows: First, the metallic iron core is exposed by filing in several spots. Then, the specimen is wrapped with strips of zinc so that the zinc is in direct contact with the bare metal (Fig. 28). Next, the entire assembly is placed into a 5% solution of caustic soda [126]. [111] Appelgren uses a solution of 3 1⁄2-4 1⁄2 lbs. [1 1⁄2-2 kilograms] of caustic soda in 2 gallons [10 liters] of water. The rust is removed through voltaic action; the iron serves as the negative pole and the zinc as the positive pole of a voltaic cell, where water is broken down into its components, specifically oxygen and hydrogen. At the negative pole, which is the iron, hydrogen forms small bubbles that help detach the rust mechanically, similar to Blell’s method, and also chemically converts the rust into metallic iron or into a compound that holds less oxygen than typical rust. The oxygen combines with the zinc to create zinc oxide, which dissolves in the soda solution. This process generally takes about 24 hours [127]. The black powder loosely attached to the iron is best removed using wet sand and fine wire brushes. Any stubborn pieces of black stable rust (Edelrost), magnetic oxide of iron, that haven’t been affected by the [112] electric current should be chiseled away with a small chisel. After thoroughly rinsing the object in water, it should be [115] placed in melted paraffin at 240°F [115°C], which will remove any remaining moisture. Once removed, the melted paraffin should be allowed to drain off, leaving a protective coating on the iron once it cools down [128].

The following points should be observed in the application of the method. Vessels of glass or glazed earthenware should be used for the reduction, while long swords can be put into tall glass cylinders or into wooden troughs, the interior of which must be coated over with paraffin. The soda solution must be kept in a closed glass bottle[129]. It should be diluted with water until the specific gravity, as shown by the hydrometer, is 1·06; the mixture will then contain about 5 per cent. of caustic soda. During the reduction process the mixture frequently assumes a brownish colour as the result of the presence of organic matter associated with the rust. On account of the dissolved zinc which it contains it cannot be used a second time, unless regenerated by boiling with quicklime. The solution is, however, so cheap that this is scarcely worth the trouble.

The following points should be noted when applying the method. Use glass or glazed earthenware vessels for the reduction, while long swords can be placed in tall glass cylinders or wooden troughs, the insides of which should be coated with paraffin. The soda solution must be kept in a closed glass bottle[129]. It should be diluted with water until the specific gravity, as measured by the hydrometer, is 1.06; this mixture will then contain about 5 percent caustic soda. During the reduction process, the mixture often takes on a brownish color due to organic matter mixed with the rust. Because of the dissolved zinc it contains, it cannot be reused unless it's regenerated by boiling with quicklime. However, the solution is so inexpensive that it's hardly worth the effort.

[116] The objects should be handled with metal tongs, and should not be touched with the hand until they have at least been dipped or rinsed in water, for the soda solution has an injurious effect upon the skin. A basin containing vinegar, dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid should always be at hand into which the fingers should be quickly dipped if they have been in contact with the caustic soda. These materials will serve also for cleaning the vessels used in the reduction process.

[116] You should handle the objects with metal tongs and avoid touching them with your hands until they've at least been dipped or rinsed in water, because the soda solution can harm your skin. Always have a basin with vinegar, diluted hydrochloric acid, or sulfuric acid ready, so you can quickly dip your fingers in if they come into contact with the caustic soda. These materials will also be useful for cleaning the vessels used in the reduction process.

The zinc strips should be 14 to 13 inch [12 cm. to 1 cm.] in breadth, and should be cut out of a piece of sheet zinc of moderate thickness, but of sufficient pliability.

The zinc strips should be 14 to 13 inch [12 cm. to 1 cm.] wide, and should be cut from a piece of sheet zinc that is moderately thick, but flexible enough.

Any firmly fixed rust may be removed by mechanical means, such as the graver, drill, etc., as has been previously mentioned. If in rinsing a slight layer of oxide appears, although this is rare, it should be brushed off with a steel-wire brush.

Any solid rust can be removed using mechanical methods like a graver or drill, as mentioned earlier. If a light layer of oxide shows up during rinsing, though this is uncommon, it should be brushed off with a steel wire brush.

If one portion only of a specimen requires reduction (the other portion having, for example, remains of wood attached, and therefore being unsuitable for reduction), that portion only should be wrapped with the zinc and immersed in the solution.

If only one part of a specimen needs to be reduced (since the other part has remnants of wood attached and is therefore not suitable for reduction), then just that part should be wrapped in zinc and soaked in the solution.

The results obtained by Krefting's preservation-process are [117] quite as surprising as those which are afforded by Blell’s method. Figure 29, taken from Appelgren’s work, shows the lower portion of a spear-head before and after treatment, by which it became apparent that the whole socket was plated with silver, with two engraved and gilded animal figures. Fig. 34 represents a piece of a sword, on which an inscription was brought to light by the reduction process.

The results from Krefting's preservation process are [117] just as surprising as those from Blell’s method. Figure 29, taken from Appelgren’s work, shows the lower part of a spearhead before and after treatment, revealing that the entire socket was plated with silver, featuring two engraved and gilded animal figures. Fig. 34 displays a piece of a sword, where an inscription was uncovered through the reduction process.

Fig. 28. Krefting’s method. Iron spear-head wrapped with strips of zinc.

Fig. 28. Krefting’s method. Iron spearhead wrapped with strips of zinc.

Fig. 29.
Iron spear-head before and after treatment by Krefting’s method.

Fig. 29.
Iron spearhead before and after treatment using Krefting’s method.

Fig. 30. Iron pin from “Danes’ Graves,” Yorks. [Cp. Yorks. Phil. Soc. Report, 1897.]

Fig. 30. Iron pin from “Danes’ Graves,” Yorkshire. [See Yorks. Phil. Soc. Report, 1897.]

Fig. 31. The same after treatment by Krefting’s method, still showing chalky accretions.

Fig. 31. The same after treatment using Krefting’s method, still showing chalky deposits.

Fig. 32. Iron object from Lamel Hill[130], York. It appears to have been originally rivetted to wood or leather.

Fig. 32. Iron object from Lamel Hill[130], York. It looks like it was originally attached to wood or leather with rivets.

Fig. 33. After treatment by Krefting’s method.

Fig. 33. After treatment using Krefting's method.

Fig. 34. Piece of iron sword-blade showing inscription, after treatment by Krefting’s method.

Fig. 34. Piece of iron sword blade showing inscription, after treatment using Krefting’s method.

Hartwich’s Reduction Method[131]. This method is only applicable to small objects, because it necessitates the subjection of the objects to red-heat in a glass tube in a current of hydrogen. By these means the hydrogen combines with the oxygen of the oxides, which are thus reduced to metallic iron. Owing to the explosive nature of a mixture of hydrogen and air, this process should only be carried out by one who is conversant with chemical methods, for results which are equally good can be obtained at less expense by Krefting’s method. For Hartwich’s method a strong core of metal is essential, for although objects which are entirely oxidized may be thus reduced, the result will be the formation of a more or less loose iron powder which is frequently in [118] such a fine state of division that by union with the oxygen of the air, in consequence of the great amount of surface presented, it becomes red-hot with the formation of ferric oxide as a combustion product.

Hartwich's Reduction Method[131]. This method is only suitable for small objects because it requires heating the objects until they are red-hot inside a glass tube with a flow of hydrogen. This process allows the hydrogen to react with the oxygen in the oxides, reducing them to metallic iron. Due to the explosive nature of a mixture of hydrogen and air, this process should only be attempted by someone knowledgeable in chemical methods, as similar results can be achieved at a lower cost using Krefting’s method. For Hartwich’s method, a strong core of metal is crucial because, although completely oxidized objects can be reduced, the result will often be a loose iron powder that is so finely divided that when it comes into contact with the oxygen in the air, due to the large surface area, it can heat up and produce ferric oxide as a byproduct. [118]

It is advisable to apply a combination of Blell’s or Krefting’s method with one of the first group (under certain conditions) to such iron objects as are found, during the process of preservation, to be penetrated by black stable rust to such a degree that the complete removal would only leave a kind of iron skeleton. Fig. 35 represents such an iron dagger-sheath [132], the dark spots upon it being rust. After heating and cooling down and a short treatment with acid the removal of the rust was proceeded with mechanically, but was not completed. The object was then well steeped, and when dry was warmed in the varnish-petroleum mixture[133].

It’s best to use a combination of Blell’s or Krefting’s method along with one from the first group (under specific conditions) for iron objects that, during preservation, are found to be heavily penetrated by black stable rust to the point that fully removing it would leave behind only an iron skeleton. Fig. 35 shows such an iron dagger sheath [132], with the dark spots being rust. After heating and cooling down, followed by a brief treatment with acid, the rust removal was done mechanically but wasn’t fully completed. The object was then thoroughly soaked, and when dry, it was warmed in a varnish-petroleum mixture[133].

Fig. 35. Iron dagger-sheath after treatment by a combination of Blell’s and Krefting’s methods.

Fig. 35. Iron dagger sheath after using a mix of Blell’s and Krefting’s methods.

Iron objects, the size of which is inconsiderable, such as arrow heads, small rings, etc., can be very quickly reduced, if they still have a well-preserved core, by heating them for a short time in molten potassium cyanide[134]. The cyanide may be melted in a porcelain crucible supported by wire gauze on a tripod over a good-sized Bunsen burner, and the object introduced by the aid of tongs. The reaction is accompanied by vigorous effervescence and is soon complete. It is then taken out and dropped into cold water. By repeatedly boiling in fresh quantities of water it is thoroughly cleansed, then treated with paraffin wax, or the water may be expelled by alcohol. It is then dried, and finally impregnated with zapon. If the cyanide treatment is insufficient, any remaining rust may be removed by drills or other suitable tools. Hitherto this method has only been applied to a small number of [119] objects, but there is no doubt that its use may be largely extended. Owing to the poisonous nature of the cyanide this method should be left to those who possess chemical knowledge. The disadvantage of the process lies in the difficulty of fusing large quantities of the potassium cyanide[135].

Iron objects, such as arrowheads and small rings, can be quickly cleaned up if they still have a well-preserved core, by heating them briefly in molten potassium cyanide[134]. The cyanide can be melted in a porcelain crucible resting on wire gauze over a sizable Bunsen burner, and the object can be introduced using tongs. The reaction produces vigorous bubbling and finishes quickly. Then, the object is taken out and dropped into cold water. By repeatedly boiling it in fresh water, it is thoroughly cleaned, then treated with paraffin wax, or the water can be removed using alcohol. It is then dried and finally coated with zapon. If the cyanide treatment isn’t enough, any remaining rust can be removed with drills or other suitable tools. So far, this method has only been used on a limited number of [119] objects, but it’s clear that its use could be greatly expanded. Due to the toxic nature of cyanide, this method should only be performed by those with chemical expertise. The downside of this process is the challenge of melting large amounts of potassium cyanide[135].

(4) Preservation of Medieval Iron Objects.

(4) Preserving Medieval Iron Artifacts.

A complete treatise on this subject would be beyond the limits of a handbook, the following observations, therefore, will be sufficient for our purpose. The rust spots on objects of this kind are frequently only superficial and can be removed either mechanically by rubbing with pumice or emery, etc., or chemically by a concentrated solution of sodium sulphide[136]. To prepare this, sodium sulphide is dissolved in water, or flowers of sulphur are boiled in a solution of caustic soda. If the object is too large for immersion, the solution may be applied with a brush, and if the layer of rust is thick, the application must be repeated. After treatment the object must be rinsed in water and dried.

A complete guide on this topic would be too extensive for a handbook, so the following points will be enough for our needs. The rust spots on these kinds of objects are often just on the surface and can be removed either mechanically by scrubbing with pumice or emery, or chemically with a concentrated solution of sodium sulfide[136]. To make this, dissolve sodium sulfide in water, or boil flowers of sulfur in a solution of lye. If the object is too big to soak, you can apply the solution with a brush, and if the rust is thick, you’ll need to apply it multiple times. After treatment, the object should be rinsed in water and dried.

Small articles can be freed from rust by immersion in [120] strong fuming nitric acid[137], for strong acid dissolves the rust only, while it induces in the iron the so-called “passive[138]” condition in which it is not acted upon even by dilute acids, and can be safely washed in water. When thoroughly cleaned, the most suitable protective is some neutral substance such as paraffin wax, vaseline, or paraffin dissolved in benzine, but any of the numerous forms of oil or fat may be used.

Small items can be cleaned of rust by soaking them in [120] strong fuming nitric acid [137], since the strong acid dissolves the rust only, while it puts the iron in the so-called “passive [138]” state, where it’s not affected even by weak acids and can be safely rinsed in water. Once fully cleaned, the best protective option is a neutral substance like paraffin wax, vaseline, or paraffin mixed with benzene, but any of the various types of oil or fat can be used.

(i) Bronze & Copper[139].

Well-preserved bronzes with a stable patina, such as the highly esteemed glossy stable or “edel” patina, or that which, although not glossy, covers the bronze with a rough and often crystalline coating, should not be interfered with. Such bronzes as need treatment should be subjected either to simple cleaning or to some appropriate method of preservation.

Well-preserved bronzes with a stable patina, like the highly valued glossy stable or “edel” patina, or the type that, while not glossy, has a rough and often crystalline coating, should not be disturbed. Bronzes that do require treatment should undergo either simple cleaning or an appropriate preservation method.

The Cleaning of Bronzes. Bronzes, the metallic substance of which is more or less intact, while the surface is hidden under earthy or sandy material cemented together by copper compounds, may be cleaned either by mechanical or chemical means. When the materials forming the incrustation are more firmly cemented together than they are to the material beneath (which often still retains a polished surface), a small hammer may be used, but more adherent portions require the use of small chisels, which can be made to order in different shapes or sizes. I have used with advantage hammers with striking surfaces like those shown in Fig. 36. The two on the right are rounded so [121] that they touch the object at one point or on a line only. The process may be facilitated by the use of Springer’s method. A warm thick solution of glue should be spread upon the incrustation covering the bronze. As the glue dries and becomes cool it scales off, carrying with it some portion at least of the crust, thus leaving the metal clean. That part of the glue which remains can then be readily detached by gentle strokes with a hammer. The eyes should be protected when using the hammer, whether on the incrustation or on the glue.

Cleaning Bronze Items. Bronzes, which mostly have their metal intact but are covered by layers of dirt or sand held together by copper compounds, can be cleaned using either mechanical or chemical methods. When the materials making up the crust are more tightly bonded to each other than to the underlying metal (which often still has a polished surface), a small hammer can be used. However, for more stubborn areas, small chisels, which can be custom-made in various shapes or sizes, are necessary. I've found that hammers with striking surfaces like those shown in Fig. 36 work well. The two on the right are rounded so that they make contact with the object at a single point or along a line only. The process can be aided by using Springer’s method. A warm, thick glue solution should be applied over the crust on the bronze. As the glue dries and cools, it peels away, taking some of the crust with it and leaving the metal clean. Any leftover glue can then be easily removed by gently tapping with a hammer. It's important to protect your eyes when using the hammer, whether on the crust or the glue.

Fig. 36. Hammer heads, natural size.

Fig. 36. Hammer heads, actual size.

Other Methods. Since metallic oxides are scarcely, if at all, soluble in water, washing with water, even when a brush is used, will remove only earth or soil which is loosely attached. Compounds containing oxygen or oxygen and chlorine are, however, more or less soluble in ammonia, and, if they are thin and not too compact, after immersion for some time can be removed with a brush. Thick compact layers are loosened with difficulty.

Alternative Methods. Since metallic oxides are hardly, if ever, soluble in water, washing with water, even with a brush, will only get rid of dirt or soil that is loosely attached. Compounds that contain oxygen or a mix of oxygen and chlorine are somewhat soluble in ammonia, and if they are thin and not too dense, they can be removed with a brush after soaking for a while. Thick, compact layers are tough to break loose.

Immersion in 2-5% hydrochloric acid acts more effectively, while sulphuric acid, nitric acid, and concentrated acetic acid have the same action. The frequent use of these reagents is, however, strongly to be deprecated, for it is impossible to remove the acid by simple washing with water after the incrustation has been removed. The bronze should be washed and placed in a very dilute soda solution or in dilute ammonia, after which it should be again well washed with distilled water. As has been explained in Part I., it is to chlorine compounds that the destruction of bronzes is chiefly due, and these are actually produced by the hydrochloric acid treatment. If the bronzes are not thoroughly washed, and this is no easy matter, sooner or later efflorescences will make their appearance, and the process of preservation must be repeated if the destructive action is to be arrested.

Immersing in 2-5% hydrochloric acid is more effective, while sulfuric acid, nitric acid, and concentrated acetic acid have the same effect. However, frequent use of these chemicals is strongly discouraged because it’s impossible to wash away the acid with just water after removing the buildup. The bronze should be rinsed and placed in a very diluted soda solution or diluted ammonia, then rinsed again thoroughly with distilled water. As explained in Part I., the damage to bronzes is mainly caused by chlorine compounds, which are actually formed during the hydrochloric acid treatment. If the bronzes are not cleaned properly, which is not an easy task, eventually, white stains will appear, and the preservation process will need to be repeated to stop the damage.

Various attempts have been made to remove the incrustation by raising the bronze to a red heat. This process is not [122] recommended; for not only does it give to the bronze an unpleasant appearance, but it detaches any inlaid metal (gold or silver) or enamel which may be present.

Various attempts have been made to get rid of the buildup by heating the bronze until it’s red hot. This method is not [122] recommended; not only does it make the bronze look unattractive, but it also removes any inlaid metal (gold or silver) or enamel that might be there.

In conclusion, it may be stated that, although the process is slow and laborious, the best results are obtained by careful removal of incrustations by mechanical means.

In conclusion, it's clear that, even though the process is slow and demanding, the best outcomes come from carefully removing build-up using mechanical methods.

Preservation of Bronze and Copper Objects.

Maintaining Bronze and Copper Items in Good Condition.

(A.) Methods of Impregnation. The impregnation of bronzes, as of the majority of antiquities, has for some time been carried out by the use of solutions similar to those already enumerated for iron. These are applied directly or after the specimen has been either steeped in water or treated with dilute acids. This latter treatment, as has been already stated, is to be avoided, and if used all acid must be washed out before the object is dried. Steeping in water is of little use, because compounds containing oxygen or chlorine are often insoluble in water, which will at most only wash off loosely attached dirt or earthy material. The impregnation process may therefore be applied directly, and this should be done in all cases in which the surface is much corroded, warty (Figs. 7 and 8), or cracked (Figs. 37 and 38), or in which there is little or no core of metal. Impregnation is also the only means of preservation when the formation of oxides has raised inlaid metals or enamel in such a way that the removal of the oxides would detach them. The “Merkbuch[140]” recommends poppy seed oil and benzine mixture (p. 70) or the gum-dammar solution. To obtain thorough impregnation this should be carried out by extraction of the air, as has been already recommended in the case of limestone (p. 68). The object must also be perfectly dry, which may be insured either by exposure to moderate heat or by keeping it for [123] some time over anhydrous calcium chloride[141]. The object is placed under a glass bell jar, the edges of which are smeared with vaseline to ensure contact with the glass plate upon which it rests. The calcium chloride should be placed in an open glass vessel, beneath the bronze, but care must be taken that they are not in actual contact.

(A.) Methods of Conception. The impregnation of bronzes, like most ancient artifacts, has been performed for some time using solutions similar to those already mentioned for iron. These are applied directly or after the item has been soaked in water or treated with dilute acids. However, as previously noted, this latter treatment should be avoided, and if it is used, all acid must be thoroughly washed out before the object is dried. Soaking in water isn't very effective because compounds containing oxygen or chlorine are often insoluble in water, which can only remove loosely attached dirt or grime. Therefore, the impregnation process may be applied directly, especially in cases where the surface is highly corroded, warty (Figs. 7 and 8), or cracked (Figs. 37 and 38), or when there’s little to no core of metal left. Impregnation is also the only preservation method when oxides have caused inlaid metals or enamel to rise, making their removal risk detachment. The “Merkbuch[140]” suggests using a mixture of poppy seed oil and benzine (p. 70) or a gum-dammar solution. To achieve thorough impregnation, this should be done by extracting the air, as recommended in the case of limestone (p. 68). The object must be completely dry, which can be ensured by exposing it to moderate heat or by placing it over anhydrous calcium chloride for a while [123]. The object is then placed under a glass bell jar, with the edges smeared with vaseline to create a seal with the glass plate beneath it. Calcium chloride should be placed in an open glass container underneath the bronze, but care must be taken to ensure they do not come into direct contact.

Fig. 37. Osiris showing cracking and destructive patina.

Fig. 37. Osiris displaying cracks and a worn, damaged surface.

Fig. 38. Boeotian bridle with cracking patina.

Fig. 38. Boeotian bridle with a worn finish.

[125] Immersion of bronzes in paraffin wax at 240°F. [115°-120°C.] gives results which are as good, if not better, than those obtained by the use of solutions.

[125] Soaking bronzes in paraffin wax at 240°F. [115°-120°C.] produces results that are just as good, if not better, than those achieved with solutions.

Should efflorescences make their appearances upon bronzes which have been impregnated, their further spread may often be successfully prevented by smearing fish-glue on the parts affected. Fish-glue, however, has not proved a satisfactory material for the complete impregnation or coating of bronzes which are in the last stages of decay.

Should white powdery spots appear on treated bronzes, their spread can often be successfully stopped by applying fish glue to the affected areas. However, fish glue has not been effective for fully treating or coating bronzes that are in the advanced stages of decay.

(B.) Preservation by Reduction. It has been previously explained (pp. 28 et seq.) that the efflorescences upon bronze known as creeping or malignant patina which may in time cause the complete destruction of the metal are due to the action of sodium chloride. It is found upon all Egyptian bronzes and upon those from some other localities.

(B.) Preservation through Reduction. It has been previously explained (pp. 28 et seq.) that the growths on bronze known as creeping or harmful patina, which can eventually lead to the total destruction of the metal, are caused by sodium chloride. It appears on all Egyptian bronzes and on those from certain other places.

The metal, especially the copper, is converted into the so-called basic chloride. In the reduction processes an attempt is made to reduce these compounds again to metal, while the chlorine thus liberated forms chemical compounds, which may be subsequently washed out with water. There are two methods which effect this reduction, viz., that of Finkener (Berlin) and that of Krefting. The principle of both is electrolytic, and both bring about the complete removal of the patina and the restoration of a clean metallic surface.

The metal, especially copper, is transformed into what's called basic chloride. In the reduction processes, an attempt is made to convert these compounds back into metal, while the chlorine that gets released forms chemical compounds, which can then be washed away with water. There are two methods that achieve this reduction: one by Finkener (Berlin) and the other by Krefting. Both methods are based on electrolytic principles and both completely remove the patina, restoring a clean metallic surface.

To complete this portion of the subject a third method may be mentioned, viz., reduction by heat in a stream of hydrogen. This method[142] is, however, only applicable to small objects.

To finish this part of the topic, a third method can be mentioned, namely, reduction by heat in a stream of hydrogen. This method[142] is, however, only suitable for small objects.

Finkener’s Method. Care must be taken when examining the bronze that the metallic-looking mixture of cuprous oxide with other copper compounds is not mistaken for metallic copper. When it has been ascertained that the bronze still has a good metallic core, and that any inlaid [126] metals which may be present rest on the metal itself and not upon a crust of oxide, a platinum wire should be tightly wound round it. This should be connected by an insulated copper wire to the zinc or negative pole of the first of 3 or 4 Daniell cells, or, better, of two accumulators arranged in series. The object should then be immersed in a 2% aqueous solution of potassium cyanide. In the same solution, as near as possible to the bronze without actual contact, should be placed a piece of platinum foil connected first by an emerging platinum wire, and then by an insulated copper wire to the positive pole. The potassium cyanide completes the electric circuit and electrolysis takes place, whereby the water is split up into its constituents. The oxygen appears in small bubbles upon the platinum foil, but the hydrogen does not immediately make its appearance at the other pole, for, by combination with the chlorine and oxygen contained in the bronzes, free hydrochloric acid and water are formed. The hydrochloric acid in turn acts upon the potassium cyanide to form potassium chloride and hydrocyanic acid, both of which substances are dissolved in the water of the bath. The hydrocyanic acid can often be recognised in the room by its characteristic smell of bitter almonds. The process may be expressed by the following equations (neglecting the water produced by the oxygen of the oxide, which is of no importance in the process):

Finkener's Technique. Care must be taken when examining the bronze to ensure that the metallic-looking mixture of cuprous oxide and other copper compounds is not confused with metallic copper. Once it’s confirmed that the bronze has a solid metallic core, and any inlaid [126] metals are resting on the metal itself rather than a layer of oxide, a platinum wire should be tightly wrapped around it. This should be connected with an insulated copper wire to the zinc or negative terminal of the first of 3 or 4 Daniell cells, or preferably, to two accumulators connected in series. The object should then be submerged in a 2% aqueous solution of potassium cyanide. In the same solution, as close as possible to the bronze without touching it, a piece of platinum foil should be placed, connected first by a platinum wire and then by an insulated copper wire to the positive terminal. The potassium cyanide completes the electric circuit, allowing electrolysis to occur, which splits water into its components. Oxygen appears in small bubbles on the platinum foil, but hydrogen does not show up immediately at the other pole because it combines with the chlorine and oxygen in the bronzes to form free hydrochloric acid and water. The hydrochloric acid then reacts with the potassium cyanide to create potassium chloride and hydrocyanic acid, both of which dissolve in the bath water. The hydrocyanic acid is often recognizable in the room by its distinct smell of bitter almonds. The process can be represented by the following equations (disregarding the water produced from the oxygen of the oxide, which is not significant in the process):

CuCl2 + 2H = Cu + 2HCl,
HCl + KCN = KCl + HCN.

CuCl2 + 2H = Cu + 2HCl,
HCl + KCN = KCl + HCN.

Although the chief portion of the potassium chloride and hydrocyanic acid are dissolved in the bath, the remaining traces of these substances must be removed by very carefully washing the bronze in water, after which it should be dried, and if necessary finally subjected to impregnation.

Although the main part of the potassium chloride and hydrocyanic acid are dissolved in the bath, any remaining traces of these substances must be removed by carefully washing the bronze in water. After that, it should be dried, and if needed, finally treated with impregnation.

[127] Some further observations may be made in connection with the practical application of this process.

[127] Some additional comments can be made regarding the practical use of this process.

Of course, other primary batteries may be used instead of the Daniell cells, but these latter may be specially recommended for the ease with which they can be procured and for the steadiness of their action. Information concerning the method of filling and using them may be obtained at any shop where they are sold. The copper wire and platinum wire should not be too thin, but must be at least from 1 to 2 mm. in thickness: they should be fastened together by binding-screws, and care must be taken that both the wire ends and the screws have clean surfaces. Glass vessels or glass cylinders are most suitable because the process of reduction can be watched, but large objects will of course require glazed earthenware baths. If wooden boxes are used they must be coated inside with paraffin wax. The strength of the cyanide solution should be 2%. Having a large number of reductions to carry out, I keep a 20% stock solution in a large bottle, one part of which is diluted with nine parts of water when required for use. Potassium cyanide is, as is well known, a strong poison, and care should therefore be taken to prevent access to any sore or cut on the hands; this can be done by the use of india-rubber finger stalls or gloves.

Of course, other primary batteries can be used instead of the Daniell cells, but these are especially recommended for their easy availability and consistent performance. You can find information on how to fill and use them at any store that sells them. The copper and platinum wires shouldn't be too thin, but should be at least 1 to 2 mm thick; they should be connected with binding screws, and it's important that both the wire ends and the screws have clean surfaces. Glass containers or cylinders are best because you can see the reduction process happening, but larger items will obviously need glazed earthenware baths. If you're using wooden boxes, they should be coated inside with paraffin wax. The cyanide solution should have a strength of 2%. Since I have many reductions to do, I maintain a 20% stock solution in a large bottle, diluting one part with nine parts of water when I need to use it. Potassium cyanide is a well-known strong poison, so you should be careful to keep it away from any cuts or sores on your hands; this can be managed by using rubber finger stalls or gloves.

If the bronze object is neither too large nor too heavy it may be suspended in the bath by looping the platinum wire over the edge of the vessel. It is a convenient plan to use different coloured wires to distinguish the negative and positive poles of the battery, but should any doubt arise as to which wire should be connected with the bronze or which with the platinum, the following test will readily decide the question. Moisten a small piece of white filter paper with a drop of a solution of potassium iodide[143], and touch the two [128] conducting wires with it simultaneously: a brown spot will be seen on the paper at the point of contact with one of the wires; this is the positive wire, and must therefore be connected with the platinum. If the current is passing through the cyanide bath and the bronze, bubbles of gas will appear upon the platinum foil, or the products of the decomposition of the potassium cyanide may change the colour of the bath near the platinum to yellow or brown, while at the same time cloudy streaks under the bronze will show where the potassium chloride and hydrocyanic acid, resulting from the reduction of the copper compounds, are meeting with the cyanide of the bath. If the platinum wire is not firmly fixed round the bronze, hydrogen may be formed upon it, and should this occur the wire should be drawn tighter.

If the bronze object isn't too large or too heavy, you can hang it in the bath by looping the platinum wire over the edge of the container. It's helpful to use different colored wires to identify the negative and positive sides of the battery. If you're unsure which wire to connect to the bronze and which to the platinum, you can easily determine it with the following test. Moisten a small piece of white filter paper with a drop of potassium iodide solution, and touch both conducting wires to it at the same time: a brown spot will appear on the paper where one of the wires made contact; this indicates the positive wire, which should be connected to the platinum. If the current is flowing through the cyanide bath and the bronze, you'll see gas bubbles forming on the platinum foil, or the decomposition products of the potassium cyanide might change the color of the bath near the platinum to yellow or brown. At the same time, cloudy streaks under the bronze will show where potassium chloride and hydrocyanic acid, formed from the reduction of the copper compounds, are interacting with the cyanide in the bath. If the platinum wire isn't secured tightly around the bronze, hydrogen may form on it, and if that happens, the wire needs to be tightened.

Whilst the reduction is going on it is advisable to renew the potassium cyanide at least once, or even several times, if large and greatly oxidized bronzes are under treatment, for otherwise all the potassium cyanide may be consumed by the changes in progress; this can be ascertained with certainty by a smell of chlorine. When the bath requires renewal the bronze may be taken out with a pair of metal tongs, or if too large, two strong copper wires should be passed underneath it, the ends of which are wound round a strong glass rod or wooden stick. The bronze should then be well rinsed or brushed with a soft brush before it is put into the fresh bath.

While the reduction is happening, it's a good idea to replace the potassium cyanide at least once, or even several times, if you're working with large, heavily oxidized bronzes. Otherwise, the potassium cyanide could be completely used up by the ongoing changes, which you can tell for sure by a smell of chlorine. When the bath needs to be replaced, you can take the bronze out using a pair of metal tongs, or if it's too big, pass two strong copper wires underneath it and twist the ends around a sturdy glass rod or wooden stick. Make sure to rinse the bronze well or brush it with a soft brush before placing it in the new bath.

Bronzes are frequently met with which are much deformed by an earthy or sandy layer cemented by oxide. These incrustations can be partly removed by a preliminary treatment with dilute hydrochloric acid, but the bronze must be afterwards carefully rinsed with water or even steeped to prevent unnecessary decomposition of the cyanide by the acid. Before reduction it is useful to secure thorough penetration by placing the vessel containing the solution and the bronze [129] under a bell glass attached to an air pump, as has been previously explained (p. 68).

Bronzes often have a distorted appearance due to a layer of earth or sand that is bonded by oxide. These coatings can be partially removed using a dilute hydrochloric acid treatment, but the bronze must be carefully rinsed with water afterwards, or even soaked, to avoid unnecessary breakdown of the cyanide caused by the acid. Before reduction, it’s beneficial to ensure thorough penetration by placing the container with the solution and the bronze [129] under a bell jar connected to a vacuum pump, as previously explained (p. 68).

During the process of reduction small whitish-green crystalline needles often collect on the platinum foil, but although in large numbers they are so minute that it has not been possible hitherto to determine their composition; they seem to contain copper and cyanogen. After some time the platinum becomes covered with a whitish-green or brownish deposit, which should be removed by rinsing in water and brushing; if this should not succeed the platinum must be dipped in hydrochloric acid, rinsed with water, and rubbed with fine sand. The glass vessel may be cleaned in the same way.

During the reduction process, small whitish-green crystalline needles often form on the platinum foil, but even though they occur in large quantities, they are so tiny that their composition has not been identified yet; they seem to contain copper and cyanogen. Over time, the platinum gets coated with a whitish-green or brownish deposit, which should be removed by rinsing in water and brushing; if that doesn't work, the platinum needs to be dipped in hydrochloric acid, rinsed with water, and rubbed with fine sand. The glass vessel can be cleaned the same way.

The reduction is complete when all the chlorine, previously combined with the metal, has combined with the hydrogen produced by the electrolysis of the water. There being no further chlorine with which the hydrogen produced by the continued action of the current may unite, the completion of the process is marked by the appearance of bubbles of that gas upon the surface of the bronze. The bubbles which rise from beneath often mark out the outlines of the object upon the surface of the bath.

The reduction is complete when all the chlorine that was combined with the metal has reacted with the hydrogen produced by the electrolysis of the water. With no more chlorine left for the hydrogen generated by the ongoing current to react with, the process is finished, marked by the appearance of bubbles of gas on the surface of the bronze. The bubbles that rise from below often outline the shape of the object on the surface of the bath.

Before the bronze is washed it should be placed in a fresh cyanide bath, but of 1% strength only. For large and especially for thick objects, this bath must be renewed several times, so as to allow the washing process to begin in the bath itself whilst the current is still passing through it. Care should also be taken that every side of the object in turn faces the platinum foil for some time, for if one side remains turned toward the platinum throughout the process, it will sometimes assume the red tint of copper, while the rest of the bronze retains a somewhat dark colour.

Before the bronze is cleaned, it should be placed in a fresh cyanide bath with only 1% concentration. For larger and especially thicker objects, this bath needs to be replaced several times to start the washing process while the current is still running through it. It's also important to ensure that each side of the object faces the platinum foil for a while. If one side stays turned toward the platinum for the entire process, it may sometimes take on a red shade like copper, while the rest of the bronze stays a darker color.

When finally removed from the reducing bath, after the black metallic powder has been thoroughly cleaned off with [130] water and a soft brush, the object should be suspended for a short time in water at the ordinary temperature, or so fixed that there is a good depth of water beneath it; it should then be washed in hot water. When the bronze is first placed in water, whether hot or lukewarm, small bubbles of hydrogen will continue to rise for some time, while at the same time a whitish, or sometimes grey, gelatinous precipitate, consisting of a hydrated oxide of tin[144], will often fall from it. The grey colour is caused by the admixture of small particles of lead or copper.

When it’s finally taken out of the reducing bath, after the black metallic powder has been completely cleaned off with [130] water and a soft brush, the object should be suspended briefly in water at room temperature, or positioned so that there’s a good amount of water underneath it; it should then be rinsed in hot water. When the bronze is first put in water, whether hot or warm, small bubbles of hydrogen will keep rising for a while, and at the same time, a whitish, or sometimes gray, gelatinous precipitate, made up of a hydrated oxide of tin[144], will often form. The gray color comes from the presence of small particles of lead or copper.

At first I renew the water two or three times a day, then once in twenty-four hours, and finally at longer intervals, using distilled water throughout for small objects, but for larger specimens for the final washings only. For the earlier washings at any rate I use warm water. Cyanides as well as chlorides give a white precipitate with silver nitrate; this reagent will therefore serve to indicate the progress of the operation. If at the end of a fortnight in the case of small bronzes, or in three to six weeks for large objects, the water shows no cloudiness, or if upon the addition of yellow potassium chromate it instantly assumes a red colour (p. 62), the steeping may be considered complete. Some Egyptian bronzes, especially those which contain a large proportion of lead, after steeping exhibit a whitish crystalline coating of lead carbonate or small hemispherical groups of crystals scattered over the surface of the metal, especially where the pores are large; when dry these can easily be removed.

At first, I change the water two or three times a day, then once every twenty-four hours, and finally at longer intervals, using distilled water for small items, but only for the final rinses with larger specimens. For the earlier rinses, I definitely use warm water. Both cyanides and chlorides create a white precipitate with silver nitrate; this reagent will help track the progress of the process. If after two weeks for small bronzes, or three to six weeks for larger objects, the water isn't cloudy, or if it turns red immediately upon adding yellow potassium chromate (p. 62), the soaking can be considered done. Some Egyptian bronzes, especially those with a high lead content, may show a whitish crystalline layer of lead carbonate or small hemispherical clusters of crystals on the surface of the metal after soaking, particularly in areas where the pores are large; these can be easily removed when dry.

[131] An extended experience points to the conclusion that bronzes should be dried at once, and as quickly as possible. They should be wiped with soft cloths and then dried in a drying chamber or upon glass or metal rings on a stove. A simple form of drying chamber can be made with copper or iron plate of sufficient thickness, with a loose lid provided with a hole fitted with a cork, through which a thermometer passes. This can be heated over a Bunsen burner, but the temperature should not exceed 230°F. [110°C.]. Small objects may be freed from water by immersion in alcohol for twenty-four hours before drying.

[131] Experience shows that bronzes should be dried immediately and as quickly as possible. They should be wiped with soft cloths and then dried in a drying chamber or on glass or metal rings on a stove. You can create a simple drying chamber using a thick copper or iron plate, with a loose lid that has a hole for a thermometer to fit through. This can be heated over a Bunsen burner, but the temperature should not go over 230°F (110°C). For smaller objects, you can remove water by soaking them in alcohol for twenty-four hours before drying.

The completion of the process may be gauged by the yellowish or reddish yellow colour which the bronzes should assume when they have been dried and wiped with a cloth or brushed; brushes made of the finest steel wire may be used for this purpose. A bright colour is but rarely seen on bronzes which contain lead. Egyptian bronzes frequently contain as much as 20% of lead, and such bronzes have nearly always a dull-grey or blackish appearance. A similar colour is seen on bronzes which contain no lead, but which are very porous, and are in an advanced state of decomposition. In such cases the finely divided particles of reduced metal are retained upon the rough surface of the bronze, and as all metals, when sufficiently finely divided, form a blackish powder without any metallic lustre, the whole object then appears almost black. It is difficult, and in many cases impossible, to remove this dust, especially that retained in the pores. Metal dust is injurious to the lungs, and if recourse is had to brushing, an efficient extractor for the removal of the dust-filled air is required[145]; but brushing and the use of bellows in addition frequently prove insufficient. Washing the objects [132] with benzine is more effectual, but a trustworthy method of giving the bronze a better appearance is to place it into melted paraffin wax[146] at 250°to 285°F. [120° to 140°C.]. Yet [133] the use of paraffin wax should be avoided if possible, for in spite of the most careful washing blue efflorescences may sometimes appear upon thick bronzes in the course of a year. If this should happen they must be washed out at once, and the bronze can again be submitted to the cyanide-reduction process. If however paraffin wax had been applied an attempt would have to be made to remove it by immersing the bronze in benzine or a mixture of ether and alcohol, or by heating, before the reduction process could be repeated.

The completion of the process can be determined by the yellowish or reddish-yellow color that the bronzes should take on once they've been dried and wiped with a cloth or brushed. Brushes made of the finest steel wire can be used for this purpose. A bright color is rarely seen on bronzes containing lead. Egyptian bronzes often have as much as 20% lead, and these usually appear dull gray or blackish. A similar color appears on bronzes without lead, but which are very porous and have significantly decomposed. In these cases, the finely divided particles of reduced metal cling to the rough surface of the bronze, and since all metals, when finely divided enough, form a blackish powder without any metallic shine, the entire object often looks almost black. It's difficult, and in many cases impossible, to remove this dust, especially from the pores. Metal dust is harmful to the lungs, and if brushing is done, an efficient extractor to remove the dust-filled air is necessary[145]; however, brushing and using bellows often turn out to be insufficient. Washing the objects [132] with benzine is more effective, but a reliable method for improving the bronze's appearance is to submerge it in melted paraffin wax[146] at 250° to 285°F. [120° to 140°C.]. Still, [133] the use of paraffin wax should be avoided if possible, because despite careful washing, blue efflorescences may sometimes appear on thicker bronzes within a year. If this happens, they should be washed out immediately, and the bronze can undergo the cyanide-reduction process again. However, if paraffin wax has been applied, an attempt must be made to remove it by soaking the bronze in benzine or a mixture of ether and alcohol, or by heating, before the reduction process can be repeated.

Fig. 39. Bronze bull showing warty patina.

Fig. 39. Bronze bull showcasing a spotted patina.

Fig. 40. The same after reduction by Finkener’s method[147].

Fig. 40. The same after reduction using Finkener’s method[147].

[134] There is no doubt that these bright-blue efflorescences are the result of an incomplete reduction, which in many cases can scarcely be remedied, for it is often impossible thoroughly to wash objects of great thickness. Thin bronzes, bronze plate, and copper plate remain free from efflorescences. Moreover, many bronzes, especially Egyptian ones, have a hard, non-metallic core, which in the casting has been partly fused or at least hard-burnt, and resists the effects of the washing.

[134] There’s no doubt that these bright-blue stains are the result of incomplete reduction, which in many cases can hardly be fixed, since it’s often impossible to fully wash objects that are very thick. Thin bronzes, bronze plates, and copper plates don’t have these stains. Additionally, many bronzes, especially Egyptian ones, have a hard, non-metallic core that during casting has partially fused or at least been overcooked, making them resistant to washing effects.

Fig. 41. Bronze axe-blade before treatment by Finkener’s method (Aeg. 13203).

Fig. 41. Bronze axe-blade before treatment by Finkener’s method (Aeg. 13203).

Fig. 42. The same side after treatment.

Fig. 42. The same side after treatment.

Fig. 43. Reverse side of axe-blade after treatment.

Fig. 43. Back side of the axe blade after treatment.

It is occasionally found that a bronze cannot stand the process of reduction, either because there is only a thin layer of metal over a stout core, or because the metal is permeated with cuprous oxide, which when tested with a file has a metallic appearance. The bronze must therefore be continually watched whilst it is in the cyanide bath, and if [135] necessary should be taken out even before the reduction is complete. This should be done if large pieces or large quantities of a powdery precipitate fall from the bronze, or if it is found that a needle readily pierces the oxidized layer. A specimen of this kind must be taken from the bath, carefully steeped, dried, and impregnated[148].

It’s sometimes found that bronze can’t handle the reduction process, either because there’s only a thin layer of metal over a thick core or because the metal is filled with cuprous oxide, which appears metallic when tested with a file. Therefore, the bronze must be closely monitored while in the cyanide bath, and if [135] necessary, it should be removed even before the reduction is fully done. This should be done if large pieces or significant amounts of powdery precipitate fall from the bronze or if a needle easily penetrates the oxidized layer. A specimen of this type must be taken from the bath, thoroughly soaked, dried, and impregnated[148].

It is not to be expected that bronzes which are in an advanced state of decomposition (e.g. Figs. 9-12) can be so transformed by reduction as to appear as they did when they left the artist’s hand. For, although the decomposed oxidized layer is now reduced to metal, this no longer forms a coherent mass, but a loose powder, which, being deprived of its essential constituents, chlorine, oxygen and carbonic acid, no longer retains its coherency, but falls to the bottom. [136] Only in the interior and in the pores is the reduced metal retained.

It’s unrealistic to expect that bronzes in a heavily decomposed state (e.g. Figs. 9-12) can be changed through reduction to look like they did when they were created by the artist. While the decomposed oxidized layer is now reduced back to metal, it doesn’t form a solid mass anymore; instead, it turns into a loose powder that, lacking its essential components—chlorine, oxygen, and carbonic acid—no longer holds together and simply settles at the bottom. [136] The reduced metal is only preserved in the interior and in the pores.

In addition to the preservation of articles by the removal of the injurious chlorine compounds (as is also the case with Blell’s and with Krefting’s method for iron antiquities), the process may result in the discovery of inlaid work, inscriptions or ornamentation, the presence of which was not suspected. The accompanying illustrations (Figs. 39 and 40) show bronzes before and after the preservation process, while the axe-blade shown in Figs. 41-43 illustrates equally clearly the advantages which accrue from the treatment. Not less striking is the result of the treatment in the case of the dagger-sheath shown in Figs. 44 and 45 by which the design was discovered.

In addition to preserving items by removing harmful chlorine compounds (similar to Blell’s and Krefting’s methods for iron artifacts), this process can lead to the discovery of inlaid work, inscriptions, or decorations that were previously unknown. The accompanying illustrations (Figs. 39 and 40) display the bronzes before and after the preservation process, while the axe-blade shown in Figs. 41-43 clearly demonstrates the benefits of the treatment. Equally impressive is the outcome of the treatment in the case of the dagger-sheath shown in Figs. 44 and 45, which revealed the design.

Reference may here be made to a case described elsewhere[149], in which reduction proved that what had been thought a single bronze object consisted in reality of two pieces which [138] did not belong to each other, but were fitted together by means of a bottle cork of modern date! In another instance a bronze was found upon reduction to be brazed with a hard solder containing zinc, which was thus quite inconsistent with the age ascribed to the object.

Reference may here be made to a case described elsewhere[149], in which reduction proved that what had been thought to be a single bronze object was actually made up of two pieces that [138] did not belong together but were held together by a modern bottle cork! In another instance, a bronze item was found upon reduction to be joined with a hard solder containing zinc, which clearly did not match the age attributed to the object.

Fig. 44. and Fig. 45.
Dagger sheath before and after treatment by Finkener’s method.

Fig. 44. and Fig. 45.
Dagger sheath before and after treatment with Finkener’s method.

A short digression may be here made in order to discuss the question whether the composition of the bronzes undergoes any alteration. Three analyses[150] of Egyptian bronzes before and after reduction by Finkener’s method show that the change in composition is so slight as to be immaterial. It is of course obvious that greater differences will be seen in the results of the analyses before and after reduction of bronzes which are in an advanced state of oxidation, for in this case chlorine, oxygen, water, and carbonic acid constitute an appreciable proportion of the total weight. But even in these cases the analysis made after the reduction shows very slight variation from that of the original metal.

A brief digression can be made here to discuss whether the composition of the bronzes changes. Three analyses[150] of Egyptian bronzes before and after reduction using Finkener’s method indicate that the change in composition is so minor that it’s insignificant. It’s clear that there will be greater differences in the results of the analyses before and after the reduction of bronzes that are significantly oxidized, as chlorine, oxygen, water, and carbonic acid make up a noticeable portion of the total weight in those cases. However, even in these situations, the analysis conducted after the reduction shows very little variation from that of the original metal.

Osiris Osiris Ibis
Before After Before After Before After
Reduction
Tin 2·16 2·27 4·30 4·21 8·66 8·46
Copper 77·83 77·45 79·66 79·74 88·53 88·75
Lead 19·23 19·86 15·51 15·58 1·69 1·95
Iron 0·12 0·14 0·28 0·24 0·21 0·20
Nickel &
Cobalt
0·29 0·24 0·20 0·17 0·30 0·29
Arsenic 0·17 0·23 0·17 present 0·32 present
Antimony trace trace trace 0·20 present

The two latter bronzes were tested qualitatively only for arsenic and antimony, and when the three objects were [139] washed the hydrated tin-oxide described on p. 130 was only found in the case of the Ibis. In this connection it should not be forgotten that slight differences in the quantities may be due to errors in the analysis as well as to a want of homogeneity in the alloy.

The last two bronzes were only tested qualitatively for arsenic and antimony, and when the three objects were [139] cleaned, the hydrated tin-oxide mentioned on p. 130 was only found in the case of the Ibis. It's important to remember that minor differences in the amounts may be due to errors in the analysis as well as a lack of uniformity in the alloy.

Krefting’s Method. This method is similar to that used for the reduction of iron (see page 108). The layer of oxidized material is removed in several places by filing, hammering, or rubbing with emery cloth until the metal is exposed. The object is then wrapped round with strips of zinc, and placed in a 5% solution of caustic soda. The hydrochloric acid produced in the process of reduction acts upon the soda to form sodium chloride. Here too the greatest care must be taken that the steeping is sufficient.

Krefting’s Method. This method is similar to the one used for reducing iron (see page 108). The layer of oxidized material is removed in several spots by filing, hammering, or rubbing with emery cloth until the metal is exposed. The object is then wrapped with strips of zinc and placed in a 5% solution of caustic soda. The hydrochloric acid produced during the reduction reacts with the soda to form sodium chloride. It's also crucial to ensure that the steeping is adequate.

Personally I prefer Finkener’s method, for potassium cyanide is more easily washed out than soda, and also, although poisonous, is less caustic.

Personally, I prefer Finkener’s method because potassium cyanide washes out more easily than soda, and even though it’s poisonous, it’s less caustic.

Krefting’s method however has proved of considerable success in some cases, notably in the treatment of some 40-50,000 Roman copper coins at the Berlin Museum. These were, with few exceptions, covered with a crystalline layer resembling green malachite or blue azurite and were quite illegible. Various unsatisfactory attempts were made to clean them with ammonia, with warm and cold acids of different kinds, with acid and iron nails, and by electric current both in an acid solution and in a solution of potassium cyanide. The following method finally proved satisfactory[151]:

Krefting’s method has shown considerable success in some cases, especially in the treatment of around 40-50,000 Roman copper coins at the Berlin Museum. These coins were mostly covered with a crystalline layer that looked like green malachite or blue azurite, making them hard to read. Several unsatisfactory attempts were made to clean them using ammonia, warm and cold acids of various types, acid and iron nails, and electric current in both acid and potassium cyanide solutions. The following method ultimately turned out to be effective[151]:

[140] Krefting’s Method Applied to Oxidized Copper Coins.

[140] Krefting’s Method Applied to Oxidized Copper Coins.

“A thin plate of zinc with a bright metallic surface is perforated with a brad-awl, having a diameter of from 2 to 5 mm., until there are about 50 or 60 holes in each square metre. This is placed with the sharp edges of the holes uppermost on a row of glass rings (or crystallizing dishes will serve the purpose) 20 mm. in height resting upon the bottom of a large glass vessel. The coins, which in this case were 20 mm. in diameter, were then placed on the zinc plate, so that 7 or 8 of them occupy a space of 1 square decimetre. Another similarly perforated plate is laid upon them, and upon this more coins are arranged in the same way, and so on until there are six or eight double layers. A perforated zinc plate is then placed on the top with the sharp edges of the holes turned downwards, and over this a few zinc plates which have been previously used. The whole pile is surmounted with weights or stones resting upon glass rings or inverted glass dishes in order to press the sharp edges of the holes into the closest possible contact with the coins. A 5% solution of caustic soda is then poured over the whole, the immediate result of which is an evolution of gas. The reduction of the coins is usually complete in fifteen to eighteen hours, after which they should be well washed. After several rinsings in cold water they are placed, about 1000 at a time, in a large vessel fitted with a perforated false bottom containing hot water, which should be renewed three or four times every day. After four days the coins are wiped with a cloth and thoroughly dried on a warm oven plate [141] or in a drying chamber at a temperature of about 212°F. [100°C.]. They are then brushed with a bristle brush before a dust extractor, a procedure rendered necessary by the fine metallic dust from the coins, which then assume a light or dark brown colour such as is seen on copper coins which are in actual circulation. The practice of placing the coins whilst still wet into melted paraffin wax at 260°F. [120°-130°C.], which gives a dark appearance even to the brightest, has the disadvantage that the wax prevents the use of sealing-wax for taking impressions, and is therefore not recommended.

A thin plate of zinc with a shiny metallic surface is punctured with a brad-awl, having a diameter of 2 to 5 mm, until there are about 50 or 60 holes in each square meter. This is positioned with the sharp edges of the holes facing up on a row of glass rings (or crystallizing dishes will work) 20 mm high, resting at the bottom of a large glass container. The coins, which are 20 mm in diameter, are then placed on the zinc plate, so that 7 or 8 of them occupy a space of 1 square decimeter. Another similarly perforated plate is placed on top, and more coins are arranged the same way, and so on until there are six or eight double layers. A perforated zinc plate is then put on top with the sharp edges of the holes facing down, and over this, a few zinc plates that have been previously used. The entire stack is topped with weights or stones resting on glass rings or inverted glass dishes to press the sharp edges of the holes as closely as possible against the coins. A 5% solution of caustic soda is then poured over everything, which immediately causes gas to be produced. The reduction of the coins usually completes in fifteen to eighteen hours, after which they should be thoroughly washed. After several rinses in cold water, they are placed, about 1000 at a time, in a large container with a perforated false bottom containing hot water, which should be replaced three or four times a day. After four days, the coins are wiped with a cloth and thoroughly dried on a warm oven plate or in a drying chamber at about 212°F [100°C]. They are then brushed with a bristle brush in front of a dust extractor, a necessary step due to the fine metallic dust from the coins, which then take on a light or dark brown color resembling that of circulating copper coins. The practice of placing the coins while still wet into melted paraffin wax at 260°F [120°-130°C], which gives them a dark appearance even when bright, has the downside of preventing the use of sealing wax for taking impressions, and is therefore not recommended.

The reaction is analogous to that which occurs in the reduction of iron. The copper of the coin forms in the alkaline solution an electric couple with the zinc, and the hydrogen which forms at the copper end reduces the copper compounds covering the coins to metallic copper, and thereby loosens them, while the zinc oxide which is simultaneously formed is dissolved in the soda solution. In actual practice a part only of the zinc oxide is dissolved, while the remainder forms a white coating on the zinc [152]. Experience shows that a 4-5% solution is the most suitable for this method of reduction, which gives the most favourable results when these details are followed. If for example the zinc plate is laid immediately on the bottom of the glass trough, if the coins are laid too close together on the plate, or if there are more than 6 to 8 double layers in a trough, the process [142] of reduction is often incomplete, and it is then necessary to treat the coins a second time. It is scarcely necessary to mention that larger coins must be placed at proportionately greater distances from each other.

The reaction is similar to what happens in the reduction of iron. The copper from the coin creates an electric couple with the zinc in the alkaline solution, and the hydrogen that forms at the copper end reduces the copper compounds on the coins to metallic copper, loosening them in the process. Meanwhile, the zinc oxide that forms is dissolved in the soda solution. In practice, only a portion of the zinc oxide dissolves, while the rest creates a white coating on the zinc [152]. Experience shows that a 4-5% solution works best for this reduction method, yielding the best results when these details are followed. For example, if the zinc plate is placed directly on the bottom of the glass trough, if the coins are too close together on the plate, or if there are more than 6 to 8 double layers in a trough, the reduction process is often incomplete, requiring the coins to be treated a second time. It’s also important to note that larger coins should be spaced proportionately farther apart from each other.

The 40-50,000 coins which were thus treated had originally been tinned, but the tin only remained at a few places. When the coins were washed immediately after the reduction, this tin could still be clearly distinguished, but on further washing, drying, and brushing, it ceased to be visible on account of the dark colour imparted to it by the finely powdered copper. In one [143] or two cases lead appeared on the surface of the coin, but was easily removed by mechanical means.”

The 40-50,000 coins that were treated had originally been coated with tin, but only a few areas still had it. When the coins were washed right after the reduction process, the tin was still clearly visible, but after more washing, drying, and brushing, it became undetectable due to the dark color from the finely powdered copper. In one or two instances, lead showed up on the surface of the coins, but it was easily removed using mechanical methods.

Fig. 46. Roman coins before treatment.

Fig. 46. Roman coins pre-treatment.

Fig. 47. Roman coins after treatment by Krefting’s method.

Fig. 47. Roman coins after being treated with Krefting’s method.

Cleaning Copper Coins by Melted Lead.

Cleaning Copper Coins with Melted Lead.

Although the results obtained by this method are less satisfactory than those produced by the preceding, it has the advantage of simplicity[153].

Although the results obtained by this method are less satisfactory than those produced by the previous one, it has the advantage of being simpler[153].

[144] “Using a pair of tongs, dip the coins one by one into melted lead until the crackling, which begins at once, has ceased, which occurs in from 3 to 10 seconds. The hand should be protected with a glove from the spluttering molten lead. The coin is then thrown into cold water, cleaned, and placed until the next day in hot milk. It may be necessary to repeat the process when the coin has become cold. By this method an olive colour is imparted to the coin which many antiquaries prefer to dark brown, but personally I prefer Krefting’s method because it renders the inscription and designs far more distinct. A coin which after the treatment with melted lead has remained so covered with cupric oxide as to be still illegible can seldom be improved by a repetition of the treatment, whereas had the zinc treatment been applied in the first instance the result would probably have been satisfactory. This conclusion seems to be justified by the extremely small percentage of coins which, in my experience, have remained illegible after the treatment by electrical methods.”

[144] “Using a pair of tongs, dip the coins one by one into melted lead until the crackling stops, which takes about 3 to 10 seconds. Make sure to wear a glove to protect your hand from the splattering molten lead. After that, throw the coin into cold water, clean it, and then place it in hot milk until the next day. You might need to repeat the process if the coin has cooled down. This method gives the coin an olive color, which many collectors prefer over dark brown; however, I personally like Krefting’s method because it makes the inscriptions and designs much clearer. A coin that is still covered in cupric oxide after treatment with melted lead will rarely improve with a second treatment, while using the zinc method initially would likely have produced better results. This conclusion seems supported by the very small percentage of coins that I've encountered remaining illegible after using electrical methods.”

(C.) Preservation of Bronzes by the Exclusion of Air.

(C.) Keeping Bronzes Safe by Keeping Air Away.

In those cases in which the advanced state of decomposition renders the reduction process either inapplicable or at any rate inadvisable, or in which the decay is not likely to be arrested by impregnation, a further method of preservation remains, viz. the complete exclusion of air and moisture.

In situations where the high level of decomposition makes the reduction process either ineffective or unwise, or when it's unlikely that impregnation will stop the decay, another preservation method is available: completely excluding air and moisture.

If air is completely freed from moisture the oxygen can no longer act in conjunction with the copper chloride upon the still intact metal (see page 29 et seq.), and the condition of the bronze will consequently remain unchanged.

If the air is completely dry, the oxygen can no longer react with the copper chloride on the unaffected metal (see page 29 et seq.), and the bronze will, therefore, stay the same.

[145] A bronze, for example, which shows much decay should be placed after impregnation under a hermetically sealed bell glass, and beneath or near it should be placed some dehydrating agent, of which anhydrous calcium chloride is the most suitable (see note, p. 123). To exclude the air completely the bell glass should have a projecting ground edge, which should be smeared with vaseline or grease and pressed firmly upon a thick well polished glass plate. The dehydrating agent may be placed in a glass vessel or dish in such a way as to be unseen, or it may be covered with two or three [146] thicknesses of dark gauze or with black cardboard laid loosely over it. If an object is too large for a bell glass, or if several objects are to be exhibited together, a square plate-glass case with iron framework, made air-tight with putty, may be used as shown in the illustration (Fig. 48). The lower part, containing calcium chloride, is partitioned off by a perforated plate covered with black gauze[154]. A hygrometer was placed behind the head, the indicator of which has remained at zero since it was first fixed several years ago, and the bronze has not hitherto shown any sign of change, although the inlaid gold is in parts raised from the metal by a light-green oxychloride. The cost of these cases is considerable, but for valuable objects this should not be considered. In the place of calcium chloride, sticks or lumps of caustic soda may be used with advantage, for this substance absorbs both moisture and carbonic acid.

[145] For a bronze piece that shows significant deterioration, it should be treated by placing it under a hermetically sealed glass dome after treating it. Alongside or near the bronze, a dehydrating agent, like anhydrous calcium chloride, is recommended (see note, p. 123). To ensure that air is completely excluded, the glass dome should have a protruding ground edge, smeared with Vaseline or grease, and pressed firmly against a thick, well-polished glass plate. The dehydrating agent can be contained in a glass vessel or dish so that it's not visible, or it can be covered with two or three layers of dark gauze or loosely draped black cardboard. If the object is too large for a glass dome or if there are multiple objects displayed together, an airtight square glass display case with an iron frame, sealed with putty, can be used as illustrated (Fig. 48). The lower section, which holds the calcium chloride, is separated by a perforated plate covered with black gauze [154]. A hygrometer has been placed behind the object, and its indicator has remained at zero since it was first set up several years ago, while the bronze has not shown any signs of deterioration, even though parts of the inlaid gold have been slightly lifted from the metal due to a light-green oxychloride. These cases are quite expensive, but for valuable items, the cost should not be a concern. In place of calcium chloride, sticks or chunks of caustic soda can be beneficial, as they absorb both moisture and carbon dioxide.

Fig. 48. Method of mounting objects in air-tight cases.

Fig. 48. How to mount objects in airtight cases.

This method of preservation is of course applicable not only to decomposed bronzes but to all valuable antiquities, whatever the material may be.

This preservation method can be applied not just to decayed bronzes but to all valuable antiques, regardless of the material.

Appendix.
Ways to Reveal Worn Lettering on Coins.

These methods are founded upon the fact that the sunken areas of the coin are, by the pressure of the die in stamping, rendered denser than the raised portions, such as the inscription. The earliest method is that published by Brewster, reported by Süpke[155]. The coins when cleaned are placed upon red-hot iron, which causes the oxidation of the entire surface [147] of the coin. The thin film of oxides varies in colour according to the duration and the intensity of the heat. The oxidation of the letters of the inscription differs from that of the surrounding parts, and is recognisable by a difference in colour. Drude [156], treating more especially of silver coins, remarks that the inscription is rendered legible by heating them to redness over a Bunsen-burner. It then, according to “Prometheus[157],” when viewed in a dark room, appears dark on a bright ground, especially if the coin has been previously polished and then roughened again by slightly etching it with acid. In conclusion, the method of Roux[158] may be quoted:

These methods are based on the fact that the sunken areas of the coin become denser than the raised parts, like the inscription, due to the pressure of the die during stamping. The earliest method, published by Brewster and reported by Süpke[155], involves placing cleaned coins on red-hot iron, which causes oxidation across the entire surface [147] of the coin. The thin layer of oxides changes color based on how long and how intensely they are heated. The oxidation on the letters of the inscription differs from the surrounding areas, making it noticeable by a change in color. Drude [156], focusing particularly on silver coins, mentions that heating them over a Bunsen burner until they glow makes the inscription legible. Then, according to “Prometheus[157],” it appears dark against a bright background when viewed in a dark room, especially if the coin has been polished and then slightly roughened through etching with acid. Lastly, the method of Roux[158] can be mentioned:

“The smooth-worn and polished coin is placed in a solution of copper sulphate or of some other metallic salt, and suspended between the electrodes of one or more cells of a battery (any other form of continuous current will serve the purpose). If the current is weak, the electrodes must be near to the coin. The stronger the current the more rapidly the impression appears. On the side which faces the anode or positive plate the impression is metallic; on the other side, after gently wiping off the less firmly adherent part of the oxide, the impression appears in grey lines. These markings can be fixed by varnishing them with a thin alcoholic solution of shellac. To render the impression legible on both sides, the coin should be placed upon the four upturned feet of an insulating stand. The larger the coin the deeper must be the layer of solution above and below the coin. The depth below should be equal to the radius of the coin.

“The smooth, worn, and polished coin is placed in a solution of copper sulfate or another metallic salt and suspended between the electrodes of one or more battery cells (any continuous current source will work). If the current is weak, the electrodes need to be close to the coin. The stronger the current, the faster the impression appears. On the side facing the anode or positive plate, the impression is metallic; on the other side, after gently wiping away the loosely adhered part of the oxide, the impression appears in gray lines. These markings can be set by applying a thin layer of shellac dissolved in alcohol. To make the impression readable on both sides, the coin should be placed on the four upturned feet of an insulating stand. The larger the coin, the thicker the layer of solution should be above and below it. The depth below should equal the radius of the coin."

This can perhaps be most conveniently carried out by placing that electrode in immediate contact with the [148] coin which upon immersion in the solution becomes tarnished with the metal, i.e. the cathode or negative pole. Other portions which it is not intended to treat should be first covered with varnish.

This can probably be easiest to do by placing that electrode directly against the [148] coin, which will become tarnished with the metal when it’s immersed in the solution, i.e., the cathode or negative pole. Other parts that shouldn't be treated should be covered with varnish first.

The striking success of this method is due to the fact that that portion of the metal which has been compressed by the stamp is a better electrical conductor than the rest; no success could therefore be expected from the use of this process for the restoration of such objects as worn engraved copper-plates, etc.”

The impressive success of this method is because the part of the metal that’s been pressed by the stamp conducts electricity better than the rest; therefore, no success can be anticipated from using this process to restore items like worn engraved copper plates, etc.

(j) Silver.

Preservative treatment of silver is scarcely necessary (cp. pp. 49-52), except in those cases in which the silver is alloyed with a large percentage of copper, and which show efflorescences similar to those which appear upon bronzes containing chlorine. Electrolytic reduction will be found to be the most suitable method of treatment in such cases. To treat silver coins they should be placed in contact with iron nails in lemon juice. Instead of the citric acid, which is the active principle in this process, other diluted acids and other metals, e.g. zinc, may be employed. Flinders Petrie[159] has shown that the reduction can also be effected by a weak solution of common salt. Silver chloride is soluble in ammonia, and thin layers may be removed by the application of ammonia by means of a soft brush. Thorough rinsing with pure water, drying with soft cloths, and cautious warming are always essential.

Preservative treatment for silver is usually unnecessary (cp. pp. 49-52), except in cases where the silver is mixed with a high percentage of copper, which can develop efflorescences similar to those found on bronzes containing chlorine. Electrolytic reduction is typically the best method of treatment in these situations. To clean silver coins, place them in contact with iron nails in lemon juice. Instead of citric acid, which is the active ingredient in this process, you can also use other diluted acids and metals like zinc. Flinders Petrie [159] demonstrated that a weak solution of common salt can also achieve reduction. Silver chloride dissolves in ammonia, and thin layers can be removed using ammonia with a soft brush. It’s always important to thoroughly rinse with pure water, dry with soft cloths, and warm cautiously.

An excellent reducing agent for single coins, the characters of which are rendered illegible by a layer of silver chloride, is molten potassium cyanide, or a mixture of this substance with sodium or potassium carbonate. In a short time the silver chloride is decomposed and removed from the smooth [149] surface of the coin. After boiling out with water, steeping in alcohol, drying, and brushing with a soft brush, the coins may be coated with zapon. Coins treated in this way appear to be less brittle than those reduced by Krefting’s method. More troublesome but less dangerous, because potassium cyanide is not used, is the treatment of silver coins with a fused mixture of potassium and sodium carbonates. In this case the silver chloride is converted into silver carbonate, which is then decomposed with 50% acetic acid. Further treatment by washing, drying, and impregnation is carried out as previously described.

An effective reducing agent for individual coins, whose inscriptions are made unreadable by a layer of silver chloride, is molten potassium cyanide, or a mix of this substance with sodium or potassium carbonate. In a short time, the silver chloride breaks down and is removed from the smooth [149] surface of the coin. After rinsing with water, soaking in alcohol, drying, and brushing with a soft brush, the coins can be coated with zapon. Coins treated this way seem to be less brittle than those reduced using Krefting’s method. More complicated but less hazardous, since potassium cyanide isn’t used, is the treatment of silver coins with a melted mixture of potassium and sodium carbonates. In this case, silver chloride is changed into silver carbonate, which is then broken down with 50% acetic acid. Further steps of washing, drying, and impregnation are carried out as previously described.

Silver which has become friable (p. 51) can be rendered more compact by cautiously heating it to redness. It will however be advisable to entrust heating and mechanical treatment of objects which are much bent to some skilled silversmith, whose experience may prevent disaster. Silver objects which are largely converted into friable chloride, especially if they are much expanded, or if large portions have broken away in the process of removing the chloride, will hardly bear any other treatment than that of impregnation with gum-dammar solution or with paraffin wax. As silver chloride is easily fused such articles should not be subjected to heat.

Silver that has become crumbly (p. 51) can be made more compact by carefully heating it until it glows red. However, it's best to let a skilled silversmith handle the heating and mechanical treatment of objects that are severely bent, as their experience can help avoid accidents. Silver objects that have mostly turned into crumbly chloride, especially if they are greatly expanded or if large pieces have broken off during the removal of the chloride, should not undergo any treatment other than soaking in a gum-dammar solution or paraffin wax. Since silver chloride melts easily, these items should not be exposed to heat.

Earthy matter can often be removed with a neutral soap and warm water, while calcareous accretions can be dissolved by a 2% solution of hydrochloric acid. Silver which has been blackened by silver sulphide may be laid in a warm 2% solution of potassium cyanide. All objects should be subsequently well washed with warm water.

Earthy substances can usually be cleaned off with a neutral soap and warm water, while limescale can be dissolved using a 2% hydrochloric acid solution. Silver that has tarnished due to silver sulfide can be soaked in a warm 2% potassium cyanide solution. Afterward, all items should be thoroughly rinsed with warm water.

(k) Lead and Tin.

Objects of pure lead and pure tin are rare. If much oxidized they should be washed with warm water, dried, and impregnated with a gum-dammar solution or with paraffin [150] wax (pp. 70 and 91). If in a good state of preservation they may be freed from any earthy or calcareous coating or from lead carbonate by the cautious use of very dilute nitric acid followed by steeping in water.

Objects made of pure lead and pure tin are uncommon. If they are heavily oxidized, they should be washed with warm water, dried, and treated with a gum-dammar solution or paraffin wax (pp. 70 and 91). If they are well-preserved, any earthy or chalky coating or lead carbonate can be removed by carefully using very dilute nitric acid, followed by soaking in water. [150]

Ceresole [160] cleans oxidized leaden seals with 10% acetic acid, neutralises the acid with ammonia, and after five minutes in alcohol coats them thinly with wax. The seals are preserved between glass dishes (Petri dishes), the space between the dishes being filled with cement. I employ Krefting’s method for leaden medals, using either zinc and very dilute sulphuric acid, or zinc dust and caustic soda. Occasionally the zinc dust becomes firmly cemented by oxide to the surface of the lead, and, if this is the case, great care must be used in removing it. The washing process also requires care. A very efficacious method is to allow a stream of warm distilled water, from which the dissolved air has been driven off by boiling, to flow over the object in a porcelain dish. I now omit any impregnation with paraffin wax, and instead recommend removal of the water by alcohol, drying, and coating with zapon. To preserve the specimens after treatment, more especially from the injurious action of perspiration from the hands, they are placed between dishes of glass or of celluloid[161].

Ceresole [160] cleans oxidized lead seals with 10% acetic acid, neutralizes the acid with ammonia, and after five minutes in alcohol, coats them lightly with wax. The seals are kept between glass dishes (Petri dishes), with the space between filled with cement. I use Krefting’s method for lead medals, applying either zinc and very diluted sulfuric acid or zinc dust and caustic soda. Sometimes the zinc dust can get stuck to the surface of the lead due to oxidation, and if that happens, you need to be very careful when removing it. The washing process also requires caution. A very effective method is to let a stream of warm distilled water that has had its dissolved air removed by boiling flow over the object in a porcelain dish. I now skip any soaking with paraffin wax and instead recommend removing the water with alcohol, drying, and coating with zapon. To preserve the specimens after treatment, particularly from the harmful effects of sweat from hands, they are placed between dishes made of glass or celluloid[161].

(l) Gold.

Objects of pure gold usually need only be cleaned with soap and water and a soft brush; lime may be removed by the application of a 2% solution of hydrochloric acid. A coating of silver chloride occurring on gold which contains a large percentage of silver may be removed by ammonia, or, [151] in certain cases, by the alternate use of dilute hydrochloric acid and ammonia.

Objects made of pure gold typically just need to be cleaned with soap, water, and a soft brush. Lime can be removed using a 2% solution of hydrochloric acid. A layer of silver chloride found on gold that has a high silver content can be removed with ammonia, or, [151] in some cases, by alternating between dilute hydrochloric acid and ammonia.

A layer of red ferric oxide (see p. 53) is of frequent occurrence upon gold objects, and may be removed by warming the object in a stronger solution of hydrochloric acid, but soft brushes will often serve the same purpose. Pure gold being very soft, only the softest so-called “silver brushes” should be used, and all pressure or bending should be avoided. If friable the object should be carefully impregnated with a solution of gum-dammar (p. 70).

A layer of red ferric oxide (see p. 53) often appears on gold objects and can be removed by heating the object in a stronger solution of hydrochloric acid, although soft brushes can also do the job. Since pure gold is very soft, only the softest so-called “silver brushes” should be used, and you should avoid applying any pressure or bending. If the object is fragile, it should be carefully treated with a solution of gum-dammar (p. 70).

(m) Glass and enamel.

If covered with a film of dirt, or if when in a collection objects of glass or enamel undergo any alteration, they should be washed or steeped in lukewarm water. When dry they should be treated with pure olive oil or poppy-seed oil, which may be diluted with benzine. The oil helps to restore the lustre to the glass and to bring out the colour of the enamel. When thus treated the objects should be carefully protected from dust.

If they're covered in dirt, or if any glass or enamel items in a collection get damaged, they should be washed or soaked in lukewarm water. Once they're dry, they should be treated with pure olive oil or poppy-seed oil, which can be mixed with benzine. The oil helps restore the shine to the glass and enhance the color of the enamel. After this treatment, the items should be carefully kept away from dust.

A decomposition of ancient glass when deposited in a museum has been hitherto only rarely observed, but allusion may be here made to the so-called ‘sweating’ of glass which is a question of considerable importance in Industrial-Art collections. In this case preservation is insured by washing with distilled water, drying, and coating with zapon. Further particulars may be obtained from the paper by Pazaurek[162].

A breakdown of ancient glass when placed in a museum has only been rarely seen so far, but we can mention the so-called ‘sweating’ of glass, which is a significant issue in Industrial-Art collections. In this situation, preservation is ensured by washing with distilled water, drying, and applying a zapon coating. More details can be found in the paper by Pazaurek[162].

II. Preserving Organic Materials.

(n) Bones, horns, and ivory.

Many curators dry carefully and impregnate them with a gum-dammar solution or shellac; isinglass or glue are however preferable, for these aqueous solutions may be used for [152] the treatment of damp objects, which could scarcely be dried without cracking. In order to permeate the object these solutions must be very dilute, and are most advantageously applied at a temperature of about 120°F. [50°C.]. The impregnation may also be effected in rarefied air under a bell glass (p. 68). Friable bones and similar objects which might fall to pieces in the solution during impregnation should be bound with strips of gauze or with string before immersion; they are easily removed when cold. To prevent the formation of mould a small quantity of dissolved corrosive sublimate[163] is added to the glue, or when dry after impregnation the objects may be covered with a solution of shellac or resin. Impregnation is of very general application, and is frequently used for the preservation of fossil and pleistocene bones.

Many curators carefully dry and treat items with a gum-dammar solution or shellac; however, isinglass or glue are preferable because these water-based solutions can be used for [152] the treatment of damp objects, which might crack if dried improperly. To penetrate the object, these solutions should be very diluted and are best applied at a temperature of around 120°F (50°C). Impregnation can also be done in rarefied air under a bell jar (p. 68). Brittle bones and similar items that could break apart in the solution during treatment should be wrapped with strips of gauze or string before immersion; they can be easily removed once cool. To prevent mold growth, a small amount of dissolved corrosive sublimate[163] is added to the glue, or once dried after treatment, the items can be coated with a solution of shellac or resin. Impregnation is widely used and is often employed to preserve fossil and Pleistocene bones.

(o) Leather.

At Copenhagen the method used to render leather soft and pliable is to place it in train oil for an hour and then dry it with filter-paper. Lanoline may also be used with success [164]. Poppy-seed oil in benzine (p. 86) is said to produce [153] good results, but the “Merkbuch” recommends the preservation of leather in this condition in alcohol[165].

At Copenhagen, the way to make leather soft and flexible is to soak it in train oil for an hour and then dry it with filter paper. Lanoline can also be used effectively [164]. Poppy-seed oil mixed with benzine (p. 86) is said to give good results, but the “Merkbuch” suggests preserving leather in this state with alcohol[165].

(p) Textiles, Hair.

Earth and soil may be removed by mechanical means, and, occasionally, careful washing may be possible. The objects should be dried and impregnated with a gum-dammar solution (p. 70), poppy-seed oil (p. 86), or a solution of india-rubber (p. 90), or they may be preserved in alcohol (p. 159). Some textile fabrics in the Copenhagen Museum owe their excellent state of preservation to Steffensen’s treatment, i.e. impregnation with a solution of india-rubber in turpentine with the addition of bees’-wax.

Earth and soil can be removed using mechanical methods, and sometimes careful washing is possible. The objects should be dried and treated with a gum-dammar solution (p. 70), poppy-seed oil (p. 86), or a solution of rubber (p. 90), or they can be preserved in alcohol (p. 159). Some textile fabrics in the Copenhagen Museum owe their excellent preservation to Steffensen’s treatment, which involves soaking them in a solution of rubber in turpentine with added beeswax.

The following account of the treatment of textile fabrics from the Lake-Dwellings is due to Herr Heierli, of Zürich:

The following account of the treatment of textile fabrics from the Lake-Dwellings comes from Herr Heierli of Zürich:

“The pieces as they were taken up were laid on the ground and thus slowly allowed to dry in the air. They were then placed between glass plates, the edges of which were pasted over with paper. Old pieces which had been dry for a long time, and which had become tender and friable, were laid on the ground and watered from time to time until they were soaked through; they were then treated in the manner already described.”

“The pieces were laid on the ground as they were taken up and slowly allowed to air dry. They were then sandwiched between glass plates, with the edges glued shut using paper. Old pieces that had dried out and became soft and crumbly were placed on the ground and occasionally watered until they were fully soaked; then they were handled as described earlier.”

[154] Egyptian textile fabrics preserved between glass plates often deposit a thin layer of salt on the glass, but this is easily wiped off (see p. 155). It must first be ascertained by a previous trial in each case whether the salt can be removed by steeping in water or in alcohol and water.

[154] Egyptian textile fabrics stored between glass plates often leave a thin layer of salt on the glass, but this can be easily wiped away (see p. 155). It should first be determined through a preliminary test in each case whether the salt can be removed by soaking in water or in a mixture of alcohol and water.

Hair found in peat has always a dark-brown colour from impregnation with peaty matter. The method proposed by Bille Gram [166] for restoring the natural colour consists of repeated and alternate treatment with very dilute alkali solution and acid at about 120°F. [50°C.]. When the liquid ceases to show coloration the natural colour of the hair is restored.

Hair found in peat has always had a dark brown color due to the absorption of peaty material. The method suggested by Bille Gram [166] for restoring its natural color involves alternating treatments with a very dilute alkaline solution and acid at around 120°F (50°C). Once the liquid stops showing any color, the natural color of the hair is restored.

(q) Feathers.

These do not require any treatment beyond protection against insects, which is attained by immersion in an alcoholic solution of corrosive sublimate, or by spraying with corrosive sublimate in either alcoholic or aqueous solution. Of course the poisonous nature of corrosive sublimate necessitates caution in its use and it should be always labelled as such.

These don't need any treatment other than protection from insects, which can be achieved by soaking them in an alcoholic solution of mercuric chloride, or by spraying with mercuric chloride in either alcoholic or water-based solution. Naturally, the toxic nature of mercuric chloride requires caution when using it, and it should always be labeled accordingly.

The use of naphthalene is not always successful, and white scales of naphthalene are apt to make their appearance; nor does finely powdered pepper sprinkled on the feathers, either alone or mixed with finely powdered alum, give satisfactory results.

The use of naphthalene doesn’t always work, and white naphthalene scales often show up; also, finely powdered pepper sprinkled on the feathers, whether by itself or mixed with finely powdered alum, doesn’t provide good results.

(r) Paper.

The method of cleaning and preserving papyrus in use in the Egyptian department of the Royal Museums at Berlin is as follows: Those pieces which are folded together or rolled are carefully straightened, and, if very friable, they are first placed between damp filter paper to render them uniformly [155] pliable. Dust and dirt are removed with soft paint-brushes, crystals of salt which are often found[167] are picked off with forceps. Any growths of fungus are carefully scraped off with a knife. The papyrus thus prepared is then placed between two thick polished glass plates, the two opposing surfaces of which are covered with a very thin layer of vaseline. Air is frequently admitted to dry the papyrus, while the pressure of the glass plates tends to smooth it out, and after it has been so treated it is mounted between thin glass plates, the edges of which are pasted over with paper covered with an oil paint.

The method for cleaning and preserving papyrus used in the Egyptian department of the Royal Museums in Berlin is as follows: Pieces that are folded or rolled are carefully straightened, and if they're very fragile, they are first placed between damp filter paper to make them evenly flexible. Dust and dirt are removed with soft paintbrushes, and salt crystals that are often found are picked off with tweezers. Any fungus growths are gently scraped off with a knife. The prepared papyrus is then placed between two thick polished glass plates, with a very thin layer of vaseline covering the opposing surfaces. Air is frequently let in to dry the papyrus, while the pressure of the glass plates helps to smooth it out. After this treatment, the papyrus is mounted between thin glass plates, and the edges are sealed with paper that has oil paint on it.

A papyrus preserved between glass plates often shows round the edges a whitish border about two millimetres in breadth, and on separation the glass plates show a slight film of the same white material on the surface which had been in contact with the papyrus. The formation of this film, which consists chiefly of common salt and is easily wiped off, may be prevented by previously washing the papyrus in distilled water, a proceeding which experience has shown to be harmless. As the papyrus will swim on the surface it should first be immersed in alcohol until soaked through; the process of steeping is then quite simple. The thinness of papyrus enables the steeping to be completed after 24 to 48 hours by two changes of the water, and care must be taken lest a too prolonged steeping should obliterate the lettering. The water assumes a yellowish or brown tint and the [156] papyrus becomes somewhat lighter in colour on drying. Papyrus may also be preserved by zapon (see Appendix), but this method has no advantage over that of mounting between glass plates.

A papyrus kept between glass plates often has a whitish border around the edges about two millimeters wide, and when the plates are separated, there's a slight film of the same white material on the surface that was in contact with the papyrus. This film, mostly made up of common salt and easily wiped away, can be avoided by washing the papyrus in distilled water beforehand, which has proven to be harmless. Since the papyrus will float, it should first be soaked in alcohol until completely saturated; then the steeping process is straightforward. Because of its thinness, the steeping can be finished in 24 to 48 hours with two changes of water, and one must be careful not to steep it for too long, as this could erase the lettering. The water takes on a yellowish or brown hue, and the papyrus becomes slightly lighter in color as it dries. Papyrus can also be preserved using zapon (see Appendix), but this method doesn’t offer any advantages over mounting it between glass plates.

(s) Lumber.

To preserve adequately articles of moist wood (and they are generally in this condition when first excavated), preliminary measures to prevent their drying in the air must be taken immediately after they are dug out of the earth. If found in water, as for instance articles from pile-dwellings, they should be conveyed in water; moist objects should be wrapped in several thicknesses of moist cloth, and the whole wrapped in gutta-percha membrane, or in a layer of moist moss. The cracks which arise in wooden objects which have become dried may frequently be closed up by laying them in lukewarm water.

To properly preserve wet wooden artifacts (which are usually in that state when first excavated), quick actions must be taken to prevent them from drying out in the air immediately after being dug up. If they are found in water, like items from pile-dwellings, they should be transported in water; damp objects should be wrapped in several layers of damp cloth and then covered with a gutta-percha membrane or a layer of wet moss. Cracks that occur in wooden items that have dried can often be repaired by placing them in lukewarm water.

As the earliest attempts at preservation were probably made upon wooden objects there is scarcely a collection in which a number of methods are not employed. One exception only is known to me, and here, after a plaster of Paris cast has been taken, the object is simply allowed to shrink. The methods proposed and carried out are so different and so numerous, especially as regards the liquid used for impregnation, and in such variety, that it is only necessary to deal with the most important. These may be divided into two classes, viz. dry and wet.

As the first attempts at preservation were likely made on wooden objects, there's hardly a collection that doesn't use a variety of methods. I know of only one exception, where, after taking a plaster cast, the object is simply left to shrink. The methods suggested and used are so varied and numerous, especially regarding the liquids used for impregnation, that we only need to focus on the most significant ones. These can be categorized into two classes: dry and wet.

(1) Dry Preservation of Wood.

(1) Wood Drying Techniques.

Moist or wet objects are placed in thin size or in a solution of isinglass till they are impregnated, after which they are dried gradually in a shady place. A solution of shellac, or varnish diluted with petroleum or benzine, is then put on with a brush.

Moist or wet objects are placed in a thin layer or in a solution of isinglass until they are soaked through, after which they are gradually dried in a shady spot. A solution of shellac or varnish mixed with petroleum or benzene is then applied with a brush.

[157] Sometimes the objects are placed directly into a mixture of varnish and petroleum, or they are impregnated with melted paraffin. The former is preferable as a means of impregnation if there are cracks or holes, for the superfluous solution readily drips from the wood when it is taken out, while paraffin sets too soon to drain out of the cracks, and thus imparts an unnatural white appearance to the wood. Owing to the large size of the vessels which would be otherwise required, paraffin is only useful for small or medium-sized objects, but when making use of varnish one end of a large object [168] may be placed in the mixture while the solution is repeatedly poured over the object. After two or three days the opposite end should be placed in the solution. By repeating this process every part of the object will soon be thoroughly impregnated.

[157] Sometimes, objects are put directly into a mix of varnish and petroleum, or they get soaked with melted paraffin. The first method is better for treating cracks or holes because any extra solution easily drips off the wood once it's removed, while paraffin hardens too quickly to seep out of the cracks, leaving the wood with an unnatural white look. Because of the large containers that would be needed otherwise, paraffin is only effective for small to medium-sized items. However, when using varnish, one end of a large object [168] can be dipped in the mix while the solution is repeatedly poured over the rest of the item. After two or three days, the other end should be placed in the solution. By regularly repeating this process, every part of the object will soon be thoroughly soaked.

Objects of still greater size, such as a Viking’s ship, can only be preserved by painting the surface. In such cases it is advisable to begin with dilute varnish so as to allow the impregnating solution to penetrate as deeply as possible into the material, instead of merely forming a skin.

Objects that are even larger, like a Viking ship, can only be preserved by painting the surface. In these cases, it's best to start with a diluted varnish to let the impregnating solution soak as deeply as possible into the material, rather than just creating a surface layer.

A solution of waterglass has in one instance been used for the preservation of a large boat, but the result is not satisfactory.

A solution of waterglass has been used once to preserve a large boat, but the outcome is not satisfactory.

Leiner’s Method[169]. The wooden articles are laid in glycerine mixed with a small percentage of carbolic acid. The length of time during which they remain in the glycerine depends upon their size. When taken out they are lightly wiped and preserved without further treatment. If a growth of mould should occur it may be washed off.

Leiner's Method[169]. The wooden items are submerged in glycerine combined with a small amount of carbolic acid. The duration they stay in the glycerine depends on their size. Once removed, they are gently wiped down and kept without any additional treatment. If any mold develops, it can be washed away.

Objects thus treated retain their moist condition and should therefore be very carefully protected from dust.

Objects treated this way stay moist and should be carefully protected from dust.

[158] Speerschneider’s Method[170] (cp. p. 91). Small specimens are heated for two hours in a mixture of

[158] Speerschneider's Technique[170] (cp. p. 91). Small samples are heated for two hours in a mixture of

8 parts of rape-seed oil,
1 part of bees’-wax,
1 part of pine resin, and
2 parts of benzene.

8 parts of rapeseed oil,
1 part of beeswax,
1 part of pine resin, and
2 parts of benzene.

Larger objects require a proportionately longer heating, but the mixture must not be allowed to actually boil. The moisture rises as steam and causes the solution to bubble. The bubbling however continues after the moisture has been driven off; great care must therefore be taken that the heating is not so prolonged as to cause the object to shrink. The highly inflammable nature of the mixture renders great caution necessary, and should it ignite, a lid, which should always be in readiness, should be put on the vessel. After impregnation the objects are wrapped in blotting-paper and laid in ashes for four days to prevent the access of air. The aim is doubtless to insure thorough absorption of the superfluous liquid which remains upon the object, which exposure to air would prevent by causing the mixture to set too rapidly. The same mixture can be used repeatedly, but each time two-thirds of the original quantity of benzene must be added.

Larger objects need to be heated for a longer time, but the mixture must not actually boil. The moisture turns into steam, causing the solution to bubble. However, the bubbling continues even after the moisture is gone; thus, great care must be taken not to heat it too long, as this could cause the object to shrink. The highly flammable nature of the mixture requires a lot of caution, and if it catches fire, a lid that should always be ready should be placed on the container. After soaking, the objects are wrapped in blotting paper and laid in ashes for four days to keep air out. The goal is to ensure thorough absorption of the excess liquid remaining on the object, as exposure to air would cause the mixture to set too quickly. The same mixture can be reused, but each time, two-thirds of the original amount of benzene needs to be added.

Herbst’s Method[171]. The moist objects are boiled in a saturated solution of alum for two hours (hot water dissolves about 312 times its weight of alum), but if they are of some thickness the time must be proportionately longer. They are then taken out, and when the alum in crystallizing has made them more or less firm, the crystals adhering to the surface are washed off with warm water.

Herbst's Technique[171]. The moist objects are boiled in a saturated solution of alum for two hours (hot water dissolves about 312 times its weight of alum), but if they are thicker, the time needs to be extended accordingly. After boiling, they are removed, and once the alum crystallizes, making them more or less firm, the crystals sticking to the surface are rinsed off with warm water.

When thoroughly dry the wood is brushed over with hot [159] linseed oil, which operation is repeated until no more oil is absorbed. A final thin coating of varnish or shellac is then given. According to Steffensen, the method followed at Copenhagen is to lay the objects in warm thin size for a quarter of an hour after impregnation with alum. This alum-method is there used for objects of oak, although the “Merkbuch” (p. 60) states that only the varnish-petroleum mixture should be used for impregnating this class of object.

When completely dry, the wood is brushed with hot linseed oil, and this process is repeated until no more oil can be absorbed. A final light coating of varnish or shellac is then applied. According to Steffensen, the process used in Copenhagen involves placing the items in warm, thin size for fifteen minutes after being treated with alum. This alum method is used for oak objects, although the "Merkbuch" (p. 60) states that only the varnish-petroleum mixture should be used for treating this type of object.

(2) Preservation of Wooden Objects in Liquids.

(2) Protecting Wooden Items in Liquids.

The expense entailed by this method renders it applicable only to articles of small size.

The cost associated with this method makes it suitable only for small items.

The preservation of small objects in a flat vessel, the bottom of which is covered with glycerine, has the disadvantage that glycerine extracts organic substances and thus assumes a brown colour. If glycerine is used the object should undergo a thorough preliminary steeping, and the glycerine should be renewed until it remains colourless. Closed cylinders filled with glycerine or a mixture of glycerine and water are not convenient because wood nearly always floats in the liquid. This may be remedied however by the addition of alcohol.

The preservation of small objects in a flat container, the bottom of which is coated with glycerine, has the downside that glycerine draws out organic materials and turns brown. If glycerine is used, the object should be soaked thoroughly beforehand, and the glycerine should be replaced until it stays clear. Closed cylinders filled with glycerine or a mix of glycerine and water are not practical because wood usually floats in the liquid. However, this can be fixed by adding alcohol.

Jenner’s Method[172]. When the objects have been thoroughly cleaned with water, pure alcohol, diluted with water until the specific gravity at 54°F. [12·5°C.] reaches 0·96, is poured over them. After six or eight weeks the alcohol is poured off and replaced by fresh alcohol of the same specific gravity. This alcohol is examined in a year’s time, and should always show a specific gravity of 0·96. The [160] alcohol which has been poured off may be filtered, and if necessary decolourized by animal charcoal; when the specific gravity has been again raised to 0·96, by the addition of fresh alcohol, it may be used again.

Jenner's Technique[172]. After thoroughly cleaning the items with water, pour pure alcohol diluted with water until the specific gravity at 54°F (12.5°C) reaches 0.96 over them. After six to eight weeks, pour off the alcohol and replace it with fresh alcohol of the same specific gravity. This alcohol should be checked after a year and should consistently show a specific gravity of 0.96. The [160] alcohol that was poured off can be filtered and, if needed, decolorized using animal charcoal; once the specific gravity is raised back to 0.96 by adding fresh alcohol, it can be reused.

The same process is applicable to textile fabrics, yarn, and leather.

The same process applies to textile fabrics, yarn, and leather.

Protection against Wood-worms, etc.

Protection against woodworms, etc.

All the methods mentioned above will destroy insects and their larvae.

All the methods mentioned above will eliminate insects and their larvae.

In cases in which it is either impossible or undesirable to use immersion or external application, as for instance in the treatment of objects of dry wood, the larvae may be destroyed by dropping petroleum, an aqueous solution of potassium arsenite, or corrosive sublimate, into the various small openings. This will also help to prevent further attacks.

In situations where immersion or external application is either impossible or not preferred, such as when treating dry wood objects, you can kill the larvae by putting petroleum, a water solution of potassium arsenite, or corrosive sublimate into the small openings. This will also help prevent future infestations.

If solutions are not applied insects may be destroyed by the vapour of carbon bi-sulphide or of crude benzene. These liquids, which are sufficiently volatile at the ordinary temperature, should be placed, together with the objects to be treated, in a closed box.

If solutions aren't used, insects could be killed by the vapor of carbon disulfide or crude benzene. These liquids, which are volatile at normal temperature, should be put along with the items to be treated in a sealed container.

I have used a similar method for the destruction of wood-worms in Egyptian coffins. The coffin is placed in a large wooden box lined with tin plate. The lid, also lined with tin, is provided with projecting edges, to which strips of felt are glued. The weight of the lid by compressing the felt is sufficient to render the box air-tight. Six or eight glass vessels containing crude benzene are placed at the bottom of the chest and of the coffin itself. It need scarcely be added that the box must not be opened near a fire or light, as the vapour forms an explosive mixture with air; it is in fact advisable to have no light or fire in the room.

I have used a similar method to get rid of woodworms in Egyptian coffins. The coffin goes inside a large wooden box lined with tin. The lid, also lined with tin, has overhanging edges where strips of felt are glued. The weight of the lid compresses the felt enough to make the box airtight. Six or eight glass containers filled with crude benzene are placed at the bottom of the chest and the coffin itself. It’s important to note that the box should never be opened near a fire or light, since the vapor can create an explosive mixture with air; in fact, it's best to keep the room completely free of light or fire.

Insects can also be killed by naphthalene vapour, but as [161] naphthalene is insufficiently volatile at ordinary temperatures, the method above described is more convenient[173].

Insects can also be killed by naphthalene vapor, but since naphthalene doesn’t vaporize enough at regular temperatures, the method described above is more convenient [161][173].

Preservation and Cleaning of Coloured Wooden Objects.

Caring for and Cleaning Colored Wooden Items.

For objects of this kind materials should not be used which, like varnish, tend to darken and so to damage the colours. Gum-dammar solution (page 70) answers the purpose, but colourless collodion is better. Colours which are soluble in water (as is frequently the case with wooden objects from Egypt) cannot of course be cleaned with water, but benzine may be applied by means of soft cloths or brushes. Resinous or pitch-like substances may often be removed from coloured objects by turpentine mixed with benzine or ether.

For these types of objects, you shouldn’t use materials that, like varnish, can darken and ruin the colors. A gum-dammar solution (page 70) works well, but colorless collodion is even better. Colors that dissolve in water (which often happens with wooden objects from Egypt) can’t be cleaned with water, but you can apply benzine using soft cloths or brushes. Resinous or pitch-like substances can often be removed from colored objects with a mix of turpentine and benzine or ether.

A method of cleaning gilded or brightly coloured ecclesiastical figures which is used in the Breslau Museum is the application of a mixture of copaiba balsam and ammonia. This method is similar to that used to clean paintings[174], the action of the solution being that of a mild soap.

A way to clean gilded or brightly colored religious figures used in the Breslau Museum is by applying a mix of copaiba balsam and ammonia. This method is similar to what’s used to clean paintings[174], with the solution acting like a gentle soap.

Antiquities which were originally uncoloured, but which have been subsequently painted, may be cleared of paint by means of a solution of caustic soda in water or alcohol. [162]

Antiques that were originally unpainted but have been painted later can be stripped of paint using a solution of caustic soda in water or alcohol. [162]

(t) Amber.

After the mechanical removal of any adherent earth and dust, the specimen should be rubbed carefully backwards and forwards between the fingers covered with a soft woollen glove. Particles of soil should be picked out of any holes and indentations by using a strong horse hair[175]. It is then preserved by impregnation with a solution of shellac, poppy-seed oil, or isinglass (pp. 70 and 86).

After removing any dirt and dust, the specimen should be gently rubbed back and forth between fingers covered with a soft wool glove. Use a sturdy horse hair to pick out soil particles from any holes and indentations. It is then preserved by soaking it in a solution of shellac, poppy-seed oil, or isinglass (pp. 70 and 86).

The following particulars of the method used in Messrs Stantien and Becker’s collection of amber have been supplied by Prof. Klebs:

The details about the method used in Messrs Stantien and Becker’s amber collection have been provided by Prof. Klebs:

“Amber is preserved best in distilled water: I add a very small quantity of glycerine and a still smaller amount of alcohol. A proportion of alcohol greater than 1% is injurious to the amber. A thick layer of gelatine containing glycerine is an excellent medium for the preservation of large objects if they are kept free from dust. This layer should be washed off and renewed every few years.”

“Amber is best preserved in distilled water: I add a tiny bit of glycerin and an even smaller amount of alcohol. Any alcohol over 1% can damage the amber. A thick layer of gelatin with glycerin is a great way to preserve larger objects as long as they stay dust-free. This layer should be washed off and replaced every few years.”

The Care of Antiques After Preservation Treatment.

In addition to the protection from dust afforded by closed glass cases, it is also important to protect objects from the action of direct sunlight, especially during the summer months. There is, for instance, no doubt that the decay of bronzes, even of those with a patina which is apparently sound, is hastened by the great variations of temperature, caused by the rays of the sun falling directly upon them. Similarly objects which have been preserved by the application of solutions of resin or varnish should be protected from the direct access of [163] sunlight, for the sudden warming may easily cause cracks. Nor should antiquities be kept near the heating apparatus. There is another precaution, to which too little attention has been paid, viz. the protection of objects as far as possible from even diffused daylight. Although no investigations upon the extent of the injurious action of light have as yet been published, light is not without influence upon the outward appearance, and therefore also upon the material condition of antiquities of organic origin. But even inorganic objects, such as pigments, glass, enamel, amber, etc., are affected by light; it is therefore certainly advisable to protect antiquities of all kinds from light during the time in which they are not exhibited to the public.

In addition to protecting objects from dust with closed glass cases, it’s also important to shield them from direct sunlight, especially in the summer months. For example, there's no doubt that bronzes, even those with a seemingly intact patina, deteriorate faster due to the wide temperature swings caused by direct sunlight. Similarly, items that have been treated with resin or varnish solutions should be kept out of direct sunlight because the sudden heat can easily lead to cracks. Antiquities should also not be stored near heating sources. Another precaution that hasn’t received enough attention is protecting objects from even indirect daylight. While there haven't been any published studies on the harmful effects of light yet, light does influence the appearance and, consequently, the material condition of organic antiquities. Additionally, inorganic items like pigments, glass, enamel, and amber are also affected by light; therefore, it’s wise to protect all kinds of antiquities from light when they are not on display to the public.

The public is effectually prevented from fingering antiquities which are enclosed in glass cases, but it may be well to remind those who have to handle them in the course of their duties that contact with the bare hand can only be harmful, even though fingering is understood to be beneficial to modern bronzes by inducing the formation of patina. The bright surface of metallic iron which results from treatment by Blell’s or by Krefting’s method, especially if there is a thin coating of paraffin, should not be touched at all with the bare hand, but only with a cloth or a glove. Bronzes, whether intact or restored, and iron objects, should never be in direct contact with those which show efflorescences.

The public is effectively kept from touching antiques that are displayed in glass cases, but it’s important to remind those who handle them as part of their job that touching with bare hands can be harmful, even though handling is believed to benefit modern bronzes by helping develop a patina. The shiny surface of metallic iron produced by Blell’s or Krefting’s methods, especially if it has a thin layer of paraffin, should never be touched with bare hands, only with a cloth or a glove. Bronzes, whether they are original or restored, and iron objects should never come into direct contact with those that show efflorescences.

The usual custom is to attach labels of painted cardboard or metal by means of thin metal wire. The tendency to rust makes iron wire unsuitable, especially for objects containing salt, which are quickly affected; thus light coloured earthenware may soon be covered with spots of rust. Copper wire and nickel wire are liable to be similarly attacked. Many years ago it was noticed[176] in the Ethnological Museum at Berlin that nickel wire when in contact with silver objects [164] which were covered with silver chloride was destroyed by the formation of a deliquescent green nickel salt. Silver or platinum wire forms the most suitable means of attachment, but if the expense of these is too great, copper or nickel wire may be used, except in the cases mentioned above.

The standard practice is to attach labels made of painted cardboard or metal using thin metal wire. The tendency to rust makes iron wire not suitable, especially for items that contain salt, which can be affected quickly; thus, light-colored earthenware may soon develop rust spots. Copper and nickel wire can also be similarly damaged. Many years ago, it was observed[176] in the Ethnological Museum in Berlin that nickel wire coming into contact with silver objects [164] covered with silver chloride was degraded due to the formation of a deliquescent green nickel salt. Silver or platinum wire is the best attachment method, but if these are too pricey, copper or nickel wire can be used, except in the cases mentioned above.

Small objects of any kind, which one still frequently finds kept in open cases, are better preserved in upright glass cylinders with glass stoppers, or in cheaper glass tubes, one end of which is fused and the other closed with a cork.

Small objects of any kind, which are still often found displayed in open cases, are better preserved in upright glass cylinders with glass stoppers, or in more affordable glass tubes, one end of which is sealed and the other closed with a cork.

Conclusion.

The methods of preservation which have been described in the preceding pages may be thus tabulated and summarised:

The preservation methods described in the previous pages can be summarized as follows:

Methods. App.
Steeping in water, drying and impregnation. Limestone,
Earthenware,
Iron, much corroded.
Direct impregnation. (1) Unbaked earthenware, etc.,
(2) Bronze objects with little or no metallic core, or showing a cracked or warty surface,
(3) Objects of wood and of other organic substances.
Removal of compounds of oxygen or chlorine
(a) by chemical process, Iron objects in a good metallic condition,
(b) by electrolytic process. (1) Iron objects with a sound metallic core,
(2) Bronze objects with a sound metallic core.
Mounted thoroughly dry and hermetically sealed. Valuable bronzes in an advanced state of decomposition.

There will be no difficulty in the choice of methods for [165] limestone or earthenware, whether kiln-dried or sun-dried, for a simple experiment will prove whether steeping is likely to cause injury or disintegration.

There won’t be any trouble choosing methods for [165] limestone or clay, whether it’s kiln-dried or sun-dried, because a simple experiment will show if soaking will likely cause damage or break it apart.

The methods are themselves simple and inexpensive. For organic substances the chief question is the choice of the most suitable medium for impregnation.

The methods are straightforward and affordable. For organic substances, the main issue is selecting the best medium for impregnation.

Iron and bronze present some difficulty, although the use of a file will readily show whether reduction is feasible.

Iron and bronze can be tricky, but using a file will quickly reveal if it's possible to reduce them.

The simplicity of the apparatus required for Krefting’s method gives it an advantage over other methods, at any rate for iron objects. Objection has been taken to the methods of reduction, because they give to the objects thus treated an appearance to which the public are not accustomed. It may be safely asserted however that this appearance more truly represents the object when in actual use, than the oxidized and rust-covered specimens to which we are accustomed in antiquarian collections. To those who value an antique object for the crust that covers it, all methods of restoration must be objectionable. Such persons ought to object to the removal of the incrustations which hide the cuneiform inscriptions on clay tablets. On the other hand, those who regard these methods with approval should go a step further and confide their collections to experienced hands for some form of treatment which may bring to light inscriptions and inlaid work which will greatly enhance their value.

The simplicity of the equipment needed for Krefting’s method gives it an edge over other methods, especially for iron objects. Some have criticized the reduction methods because they make the treated objects look unfamiliar to the public. However, it can be confidently said that this appearance more accurately reflects how the objects looked when they were actually used, rather than the oxidized and rust-covered versions we typically see in antique collections. For those who appreciate an antique object for its aged surface, any restoration method is likely to be objectionable. Such people should also object to removing the layers that obscure the cuneiform inscriptions on clay tablets. Conversely, those who approve of these methods should take it a step further and entrust their collections to skilled professionals for treatment that can reveal inscriptions and inlaid designs, significantly increasing their value.

To spread the knowledge of these methods and to invite the co-operation of others is the aim of this book. As to the best method to be used in each particular case it is unnecessary to lay down any hard and fast rule, for this can only be learned by observation and experience. [166]

To share the knowledge of these methods and to encourage collaboration from others is the goal of this book. When it comes to the best method for each specific situation, there's no need to set strict rules, as this can only be learned through observation and experience. [166]

APPENDIX A.
METHOD OF TAKING SQUEEZES OF INSCRIPTIONS, ETC.

For this purpose a proper brush is required with strong bristles, closely set as in a scrubbing brush; the brush should have a firmly fixed handle, preferably slightly curving upwards to save the knuckles from being bruised upon the stone. A so-called “silver brush” will serve the purpose. The paper should be stout and stiff enough to resist the blows of the brush without tearing. An admirable paper, which possesses these qualities, is specially prepared for the purpose by the O.W. Company, 100, Great Russell Street, London, W. As a substitute for the specially prepared paper stout packing paper may be used with satisfactory results.

For this task, you need a good brush with strong bristles, closely packed like a scrubbing brush; the brush should have a securely attached handle, ideally with a slight upward curve to protect your knuckles from hitting the stone. A "silver brush" will do the job. The paper should be thick and stiff enough to withstand the brush strokes without tearing. An excellent paper that has these qualities is specially made by the O.W. Company, 100 Great Russell Street, London, W. If you don’t have the special paper, sturdy packing paper can work as a substitute with good results.

The stone should be tilted if possible at an angle of about 45°, and the surface bearing the inscription should be well washed or carefully scraped free of dirt and foreign matter and should be rendered thoroughly wet. A piece of the special paper of suitable size should be soaked in water for a minute or more. It should then be carefully applied to the surface of the stone in such a way as to prevent air-bubbles. This may be assisted by gently smoothing it with the hand or back of the brush. When close adhesion has been secured, and all air-bubbles removed (this can sometimes be done by pricking through the paper with a pin), the paper should be sharply beaten with the brush, the blows being delivered from the wrist and not from the shoulder [167] until it begins to show a fluffy appearance. It should then be peeled off and allowed to dry, after which it may be rolled or folded without danger of injury to the embossed inscription.

The stone should be tilted at about a 45° angle if possible, and the area with the inscription should be cleaned well, either by washing or carefully scraping off dirt and other debris, then thoroughly wet. A piece of special paper of the right size should be soaked in water for a minute or more. It should be carefully applied to the stone's surface to avoid air bubbles. You can help this along by gently smoothing it with your hand or the back of the brush. Once you’ve achieved good adhesion and removed all air bubbles (you can sometimes do this by pricking through the paper with a pin), you should tap the paper with the brush, using quick wrist movements instead of swings from the shoulder, until it starts to look fluffy. Then, peel it off and let it dry; after that, it can be rolled or folded without damaging the embossed inscription. [167]

Should the paper tear, another piece soaked as before may be placed on the top and beaten until it becomes incorporated with the first. If the letters are large and deep, or if the surface is much cracked, two or more sheets superimposed should be used. In the case of large inscriptions it is advisable to take impressions by sections, care being taken that each sheet slightly overlaps the preceding one to prevent the possible omission of some of the letters.

Should the paper tear, another piece soaked as before can be placed on top and pressed until it blends with the first. If the letters are large and deep, or if the surface is very cracked, two or more sheets stacked on top of each other should be used. For large inscriptions, it’s best to take impressions in sections, making sure that each sheet slightly overlaps the previous one to avoid missing any letters.

It is also useful to take at the same time a pen or pencil copy of the inscription, for a comparison of the copy and the squeeze will often prevent errors in deciphering. The squeezes can be very well deciphered by artificial light, while doubtful letters may sometimes become clear on holding up the sheet to the light. The reverse side of the squeeze, upon which the inscription stands in relief, may afford great assistance when read by the aid of a mirror. A photograph of the squeeze will often reveal more than a photograph of the inscription itself.

It’s also helpful to have a pen or pencil copy of the inscription at the same time, as comparing the copy with the squeeze can often help prevent mistakes when deciphering. The squeezes can be easily deciphered using artificial light, and uncertain letters may sometimes be clearer when you hold the sheet up to the light. The back side of the squeeze, where the inscription is raised, can be very useful when read with a mirror. A photograph of the squeeze often shows more detail than a photograph of the inscription itself.

The method is described by S. Reinach in his “Traité d’Épigraphie Grecque” (Introduction, p. XX. ), where he also refers to Hübner, “Ueber mechanische Copien von Inschriften,” 1871. [168]

The method is explained by S. Reinach in his “Traité d’Épigraphie Grecque” (Introduction, p. XX.), where he also mentions Hübner, “On Mechanical Copies of Inscriptions,” 1871. [168]

APPENDIX B.
ZAPON.

Further particulars may be given of the new preparation known as Zapon. This substance is now made on a large scale, and can be obtained from the British Xylonite Co., Brantham Works, Manningtree (Xylonite lacquer F. 6631). The following excerpt is from a short communication in “Prometheus” (XV. 1904, pp. 485 and 499), which deals with the preservation of wax seals and of glass.

Further details can be provided about the new product called Zapon. This substance is now manufactured on a large scale and is available from the British Xylonite Co., Brantham Works, Manningtree (Xylonite lacquer F. 6631). The following excerpt is from a brief article in “Prometheus” (XV. 1904, pp. 485 and 499), which discusses the preservation of wax seals and glass.

Zapon, the invention of Crane, of Shorthills, U.S.A., has been used for 20 years past for the protection of metals from oxidation and the action of sulphuretted hydrogen. Although the products of the various manufacturing firms differ in composition, zapon is essentially a solution of nitro-cellulose in various solvents. The nitrated cellulose, i.e. gun-cotton (pyroxyline), is generally, with the addition of camphor, dissolved in a mixture of amyl acetate (hence the peardrop-like smell) to which distillation products of petroleum, etc., are added. It comes into the market as a faintly yellow, slightly oily liquid. Its use as a preservative depends upon the fact that the evaporation of the solvent leaves behind it a fine transparent coating of gun-cotton (pyroxyline). Zapon for preservative purposes must have a neutral reaction, and must not under any circumstances redden litmus paper. Its use in this connection is due to Schill, who also recognised its suitability for other materials, as, for example, for plaster casts, the treatment of [169] which is eminently simple, for it consists in dipping small casts, or in painting larger ones with a soft brush. It is advisable to begin at the top and apply it from above downwards, using a clean dry cloth to wipe off any excess of the fluid which collects in the deeper parts of the cast. If zapon containing about 4% of gun-cotton is used, the coating left on drying is scarcely visible; with a 5% solution a certain degree of polish results. Casts treated with zapon are less easily damaged by dust than those untreated, and may be cleaned with soap and water without injury to their surface, provided that a soft brush is used, but brushes which are stiff enough to injure the zapon coating will damage the contours of the statue. It should only be used for objects kept under cover, for rain and wide variations of temperature will attack them almost as readily as untreated casts. It can be used with equal success for antiquities of stone, clay, baked or unbaked, or for plaster after the soluble salts have been thoroughly removed by steeping, for if this has not been done the salts will soon crystallize out and loosen the protective coating. For objects which are free from salts impregnation with zapon possesses the advantage that it renders them less liable to damage from handling or dust, whilst the appearance is scarcely altered, if at all. This applies also to antiquities of metal, for unless the injurious chlorine compounds are removed by simple steeping, or reduction and subsequent steeping, treatment with zapon is useless. To bronzes, which in spite of mechanical cleaning show a somewhat unpleasant grey non-metallic appearance, zapon often imparts a distinct metallic lustre. To enhance this lustre by a second vigorous application is not recommended, for this gives the impression of a varnish. To protect articles of silver from the blackening influence of sulphuretted hydrogen, zapon is very useful, but does not afford absolute protection unless it has been thickly applied. In collections of armour [170] much use may be found for this material. The objects are dipped and then placed in a drying oven at 105°F. [40°C.] to secure rapid drying and uniform distribution. The amyl acetate or other solvent is best conducted away, as it evaporates, into a flue or into the open, although the vapours can hardly be considered dangerous to health.

Zapon, created by Crane from Shorthills, U.S.A., has been used for the past 20 years to protect metals from rust and the effects of hydrogen sulfide. While the products from different manufacturers vary in composition, zapon is mainly a solution of nitrocellulose in various solvents. The nitrated cellulose, known as gun-cotton (pyroxyline), is typically dissolved with camphor in a mixture of amyl acetate (which is why it smells like pear drops) and other petroleum distillates. It is sold as a faintly yellow, slightly oily liquid. Its effectiveness as a preservative comes from the fact that when the solvent evaporates, it leaves behind a fine, transparent coating of gun-cotton (pyroxyline). For preservative purposes, zapon must have a neutral pH and should never turn litmus paper red. Its use for this purpose was attributed to Schill, who recognized its effectiveness for other materials, such as plaster casts. Treating plaster casts is quite simple: you either dip smaller casts or paint larger ones with a soft brush. It's best to start at the top and apply from above downwards, using a clean, dry cloth to wipe away any excess fluid that collects in the deeper parts of the cast. Using zapon with about 4% gun-cotton results in a barely noticeable coating when dry; a 5% solution gives a slight polish. Casts treated with zapon are more resistant to damage from dust than untreated ones, and they can be cleaned with soap and water without harming their surface, as long as a soft brush is used. However, stiff brushes that could damage the zapon coating will also harm the shape of the statue. Zapon should only be used on items kept indoors because rain and temperature fluctuations can affect them just as much as untreated casts. It works equally well on stone, clay, fired or unfired, and plaster after thorough removal of soluble salts through soaking, as failing to do this will cause salts to crystallize and loosen the protective coating. For items free from salts, zapon treatment reduces the risk of damage from handling or dust, and the appearance remains largely unchanged. This also applies to metal antiques, as treatment is ineffective unless harmful chlorine compounds are eliminated by soaking or reducing and soaking afterward. For bronzes that, despite mechanical cleaning, still exhibit a dull gray, non-metallic look, zapon can often restore a distinct metallic shine. However, applying a second vigorous coat to enhance this shine is not recommended, as it can look like varnish. Zapon is quite effective for protecting silver articles from tarnishing due to hydrogen sulfide, but it doesn't provide complete protection unless applied generously. In armor collections, this material can be very useful. Items are dipped in zapon and then placed in a drying oven at 105°F (40°C) to ensure rapid drying and even distribution. It's best to vent the amyl acetate or other solvent as it evaporates, either into a flue or outside, although the vapors are not considered harmful to health.

The following references will afford some information on the use of zapon in the preservation of Archives:

The following references will provide some information on the use of zapon in preserving archives:

E. Schill, “Anleitung zur Erhaltung und Ausbesserung von Handschriften durch Zapon-Imprägnierung,” Dresden, 1899.

E. Schill, “Guide to Preserving and Repairing Manuscripts through Zapon Impregnation,” Dresden, 1899.

O. Posse, “Handschriften Konservirung,” Dresden, 1899.

O. Posse, “Manuscript Conservation,” Dresden, 1899.

G. Sello, Das Zapon in der Archivpraxis (“Korrespondenzblatt des Gesamtvereins der deutschen Geschichts- und Alterthumsvereine,” L., 1902, p. 195).

G. Sello, Das Zapon in der Archivpraxis (“Korrespondenzblatt des Gesamtvereins der deutschen Geschichts- und Alterthumsvereine,” L., 1902, p. 195).

Schoengen, Over hat Zapon (“Nederl. Archivenblad,” 1902, 1903, Nos. 1 and 3).

Schoengen, Over has Zapon (“Nederl. Archivenblad,” 1902, 1903, Nos. 1 and 3).

J. Perl, Das Archiv-Zapon (“Korrespondenzblatt,” LII. , 1904, pp. 119 and 435).

J. Perl, The Archive-Zapon (“Correspondence Sheet,” LII., 1904, pp. 119 and 435).

G. Sello, Die bei der Zaponverwendung in der Archivpraxis gemachten Erfahrungen (“Korrespondenzblatt,” LII. , 1904, p. 439). [171]

G. Sello, The Experiences Gained from Using Zapon in Archival Practice (“Correspondence Sheet,” LII., 1904, p. 439). [171]

INDEX.

A B C D E F G H I J K L M
N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z
  • Acetic acid 150
  • Air-pump 68, 95, 129
  • Akermann 9
  • Alabaster 74
  • Alcohol 87, 93, 95, 132, 155, 161, 162
    • Jenner’s method 159
    • preservation of leather 153
    • removal of oil by 87
  • Algae 10, 60, 76, 85
  • Alum 154, 158
  • Amber 55, 162
  • Ammonia action upon bronze 18, 25, 31, 121 action upon silver 148, 150
  • Analyses
  • Appelgren on application of Krefting’s method 108, 115
  • Arche 27
  • Archives, preservation of, by zapon 170
  • Armour, iron, treatment of 105, 169
  • Assyrian tablets, treatment of 78, 81
  • Atacamite 21, 22, 26, 29
  • Azurite 17, 21, 36, 139
  • Bacteria, influence of, on iron 10
    • influence of, on bronze 28, 46
  • Barium chloride 77
  • Barium nitrate test 61, 77, 86
  • Barth 155
  • Bassett, analysis of bronze 25
  • Bees’-wax 90, 97, 102, 106, 153, 158
  • Bell-glass, use of 68, 95, 129, 152
  • Belmontyl oil 86
  • Benzene 91, 158, 160
  • Benzine 70, 86, 90, 95, 96, 106, 131, 161
  • Berthelot 28, 52
  • Bibra
    • on patina 20
    • on silver 52
  • Bille Gram 154
  • Bischoff 41
  • Blell 13, 91
  • Blell’s method (iron) 102
  • Bolle 161
  • Bones, influence of contact with 14
    • preservation of 55, 152
  • Book-bindings, treatment of 152
  • Brewster’s method (coins) 146
  • Bronze 15, 120
    • action of ammonia upon 18, 25, 31, 131
    • analyses of 23- 27
    • analyses after reduction 138
    • Fellenberg’s classification of 15
    • cleaning of 120
    • drying of 123, 131
    • impregnation of 122
    • incrustations, removal of 121
      • glue, treatment by 121, 125
      • hammers 120
      • heating 121
      • hydrochloric acid 121
      • inlaid metals upon 122
      • Springer’s method 121
    • lead in bronze 24, 130
    • preservation of, by exclusion of air 144
    • preservation of, by carbolic acid 120
    • reduction of 125
    • Finkener’s method 125
    • Krefting’s method 139
    • Krefting’s method (coins) 140
    • Villenoisy’s classification of 32
  • Brushes, wire 107, 115, 131, 141
    • “silver brushes” 151, 166
  • Bucholz, experiment 18
  • Bunsen 54 [172]
  • Calcium chloride 123, 146
  • Carbolic acid 120, 157
  • Carbonic acid, influence of, on iron 8, 9
    • influence of, on bronze 31
  • Carbon bisulphide 90, 160
  • Caries of bronzes 26
  • Casts (plaster), zapon for 169
  • Caustic soda 110, 115, 119, 139, 140, 161
  • Celluloid 150
  • Cement for pottery 87
    • for stone 88
  • Ceresole, treatment of lead 150
  • Chevreul 21
  • Chlamydothrix 10
  • Chlorine, destructive action of 12, 26, 41, 46, 100, 121
    • estimation of 76
  • Church, analysis of silver 50
  • Citric acid 148
  • Clay, baked 4,81
  • Clay tablets, treatment of 78
  • Clay vases, sodium sulphate in 6 treatment of 80
  • Coffey, analysis of Irish celts 26
  • Coins, treatment of 139
    • Brewster’s method 146
    • Krefting’s method 140
    • Roux’ method 147
    • treatment of, by melted lead 143
  • Collodion 71, 91, 161
  • Copaiba balsam 161
  • Copal varnish 90
  • Copper 15, 49, 120
  • “Copper crystals” of bronzes 18
  • Corrosive sublimate 152, 154, 160
  • Covelline 23
  • Crenothrix 10, 60
  • Crum Brown 7
  • Cuboni 27, 46, 48
  • Cuneiform tablets 6, 78
  • Cupric oxide 18, 22, 33, 37
  • Cuprite 18
  • Cuprous oxide 17, 21, 24, 28, 37, 41, 52
  • Cyanogen 129
  • Damp, influence of 29, 43, 47, 49
  • Daniell cells 126
  • Davy 17
  • Dechend’s apparatus 73
  • Dextrin 88
  • Dowris find, analysis of bronze from 26
  • Drude 147
  • Dunstan, on rusting 9
  • Dust extractor 131, 141
  • Dust, protection from 162
  • Earthenware
    • baked, impregnation of 78
    • baked, steeping of 74
    • unbaked, impregnation of 81
    • unbaked, treatment of 81
    • with colouring 79
  • “Edelrost” 14
  • Edel-patina 49, 120
  • Egypt, soil of 1
    • dry climate of 2, 56
    • Egyptian bronzes 130, 134, 138
    • absence of "edel-patina" in 42
    • high chlorine-content in 42
    • lead in 24, 33, 130
  • Egyptian coffins 160
  • Egyptian coloured objects 161
  • Egyptian textile fabrics 154
  • Egyptian ostraca 4, 57
    • efflorescences upon 4
    • treatment of 75
  • Ekhoff’s method (iron) 96
  • Electric current a cause of rust 9
  • Electric muffle furnace 84
  • Electrolysis 111, 126, 147, 148
  • Elster 23
  • Enamel 151
  • Ephesus, bronze from 25
  • Ether 74, 90, 133, 161
  • Fat 106, 107
  • Fayence 6, 86
  • [173] Feathers 154
  • Fellenberg 15
  • Finkener’s method (bronze) 125
  • Fire-clay 84, 88
  • Fire-clay dust cement 88
  • Fish-glue 86, 88
  • Flinders Petrie 1, 71, 87, 119
    • on impregnation of earthenware 81
    • on reduction of silver 148
  • Fluates 71
  • Forge scale 8, 14, 104
  • Formalin 60, 152
  • Friedel 46
  • Gallionella 10
  • Gelatine 162
  • Glass, changes in 54, 151
  • Glue 87, 88, 120, 151
  • Glycerine 157, 159, 162
  • Gold, changes in 53
    • treatment of 150
    • existence of, in silver objects 50
    • ferric oxide upon 53, 151
  • Granite 87
  • Gum arabic 88
  • Gum dammar 70, 95, 101, 149, 151, 161
  • Gypsum 74, 81
  • Haidinger, on patina 21
  • Hair 55, 153
  • Hammers 120
  • Hartwich’s method (iron) 117
  • Hassack, on patina 27
  • Heat-recorders 84
  • Herbst’s method (wood) 158
  • Hierli, on textile fabrics 153
  • Hildesheim silver-find 49, 51
  • Horn, changes in 55
    • treatment of 151
  • Horn-silver 49, 51
  • Hünefeld 17
  • Hydrated ferric oxide 60
  • Hydrated tin oxide 130, 138, 139
  • Hydrocyanic acid 126
  • Hydrochloric acid 78, 84, 85, 87, 111, 116, 121, 126, 129, 149, 150
  • Hydrogen, reduction of bronzes in (Finkener’s method) 22, 125
  • Hydrogen, reduction of iron in (Hartwich’s method) 117
  • Impregnation media
    • bronze and iron 90
    • limestone 70
  • Incrustations, bronzes 37, 120, 128
    • earthenware 78
    • limestone 74
    • silver 149
  • India-rubber solution 90, 153
  • Ink upon ostraca 75
  • Inlaid metals 100, 136
  • Inscriptions, "squeezes" of 166
  • Insects, attacks of 154, 160, 161
  • Iridescence of glass 54
  • Iron 7, 89
    • absence of antiquities of iron in Egypt 14
    • acid bath for 103
    • alcohol, steeping in 93, 95
    • bone-ash, influence of 14
    • chain-mail 105
    • ferric chloride 12, 93
    • ferric hydroxide 7, 93
    • ferric oxide 14
    • ferric oxide on gold 53, 151
    • ferroso-ferric oxide 8, 14, 101
    • ferrous chloride 13, 92
    • ferrous oxide 14
    • ferrous phosphate 14
    • ferrous sulphide 60
    • heating of iron 92, 99, 106
    • impregnation of iron 93
    • impregnation media for iron 90
    • inlaid work upon iron 100
    • linseed-oil for iron 91
    • medieval iron objects 85
    • methods of treatment:
      • Blell’s method 102
      • Ekhoff’s method 96
      • Hartwich’s method 99, 117
      • Jacobi’s method 99
      • Krause’s method 92
      • Krefting’s method 108
      • Steffensen’s method 102
      • Straberger’s method 97
    • “Passivity” of iron 119
    • [174]
    • Reduction by heat 99
    • Reduction by potassium cyanide 118
    • Reduction by potassium sulphocyanide 119
    • Rusting, see "rust"
  • Irvine 8
  • Isinglass 90, 98, 100, 151, 156, 162
  • Ivory 55, 151
  • Jackson 10
  • Jacobi 14
  • Jacobi’s method (iron) 99
  • Jenner’s method (wood) 159
  • Karabacek 1
  • Kessler’s fluate 71, 72, 74
  • Kisa 143
  • Klebs, on amber 162
  • Krause’s method (inlaid iron) 101
  • Krefting, analysis of rust 12
    • experiments of 10, 45
    • method for bronze 139, 140
    • method for iron 101, 108, 118
    • method for lead 150
    • theory of rust 8
  • Kröhnke 9, 48
  • Lanoline 152
  • Lead, changes in 31, 53
    • treatment of 149
    • treatment of coins with 143
  • Lead carbonate 53, 150
  • Lead oxide 33, 90
  • Lead stannate 31
  • Leaden objects, Ceresole on 150
  • Leather 152
    • preservation of, at Salzburg 56
  • Lechat 30
  • Lecythoi, treatment of 80
  • Leiner’s method (wood) 157
  • Lemery 10
  • Lepsius 67
  • Light, influence of 10, 60, 162
  • Lime, incrustations of 74
  • Limestone 57
    • action of salts upon 2
    • changes in 2
    • drying of 67
    • dust, removal of 58
    • impregnation of 51, 68
    • impregnation media for 70
    • steeping 58, 66
      • disadvantages of 67
      • test of progress of 62
  • Linseed oil 71, 90, 91, 97, 99
  • Linseed varnish 90, 91, 93, 99
  • Magnesium sulphate 5
  • Malachite 17, 18, 21, 36, 139
  • Marble 72, 74
  • Medieval iron objects 119
  • Mêdûm, analysis of bronze from 26
  • “Métaux malades” 29
  • Meten chamber
    • description of 2
    • limestone blocks from 56, 67
      • impregnation of 73
      • steeping of 59, 64
      • table of results of steeping 65
  • Milbauer 119
  • Mitzopulos, on patina 24
    • on silver 51
  • Mond, on patina 27, 46, 48
  • Moody, on rusting of iron 9
  • Moulds, attacks of 72, 157
  • Muffle furnace 84
  • Mycene, copper alloys from 24
    • silver from 51
  • Naphthalene 154, 161
  • Natterer, analysis of Ephesian statuette 25
  • Neufeld 10
  • Nickel wire for labels 163
  • Nile mud, objects of 87
  • Nitric acid, action upon iron 119
  • Oak, objects of 159
  • Oil colours, removal of 87
  • Oleate of lead 90
  • Olive oil 90, 151
  • Olshausen vii, 11, 48, 55
  • Organic substances
    • changes in 54
    • influence of, on patina 31
    • [175]
    • treatment of 151
  • Ostraca, see Egypt
  • Oxygen, influence of 54
  • Paint, removal of 87, 161
  • Papyrus 154
    • crystals from 155
    • treatment of 155
    • zapon useful for 156
  • Paraffin wax 71, 85, 91, 95, 97, 115, 118, 125, 132, 141, 149, 157
  • Patina
    • composition of 16
    • heat, action of upon 28, 122
    • varieties of
  • Peat, influence of
    • bronzes 15, 33
    • iron 13
    • organic substances 55
    • hair 154
  • Pepper (for feathers) 154
  • Petroleum 93, 96, 97, 157
  • Petroleum ether 71
  • Phosphoric acid 14
  • Picht 17
  • Pile-dwellings
    • antiquities from 53, 156
    • horn and wool 55
    • textile fabrics 153
  • Plaster of Paris 88, 156
  • Pole paper 127
  • Poppy-seed oil mixture 70, 86, 151, 162
  • Potassium
  • Priwoznik, on patina 23
  • Quicklime 96, 115
  • Reduction
  • Rein, on Japanese bronze 36
  • Reinach, on inscriptions 167
  • Resin 91, 158, 162
  • Resin, removal of 74, 161
  • Reuss, on patina 17
  • Rhousopulos
    • treatment of bronze 111
    • treatment of earthenware 80
    • treatment of iron 111
    • treatment of marble and limestone 72
  • Rice water 71, 72
  • Rogna, variety of patina 26
  • Roux, method of cleaning coins 147
  • Rubber solution 90, 153
  • Rust
    • bacteria, a cause of 10
    • “edel-rost” 14, 111, 118
    • removal by acid 103
    • removal by sodium sulphide 119
    • theories of causation 7
  • Salt crystals, analysis of 155
  • Salzer 93, 95
  • Sandstone, treatment of 87
  • Schertel 51
  • Schill 168
  • Schliemann 26
  • Schuler, analysis of patina 24, 48
  • Schulz, analysis of bronze 138
  • Seger cones 82
  • Setlik 110
  • Shellac 70, 86, 88, 90, 147, 162
  • Silver, analysis of 50, 51
    • changes in 49, 149
    • electrolytic treatment of 148
    • preservation of 148
  • “Silver brushes” 151, 166
  • Silver chloride 49, 51, 52, 148
  • Silver nitrate solution 61, 76, 78, 93, 130
  • Silver subchloride 49, 51
  • [176] Silver sulphide 50, 149, 168
  • Simon 8
  • Size 71, 72, 86, 90, 156
  • Soda 87, 93, 97, 98, 102, 106, 115
  • Sodium chloride 1, 4, 5, 10, 47, 56, 61, 85, 93, 148
  • Sodium nitrate 6
  • Sodium sulphide 119
  • Speerschneider’s method 91, 158
  • Spennrath 8
  • Spray apparatus 73
  • Springer’s method 120
  • Squeezes of inscriptions 166
  • Stapff 8
  • Stavenhagen 46
  • Stearine 71, 92
  • Stearine glaze 152
  • Steel wire brushes 107
  • Steeping
    • baked clay 85
    • bronze 130
    • earthenware 74
    • iron 92
    • limestone 59
  • Steffensen’s method (iron) 102
    • textile fabrics 153
    • wood 159
  • Stolba 21
  • Stone cement 88
  • Straberger 162
  • Straberger’s method (iron) 97
  • Stucco 87
  • Sulphates, test for 61, 77, 86
  • Sulphur, influence of 31
  • Sulphuretted hydrogen 24, 31, 61, 169
  • Sulphuric acid 13, 102, 107, 116, 123
  • Sunlight, see Light
  • Süpke 146
  • Syndeticon 87
  • Tannic acid, influence of 13
  • Tapioca water 71, 72
  • Terra-cotta 74
  • Terreil 23
  • Test for progress of steeping 61
  • Textile fabrics 153
  • Tin, changes in 31, 53
    • treatment of 149
  • Tin oxide 22, 37, 41, 53
  • Tin, proportion of, in patina 26, 48
  • Titration 5, 61
    • test in connection with 61
  • Tolomei 8
  • Train oil 152
  • Turpentine 70, 90, 153, 161
  • Unbaked clay 81
  • Varnish-benzine mixture 71, 74, 75, 78, 81, 85, 87
  • Vaseline 90
  • Verdigris 16
  • Villenoisy, on patina 30
    • classification of 32
  • Vivianite 14
  • Volney 1
  • Voss v, 163
  • Wagner 10
  • “Wall-saltpetre” 7
  • Warrington 51
  • Water-bath 94
  • Waterglass 71, 72, 88, 90, 157
  • Watkin’s heat-recorder 84
  • White of egg solution 86, 153
  • Wibel 16, 17
  • Wire for labels 163
  • Wood, treatment of
    • Herbst’s method 158
    • Jenner’s method 159
    • Leiner’s method 157
    • Speerschneider’s method 158
    • coloured wood 161
    • large objects, varnish for 157
  • Wood-worms 160
  • Wool, changes in 55
    • preservation of 153
  • Yarn 160
  • Yorkshire, analysis of bronze from 26
  • Zapon 71, 81, 118, 132, 149, 150, 156, 168
  • Zinc 31, 110, 116, 138, 139, 140, 150
  • Zinc oxide 31, 111, 141
  • Zylonite lacquer, see Zapon

CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

FOOTNOTES:

FOOTNOTES:

[1] “Lexikon d. gesamten Technik,” Vol. I. p. 257. O. Lueger.

[1] “Lexicon of All Technology,” Vol. I. p. 257. O. Lueger.

[2] “Merkbuch.” The excavation and preservation of Antiquities, 2nd edition, Berlin, 1894.

[2] “Merkbuch.” The excavation and preservation of artifacts, 2nd edition, Berlin, 1894.

[3] “Mittheilungen aus der Sammlung der Papyrus Erzherzog Rainer.” Vol. I. p. 118. See also Flinders Petrie, Archaeological Journal, Vol. XLV. 1888, p. 88.

[3] “Communications from the Collection of Papyrus Archduke Rainer.” Vol. I. p. 118. See also Flinders Petrie, Archaeological Journal, Vol. XLV. 1888, p. 88.

[4] Aeg. 105. [This and similar notes have reference to the catalogue of the Egyptian (Aeg.) or Antiquarian (Ant.) sections of the Berlin Royal Museums.] The limestone blocks were brought from the Mastaba of Meten, at Abusir near Memphis, explored by Lepsius in 1846. Meten was one of the chief officials under King Snefru, B.C. 2800. The inscriptions relate to his possessions and official career, while the pictorial representations depict hunting scenes and the offering of the gifts for the dead. The statue of Meten was found in the grave and is now in the Egyptian department (No. 1106) of the Royal Museum. Comp. “Ausführliches Verzeichniss der aegyptischen Alterthümer,” Berlin, 1899.

[4] Aeg. 105. [This and similar notes refer to the catalog of the Egyptian (Aeg.) or Antiquarian (Ant.) sections of the Berlin Royal Museums.] The limestone blocks were taken from the Mastaba of Meten, located in Abusir near Memphis, which was explored by Lepsius in 1846. Meten was a top official under King Snefru, B.C. 2800. The inscriptions detail his possessions and career, while the pictorial representations show hunting scenes and the presentation of gifts for the deceased. The statue of Meten was discovered in the tomb and is currently housed in the Egyptian department (No. 1106) of the Royal Museum. Comp. “Ausführliches Verzeichniss der aegyptischen Alterthümer,” Berlin, 1899.

[5] Aeg. P. 4730

[5] Aeg. P. 4730

[6] Aeg. V. A. 2846.

[6] Aeg. V. A. 2846.

[7] Aeg. P. 4739.

[7] Aeg. P. 4739.

[8] It may be here mentioned that, as is well known to chemists, the efflorescences which often go by the name of “wall-saltpetre,” in most cases do not contain any saltpetre, but consist of sodium sulphate.

[8] It might be worth noting that, as most chemists know, the white deposits often called “wall-saltpetre” usually don’t actually contain any saltpetre; they are primarily made up of sodium sulfate.

[9] Crum Brown, “Chem. Centralblatt,” 1890, I. p. 212; E. Simon, “Ueber Rostbildung u. Eisenanstriche,” p. 4.

[9] Crum Brown, “Chem. Centralblatt,” 1890, I. p. 212; E. Simon, “On Rust Formation and Iron Coatings,” p. 4.

[10] J. Spennrath, “Verhandlungen d. Vereins zur Beförd. d. Gewerbefleisses,” 1895, p. 245.

[10] J. Spennrath, “Proceedings of the Association for the Promotion of Trade Skills,” 1895, p. 245.

[11] “Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger” for 1892, No. 16, p. 8.

[11] “Transactions of the Christiania Scientific Society” for 1892, No. 16, p. 8.

[12] “Chemische Zeitung. Repetitorium,” 1895, p. 289.

[12] “Chemical Journal. Review,” 1895, p. 289.

[13] “Chem. Centralblatt,” 1895, I. p. 441.

[13] “Chem. Centralblatt,” 1895, I. p. 441.

[14] Id., 1891, I. p. 860.

[14] Id., 1891, I. p. 860.

[15] “Berg- und Hüttenmännische Zeitung,” 1882, p. 469.

[15] “Mountain and Mining Journal,” 1882, p. 469.

[16] [It may not be out of place here to give the main conclusions, drawn from a long series of experiments by Prof. W. R. Dunstan (“Proc. Chem. Soc.,” XIX. 150, 1903).

[16] [It might be helpful to summarize the key findings from a lengthy series of experiments conducted by Prof. W. R. Dunstan (“Proc. Chem. Soc.,” XIX. 150, 1903).

(a) Pure iron is not oxidised in the presence of gases and water-vapour only, but for the appearance of rust the presence of water in the liquid state is necessary.

(a) Pure iron doesn’t rust when exposed to gases and water vapor alone; however, for rust to form, liquid water must be present.

(b) The reagents which prevent the rusting of iron are those in the presence of which hydrogen peroxide is decomposed, and which are consequently inimical to its formation: among such reagents the following are given—sodium chloride, sodium sulphate, ferrous sulphate and potassium nitrate.

(b) The substances that stop iron from rusting are those that break down hydrogen peroxide, thereby making it difficult for rust to form. Some examples of these substances are sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, ferrous sulfate, and potassium nitrate.

(c) The action of H2O2 on metallic iron leads to the production of red basic ferric hydroxide, which is identical with ordinary rust. The composition of rust may therefore be represented by the formula Fe2O2(OH)2, the reaction being represented by the equations:

(c) When H2O2 interacts with metallic iron, it creates red basic ferric hydroxide, which is the same as regular rust. The chemical makeup of rust can therefore be shown by the formula Fe2O2(OH)2, with the reaction illustrated by the equations:

Fe + O2 + H2O = FeO + H2O2.
2FeO + H2O2 = Fe2O2(OH)2.

Fe + O2 + H2O = FeO + H2O2.
2FeO + H2O2 = Fe2O2(OH)2.

These views are however combated by Moody (“Proc. Chem. Soc.,” XIX. 157 and 239) who concludes that aerial rusting must be regarded as a change involving the interaction of iron and carbonic acid and the subsequent formation of rust by oxidation of the ferrous salt.

These views are, however, challenged by Moody (“Proc. Chem. Soc.,” XIX. 157 and 239), who concludes that rusting in the air should be seen as a process involving the interaction of iron and carbonic acid, leading to the formation of rust through the oxidation of ferrous salt.

He also states that those salts which do not combine with and which are not decomposed by CO2 have no retarding influence on the formation of rust, e.g. sodium chloride, sodium sulphate, etc.

He also states that those salts that don’t react with and aren’t broken down by CO2 don’t hinder the formation of rust, like sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, etc.

On the other hand substances which absorb and combine with carbonic oxide (e.g. sodium carbonate or hydroxide, ammonium carbonate, calcium hydroxide), or which are decomposed by carbonic acid (potassium and sodium nitrites), inhibit rusting, which may therefore be regarded as a change involving the interaction of iron and acid and the subsequent formation of rust by the oxidation of the ferrous salt.

On the other hand, substances that absorb and react with carbonic oxide (like sodium carbonate or hydroxide, ammonium carbonate, or calcium hydroxide), or that are broken down by carbonic acid (such as potassium and sodium nitrites), prevent rusting. This means rusting can be seen as a process that involves the interaction of iron and acid, leading to the formation of rust through the oxidation of ferrous salt.

O. Kröhnke (“Wochensch. Brauerei,” XVII. 233) gives the following equations:

O. Kröhnke (“Weekly Brewery,” XVII. 233) provides these equations:

Fe + 2CO2 + H2O = Fe(HCO3)2 + H2.
2Fe(HCO3)2 + O + H2O = 2Fe(OH)2 + 4CO2.

Fe + 2CO2 + H2O = Fe(HCO3)2 + H2.
2Fe(HCO3)2 + O + H2O = 2Fe(OH)2 + 4CO2.

Comp. also Dammer, “Handbuch der anorg. Chem.,” Vols. III. and IV. (supplement).

Comp. also Dammer, “Handbook of Inorganic Chemistry,” Vols. III. and IV. (supplement).

Considerable attention has also been directed to the influence of bacteria upon iron. Thus the growth of Crenothrix may cause much trouble in waterworks, vide “Centralblatt für Bakterien und Parasitenkunde,” II. 12, 681. A variety, Chlamydothrix (Gallionella) ferruginea (Mig.) appears to play an important part in the formation of rust (comp. Zopf, “Crenothrix polyspora die Ursache der Berliner Wasser-Calamität,” Berlin, 1879. De Vries, “Unter. der Crenothrix Commission,” Rotterdam, 1887 and 1890).

A lot of attention has also been given to how bacteria affect iron. For instance, the growth of Crenothrix can cause significant issues in water supply systems, see “Centralblatt für Bakterien und Parasitenkunde,” II. 12, 681. A variety, Chlamydothrix (Gallionella) ferruginea (Mig.), seems to play a crucial role in rust formation (compare Zopf, “Crenothrix polyspora die Ursache der Berliner Wasser-Calamität,” Berlin, 1879. De Vries, “Unter. der Crenothrix Commission,” Rotterdam, 1887 and 1890).

Neufeld (“Chem. Centralblatt,” 1904, I. 1621—abstracted from “Zeitschrift für Untersuchung der Nährungs- und Genussmittel,” VII. 478) gives particulars of three varieties: Crenothrix polyspora, which separates iron; Cr. ochracea, which separates aluminium and some iron; and Cr. manganifera, which separates manganese.

Neufeld (“Chem. Centralblatt,” 1904, I. 1621—summarized from “Zeitschrift für Untersuchung der Nährungs- und Genussmittel,” VII. 478) provides details about three types: Crenothrix polyspora, which removes iron; Cr. ochracea, which removes aluminum and some iron; and Cr. manganifera, which removes manganese.

Jackson (“Journal of Society of Chemical Industry,” 1902, p. 681) gives micro-photographs of these varieties. Microscopically the masses of Crenothrix are seen enclosed in a gelatinous sheath, in which is imbedded the precipitated metallic hydrate. It is anaërobic and its action is favoured by absence of light. In the absence of dissolved oxygen, the bacillus appears to take its iron from the pipes. Cr. polyspora is found however (“Zeitschrift für analytische Chemie,” XLII. 590) to separate the iron not from the ferrous carbonate (FeCO3) but from iron organically combined. See also Winogradsky, Ueber Eisenbakterien, “Bot. Zeit.,” 1888, and “Chem. Centralbl.” 1904, II. 1332. Transl.]

Jackson (“Journal of Society of Chemical Industry,” 1902, p. 681) provides micro-photographs of these varieties. Microscopic examination shows that the masses of Crenothrix are enclosed in a gelatinous sheath, which contains the precipitated metallic hydrate. It thrives in anaerobic conditions and is more active in the absence of light. Without dissolved oxygen, the bacillus appears to extract its iron from the pipes. However, Cr. polyspora (“Zeitschrift für analytische Chemie,” XLII. 590) separates the iron not from ferrous carbonate (FeCO3) but from organically combined iron. See also Winogradsky, Ueber Eisenbakterien, “Bot. Zeit.,” 1888, and “Chem. Centralbl.” 1904, II. 1332. Transl.]

[17] Wagner in Dingler’s “Polyt. Journal,” CCXVIII. p. 70. Axel Krefting in the above-quoted “Forhandlinger,” p. 4.

[17] Wagner in Dingler’s “Polyt. Journal,” CCXVIII. p. 70. Axel Krefting in the previously mentioned “Forhandlinger,” p. 4.

[18] Olshausen often noticed on freshly excavated antiquities of various kinds a peculiar smell of resin or gum, especially after treatment with hydrochloric acid (“Verhandl. d. Berl. anthropol. Ges.,” 1884, p. 520). It may be supposed that this odour is due to the traces of hydrocarbons present.

[18] Olshausen often noticed a unique smell of resin or gum on freshly excavated artifacts of different types, especially after they had been treated with hydrochloric acid (“Verhandl. d. Berl. anthropol. Ges.,” 1884, p. 520). It’s likely that this odor comes from the traces of hydrocarbons that are present.

[19] Termed by E. Friedel “Dunstperlen.” “Eintheilungsplan d. Märk. Prov.-Museums,” p. 9.

[19] Called by E. Friedel “Dunstperlen.” “Eintheilungsplan d. Märk. Prov.-Museums,” p. 9.

[20] “Om Konserviring af Jordfundne Jernsager,” in “Aarsberetning fra Foreningen till norske Fortidsmindesmaerkers Bevaring,” 1892, p. 52.

[20] “On the Conservation of Iron Objects Found in the Ground,” in “Annual Report from the Association for the Preservation of Norwegian Historical Monuments,” 1892, p. 52.

[21] Krause, “Verhandl. d. Berl. anthropol. Ges.,” 1882, p. 533.

[21] Krause, “Proceedings of the Berlin Anthropological Society,” 1882, p. 533.

[22] Private communication.

[22] Private chat.

[23] “Sitzungsberichte der Alterthumsgesellschaft Prussia,” 1881-2, p. 9.

[23] “Session Reports of the Antiquities Society of Prussia,” 1881-2, p. 9.

[24] Merkbuch, Alterthümer aufzugraben und aufzubewahren, 2nd edition, p. 71.

[24] Note Book, digging up and preserving antiques, 2nd edition, p. 71.

[25] [This fact was noticed by Sir Thomas Browne, 1658, cp. “Hydriotaphia,” cap. iii. Transl.]

[25] [Sir Thomas Browne pointed this out in 1658, see “Hydriotaphia,” chapter iii. Translation.]

[26] In this work the Patina on antiquities only is considered; with that on modern bronzes we are not concerned.

[26] In this work, we only consider the patina on ancient artifacts; we are not concerned with that on modern bronzes.

[27] “Mittheilungen d. naturforsch. Gesell. in Bern,” 1865, p. 12.

[27] “Communications from the natural science society in Bern,” 1865, p. 12.

[28] “Mitth. d. naturforsch. Gesellschaft in Bern,” 1860, p. 69.

[28] “Mitth. d. naturforsch. Gesellschaft in Bern,” 1860, p. 69.

[29] “Jahrbuch für Mineralogie,” 1860, p. 813.

[29] “Yearbook for Mineralogy,” 1860, p. 813.

[30] Malachite, CuCO3, Cu(OH)2.

[30] Malachite, CuCO3, Cu(OH)2.

[31] Azurite, 2CuCO3, Cu(OH)2.

[31] Azurite, 2CuCO3, Cu(OH)2.

[32] “Jahrbuch für Mineralogie,” 1865, p. 400.

[32] “Yearbook for Mineralogy,” 1865, p. 400.

[33] The extract which here follows is in part verbatim.

[33] The following extract is mostly word-for-word.

[34] “Annalen der Chemie u. Pharmacie,” 1853, Vol. LXXXV. p. 253.

[34] “Annals of Chemistry and Pharmacy,” 1853, Vol. 85. p. 253.

[35] Von Bibra, “Die Bronzen und Kupferlegirungen,” p. 206 et seq.

[35] Von Bibra, “The Bronzes and Copper Alloys,” p. 206 and following

[36] See the very full quotation from Wibel’s work given above.

[36] Check out the complete quote from Wibel’s work mentioned above.

[37] I have not been able to find anything on this point in the literature of the subject.

[37] I haven't been able to find anything about this point in the relevant literature.

[38] Atacamite, CuCl2, 3Cu(OH)2.

[38] Atacamite, CuCl2, 3Cu(OH)2.

[39] Cf. “Comptes rendus,” 1856, XLIII. p. 735.

[39] See “Comptes rendus,” 1856, XLIII. p. 735.

[40] “Journal f. praktische Chemie,” XCIV. 1865, p. 314.

[40] “Journal of Practical Chemistry,” XCIV. 1865, p. 314.

[41] “Verhandl. d. Ver. z. Beförd. d. Gewerbf.,” 1869, p. 182.

[41] “Proceedings of the Association for the Promotion of Trades,” 1869, p. 182.

[42] Dingler, “Polyt. Journal,” 1878, Vol. CCIV. p. 483.

[42] Dingler, “Polyt. Journal,” 1878, Vol. 204. p. 483.

[43] “Berg- u. Hüttenmännische Zeitung,” Vol. XXXVII. 1878, p. 329.

[43] “Mining and Metallurgical Journal,” Vol. XXXVII. 1878, p. 329.

[44] Dingler, “Polyt. Journal,” 1879, Vol. CCXXXII. p. 333.

[44] Dingler, “Polyt. Journal,” 1879, Vol. 232. p. 333.

[45] [Several other analyses of bronzes from various sources have been recently published. Thus Natterer (“Monatshefte für Chemie,” XXI. 256, 1900; also “Chem. Centralblatt,” 1900, I. 1262) examined a corroded bronze statuette from Ephesus. The bronze contained:—Tin 6·09%, lead 4·87%, and copper 89·64%, with traces of zinc.

[45] [Several recent studies on bronzes from different sources have been published. For example, Natterer (“Monatshefte für Chemie,” XXI. 256, 1900; also “Chem. Centralblatt,” 1900, I. 1262) analyzed a corroded bronze statuette from Ephesus. The bronze composition was: Tin 6.09%, lead 4.87%, and copper 89.64%, with traces of zinc.]

Bassett (“Proc. Chem. Soc.,” 1903, XIX. 95) gives an analysis of the base of an Egyptian statuette, found in the Nile Delta, probably dating from 200-100 B.C. The base was hollow but filled with lead, and was covered with a thick green coating, which in parts entirely replaced the original metal.

Bassett (“Proc. Chem. Soc.,” 1903, XIX. 95) provides an analysis of the base of an Egyptian statuette discovered in the Nile Delta, likely dating from 200-100 BCE The base was hollow but filled with lead, and it was covered with a thick green coating that in some areas completely replaced the original metal.

Table I.

Table I.

Cu 50·65%
Pb 6·74%
Sn 2·94%
Fe 0·15%
Ni, Mn, etc. 0·11%
Cl 15·71%
SiO2 (as sand) 1·14%
H2O 11·07%
(NH4) 0·11%
  88·62%

Table II.

Table II.

CuCl2 29·34%
CuO 46·10%
H2O 11·07%
SnO2 3·73%
PbO 7·26%
Fe2O3 0·22%
NiO, etc. 0·14%
SiO2 1·14%
(NH4)Cl 0·32%
  99·32%

In the second column the chlorine has been calculated as copper chloride, the remaining copper and other metals as oxides.

In the second column, the chlorine has been calculated as copper chloride, and the remaining copper and other metals as oxides.

Traces of calcium were also found, but the amount of sodium was so small that it could only be detected by the flame test. If all the copper had been present as basic chloride (atacamite CuCl2, 3CuO, 3H2O), this would require 26·84% CuCl2, 47·57% CuO, and 10·78% H2O. It would therefore appear that the substance produced by corrosion is less basic than atacamite, and that ammonium chloride may have played a more important part than sodium chloride in the formation of copper chloride, for in this case the sodium was only found in amount too small for estimation.

Traces of calcium were also found, but the amount of sodium was so minimal that it could only be detected using the flame test. If all the copper had been present as basic chloride (atacamite CuCl2, 3CuO, 3H2O), this would require 26.84% CuCl2, 47.57% CuO, and 10.78% H2O. It seems that the substance produced by corrosion is less basic than atacamite, and that ammonium chloride may have played a more significant role than sodium chloride in the formation of copper chloride, since in this case, the sodium was only found in amounts too small for estimation.

An analysis of the earliest piece of bronze known, i.e. that from Mêdûm, Egypt (3700 B.C.), gives 8·4% of tin (inner core 9·1%) to 89·8 of copper with a small quantity of arsenic.

An analysis of the earliest known piece of bronze, from Mêdûm, Egypt (3700 BCE), shows 8.4% tin (inner core 9.1%) and 89.8% copper, along with a small amount of arsenic.

An analysis of a celt from the Dowris find (King’s County, Ireland, 1825) gave copper, 85·23; tin 13·11; lead 1·14, with traces of sulphur and carbon. The waste material from the same place yielded 89% copper, 11% tin, with traces only of lead, iron and silver.

An analysis of a celt from the Dowris find (King’s County, Ireland, 1825) showed copper at 85.23%, tin at 13.11%, lead at 1.14%, along with traces of sulfur and carbon. The waste material from the same site showed 89% copper, 11% tin, with only traces of lead, iron, and silver.

On the other hand an early bronze celt (Butterwick, E.R., Yorks.) showed a smaller quantity of tin—10·74%, compared with 87·97% of copper. (Guide to Bronze Age Antiquities, British Museum.)

On the other hand, an early bronze celt (Butterwick, E.R., Yorks.) showed a smaller quantity of tin—10.74%, compared to 87.97% copper. (Guide to Bronze Age Antiquities, British Museum.)

Mr George Coffey has also published (“Brit. Assoc. Reports,” 1899, p. 873) a tabulated series of analyses of Irish celts which proved to be composed of practically pure copper. Transl.]

Mr. George Coffey also published (“Brit. Assoc. Reports,” 1899, p. 873) a table of analyses of Irish celts that turned out to be made of almost pure copper. Transl.

[46] Schliemann, “Ilios,” pp. 527 and 571.

[46] Schliemann, “Ilios,” pp. 527 and 571.

[47] “Verhandl. d. Berl. anthropol. Ges.,” 1882, p. 537.

[47] “Proceedings of the Berlin Anthropological Society,” 1882, p. 537.

[48] Dingler, “Polyt. Journal,” 1884, Vol. CCLIII. p. 514.

[48] Dingler, “Polyt. Journal,” 1884, Vol. CCLIII. p. 514.

[49] It should be observed that the change in the proportions according to Schuler (see page 24) is only true of the analysis, Column III. In Columns I and II the amount of metallic copper of the patina is indeed smaller, but so is also that of lead and especially of tin. But this may be due to a faulty method in the determination of tin noticed by Olshausen (v. “Verhandl. d. Berl. anthropol. Ges.,” 1897, p. 349). The different proportion of the copper compounds in the patina should also be noted, Schuler giving carbonate and hydrate in the proportion 1:1, Arche and Hassack once as 1:2, and again as the result of two analyses as 1:3.

[49] It's important to note that the changes in proportions according to Schuler (see page 24) apply only to the analysis in Column III. In Columns I and II, the amount of metallic copper in the patina is indeed lower, but so are the amounts of lead and especially tin. However, this may be due to an inaccurate method for determining tin noted by Olshausen (v. “Verhandl. d. Berl. anthropol. Ges.,” 1897, p. 349). The different proportions of copper compounds in the patina are also worth mentioning, with Schuler citing carbonate and hydrate in a 1:1 ratio, Arche and Hassack reporting it once as 1:2, and then from two analyses as 1:3.

[50] “Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei,” 1893, p. 498.

[50] “Proceedings of the Royal Academy of Lincei,” 1893, p. 498.

[51] “Étude sur les métaux découverts dans les fouilles de Dahchour” in “Fouilles à Dahchour.” March-June, 1894, p. 131 et seq. J. de Morgan. See also “Comptes rendus,” 1894, I. 118, p. 768.

[51] “Study on the metals found in the excavations at Dahchour” in “Excavations at Dahchour.” March-June, 1894, p. 131 and following. J. de Morgan. See also “Reports,” 1894, I. 118, p. 768.

[52] “Revue archéologique,” v. 28, 1896, pp. 67 and 202. In the publication for the second half of the same year Lechat maintains the assertion (comp. Elster, p. 23) that in many cases the antique patina is due to the artist.

[52] “Revue archéologique,” v. 28, 1896, pp. 67 and 202. In the publication for the second half of that year, Lechat insists (see Elster, p. 23) that in many cases, the antique patina is a result of the artist's work.

[53] Ant. Misc. 7382.

[53] Ant. Misc. 7382.

[54] J. J. Rein, “Japan,” Vol. II. p. 528.

[54] J. J. Rein, “Japan,” Vol. II. p. 528.

[55] Ant. Misc. 8579.

[55] Ant. Misc. 8579.

[56] According to Graham-Otto, “Lehrbuch der Chemie,” Vol. III. p. 849, cuprous oxide is decomposed by dilute acids which contain oxygen; the cupric oxide is dissolved and metallic copper remains.

[56] According to Graham-Otto, “Textbook of Chemistry,” Vol. III. p. 849, cuprous oxide breaks down when exposed to dilute acids that have oxygen; cupric oxide dissolves and metallic copper is left behind.

[57] Buto, Aeg. 11867.

[57] Buto, Aeg. 11867.

[58] Ant. Fr. 29.

[58] Ant. Fr. 29.

[59] [The extraordinary deformation produced by this type of patina may be judged from the fact that the features in this instance were so obscured that the nature of the specimen was not recognised and it had accordingly been mounted upside down. Transl.]

[59] [The unusual distortion caused by this type of patina can be seen from the fact that the details in this case were so obscured that the true nature of the specimen wasn't recognized and it had been mounted upside down as a result. Transl.]

[60] Ant. Fr. 53.

[60] Ant. Fr. 53.

[61] Ant. Fr. 53.

[61] Ant. Fr. 53.

[62] Bischoff, “Das Kupfer und seine Legirung,” p. 43. Layard, “Discoveries in the ruins of Nineveh and Babylon,” p. 191. Fellenberg, “Mittheilungen d. naturforsch. Ges. in Bern,” 1860, p. 68.

[62] Bischoff, “Copper and Its Alloys,” p. 43. Layard, “Findings in the Ruins of Nineveh and Babylon,” p. 191. Fellenberg, “Communications of the Natural Science Society in Bern,” 1860, p. 68.

[63] “Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger” for 1892, 16, p. 5.

[63] “Proceedings of the Christiania Scientific Society” for 1892, 16, p. 5.

[64] [Having been broken off and soldered, the base was not subjected to treatment. Transl.]

[64] [After being broken and fixed, the base was not treated. Transl.]

[65] E. Friedel, “Eintheilungsplan des märk. Provinzialmuseums,” 1882, p. 20.

[65] E. Friedel, “Plan for the Organization of the Märk. Provincial Museum,” 1882, p. 20.

[66] Aeg. 2348.

[66] Age 2348.

[67] Aeg. 13787.

[67] Aeg. 13787.

[68] Olshausen, “Verhandl. d. Berl. anthropol. Ges.,” 1884, p. 532, and 1897, pp. 346-7. Kröhnke, “Chem. Untersuchungen an vorgeschichtl. Bronzen Schleswig-Holsteins,” p. 41. See also quotation from Schuler, p. 25.

[68] Olshausen, “Proceedings of the Berlin Anthropological Society,” 1884, p. 532, and 1897, pp. 346-7. Kröhnke, “Chemical Investigations on Prehistoric Bronzes from Schleswig-Holstein,” p. 41. See also the quotation from Schuler, p. 25.

[69] [This celebrated hoard was found Oct. 9, 1868, on the Galgenberg, near Hildesheim (Hanover), 10 feet below the surface. It consisted of more than 60 pieces, including plates, dishes, tripods, etc., the most notable being a crater, 151 2 inches in height, ornamented with graceful scroll-work, and a cylix with an Athene in high relief. The workmanship points to a date not later than the first century A.D. Cp. Wieseler, “Der Hildesheimer Silberfund,” Bonn, 1869. Darcel, “Trésor de Hildesheim,” 1870. Transl.]

[69] [This famous treasure was found on October 9, 1868, at Galgenberg near Hildesheim (Hanover), 10 feet underground. It included over 60 items, such as plates, dishes, and tripods, with the most remarkable pieces being a crater, 1512 inches tall, decorated with elegant scroll-work, and a cylix featuring an Athene in high relief. The craftsmanship suggests a date no later than the first century A.D. Cp. Wieseler, “Der Hildesheimer Silberfund,” Bonn, 1869. Darcel, “Trésor de Hildesheim,” 1870. Transl.]

[70] Compare also the analysis by Schertel, p. 51.

[70] Also check out the analysis by Schertel, p. 51.

[71] “Polytechn. Centralblatt,” 1871, p. 916.

[71] “Polytechn. Central Journal,” 1871, p. 916.

[72] “Polytechn. Centralblatt,” 1871, p. 917.

[72] “Polytechn. Centralblatt,” 1871, p. 917.

[73] “Berg- u. Hüttenmänn. Zeitung,” 1878, No. 37, p. 327.

[73] “Mining and Metallurgy Journal,” 1878, No. 37, p. 327.

[74] Dingler, “Polyt. Journal,” 1871, Vol. CCI. p. 52.

[74] Dingler, “Polyt. Journal,” 1871, Vol. CCI. p. 52.

[75] v. E. v. Bibra, “Ueber alte Eisen- u. Silberfunde,” p. 74.

[75] v. E. v. Bibra, “On Old Iron and Silver Finds,” p. 74.

[76] Morgan, “Fouilles à Dahchour,” p. 135.

[76] Morgan, “Excavations at Dahchour,” p. 135.

[77] “Verhandl. d. Berl. anthropol. Ges.,” 1897, p. 348.

[77] “Proceedings of the Berlin Anthropological Society,” 1897, p. 348.

[78] Krause, “Verhandl. d. Berl. anthropol. Ges.,” 1883, p. 360.

[78] Krause, “Proceedings of the Berlin Anthropological Society,” 1883, p. 360.

[79] Muspratt’s “Chemistry,” Vol. III. p. 1389.

[79] Muspratt’s “Chemistry,” Vol. III, p. 1389.

[80] “Verhandl. d. Berl. anthropol. Ges.,” 1889, pp. 243 and 244.

[80] “Proceedings of the Berlin Anthropological Society,” 1889, pp. 243 and 244.

[81] Id. 1892, p. 449.

[81] Id. 1892, p. 449.

[82] Id. 1897, p. 347.

[82] Id. 1897, p. 347.

[83] At that time obtained from the Stralau waterworks.

[83] At that time, it was obtained from the Stralau waterworks.

[84] This was not the well-known Crenothrix only. Cp. “Polytechn. Centralblatt,” 1891-92, p. 195. (See footnote, p. 10.)

[84] This was not just the famous Crenothrix. See "Polytechn. Centralblatt," 1891-92, p. 195. (Refer to footnote, p. 10.)

[85] It has been found that the formation of this layer of slime may be avoided by the use of tubs which are lined with sheet zinc. The addition of 10-20 cubic centimetres of formalin [40% solution of formaldehyde] to every hundred gallons of water also prevents or restrains the formation of slime. It is not necessary to add formalin each time the water is changed.

[85] Research has shown that you can prevent the buildup of this slime layer by using tubs lined with sheet zinc. Adding 10-20 cubic centimeters of formalin [40% solution of formaldehyde] to every hundred gallons of water also helps to stop or reduce slime formation. There's no need to add formalin every time you change the water.

[86] Since chlorine compounds (especially common salt) form the predominating substance in the soluble salts contained in limestones their removal may be considered a proof that other salts (e.g. sulphates) have also been removed. Hence it is sufficient to prove the disappearance of chlorine. In the rare cases in which sulphates only are present, a test similar to that mentioned on p. 77, applied to clay objects, should be used. If the water used for soaking salt-containing limestone, earthenware, etc., gives no precipitate, or only turbidity with the silver solution, the determination of chlorine by titration is not applicable.

[86] Since chlorine compounds (especially regular table salt) make up the main substance in the soluble salts found in limestones, their removal can be seen as evidence that other salts (like sulfates) have also been removed. Therefore, it’s enough to demonstrate that chlorine is gone. In the rare instances where only sulfates are present, a test similar to the one mentioned on p. 77, should be conducted on clay objects. If the water used for soaking salt-containing limestone, earthenware, etc., doesn’t create a precipitate or only produces cloudiness with the silver solution, then chlorine determination through titration isn't applicable.

[87] Though some other kinds of burette may be easier to use, that here recommended (that of Gay-Lussac) is the most convenient for reasons into which we need not enter. The following precautions should be observed: where the burette is not closed by a cork, let a few drops out first to wash away crystals of silver nitrate which may have formed at the mouth. The silver solution should be kept in well stoppered bottles. When filling the burette a glass funnel should be used, so that the cork used for closing the burette is not wetted with the silver solution. Before reading off wait until the level of the fluid is constant, in order that any solution on the sides of the glass tube may have time to run down.

[87] While some other types of burettes may be easier to use, the one recommended here (by Gay-Lussac) is the most convenient for reasons we won't go into. Please follow these precautions: if the burette isn’t sealed with a cork, let a few drops out first to wash away any silver nitrate crystals that may have formed at the opening. The silver solution should be stored in well-stoppered bottles. When filling the burette, use a glass funnel to prevent the cork from getting wet with the silver solution. Before taking a reading, wait until the fluid level is stable, so that any solution clinging to the sides of the glass tube has time to run down.

[88] See note, p. 61.

[88] Check note, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

[89] I have found that the amount of chlorine is smaller in winter than in summer. In the summer of 1894, 100 c.c. tap-water from the Stralau Waterworks often required 0·8 c.c. silver solution: but at that time stronger disinfectants were used on account of the cholera, and this may have caused the increase of chlorine; for since then, and even at the present time (winter 1898), 100 c.c. tap-water requires 0·5 to 0·6 c.c. silver solution.

[89] I've noticed that the amount of chlorine is lower in winter than in summer. In the summer of 1894, 100 c.c. of tap water from the Stralau Waterworks often needed 0.8 c.c. of silver solution; however, at that time, stronger disinfectants were used because of the cholera outbreak, which may have caused the increase in chlorine. Since then, and even now (winter 1898), 100 c.c. of tap water requires 0.5 to 0.6 c.c. of silver solution.

[90] It may be here observed that objects of limestone or of earthenware may be numbered or marked at the back in black iron ink, which does not disappear even after prolonged steeping in water.

[90] It should be noted that limestone or pottery items can be numbered or marked on the back with black iron ink, which doesn’t fade even after being soaked in water for a long time.

[91] Lepsius, “Denkmäler aus Aegypten und Aethiopien.”

[91] Lepsius, “Monuments from Egypt and Ethiopia.”

[92] It is scarcely necessary to add that any other form of air-pump may be used.

[92] It's hardly necessary to mention that you can use any other type of air pump.

[93] A powerful pressure of water [in combination with a well-acting pump] may cause the fluid to evaporate with such rapidity as to produce bubbles, but these bubbles are easily distinguished by their size from the minute bubbles of air. To avoid this ebullition, the air should not be pumped out too rapidly.

[93] A strong force of water [along with an effective pump] can make the liquid evaporate so quickly that it creates bubbles, but these bubbles are easily recognized by their size compared to the tiny air bubbles. To prevent this boiling effect, the air shouldn't be removed too quickly.

[94] “Merkbuch,” p. 62.

[94] “Merkbook,” p. 62.

[95] Flinders Petrie, “Archaeological Journal,” Part 45, 1888, p. 88.

[95] Flinders Petrie, “Archaeological Journal,” Part 45, 1888, p. 88.

[96] Zapon: for further information and references see Appendix.

[96] Zapon: for more details and references, check the Appendix.

[97] “Chemische Zeitschrift,” ii. 1903, p. 203.

[97] “Chemical Journal,” II. 1903, p. 203.

[98] For particulars of the composition and action of Kessler’s Fluates (salts of Hydrofluosilicic acid) see H. Hauenstein, “Die kessler’schen Fluate” (2nd ed., Berlin, 1895). The depot is “H. Hauenstein, Berlin N. Reinickendorferstrasse, 2b.”

[98] For details on the composition and effects of Kessler’s Fluates (salts of Hydrofluosilicic acid), refer to H. Hauenstein, “Die kessler’schen Fluate” (2nd ed., Berlin, 1895). The address is “H. Hauenstein, Berlin N. Reinickendorferstrasse, 2b.”

[99] Ger. Patent, No. 31032. The apparatus was one of those used in the moulding room of the Royal Museums for the impregnation of plaster moulds and casts.

[99] Ger. Patent, No. 31032. The device was one of those used in the molding room of the Royal Museums for soaking plaster molds and casts.

[100] In applying the above test it is advisable to add one or two drops of nitric acid before the addition of the barium salt. In this case, too, should any other than distilled water be used for steeping, a preliminary examination should be made to determine the presence or absence of sulphates.

[100] When using the test mentioned above, it's a good idea to add one or two drops of nitric acid before adding the barium salt. Also, if you use anything other than distilled water for soaking, you should first check for the presence of sulphates.

[101] [Pure hydrochloric acid is usually sold in two strengths. Concentrated acid has a strength of about 32%, whilst the “diluted hydrochloric acid” of the Pharmacopœia is about 10%. The former should therefore be diluted with about 15, the latter with about 4 volumes of water. Transl.]

[101] [Pure hydrochloric acid typically comes in two concentrations. Concentrated acid is around 32% strength, while the "diluted hydrochloric acid" mentioned in the Pharmacopoeia is about 10%. You should dilute the concentrated acid with about 15 parts water, and the diluted version with about 4 parts water. Transl.]

[102] “Chemische Zeitschrift,” II. 1903, p. 761.

[102] “Chemical Journal,” II. 1903, p. 761.

[103] [Lecythoi: slender narrow-necked painted vessels which were frequently burnt or buried with the dead; cp. Aristophanes, “Ecclesiazusae,” 996:

[103] [Lecythoi: slender, narrow-necked painted pots that were often burned or buried with the dead; see Aristophanes, “Ecclesiazusae,” 996:]

ὁς τοῖς νεκροῖσι ζωγραφεῖ τὰς ληκύθους Transl.]

ὁς τοῖς νεκροῖσι ζωγραφεῖ τὰς ληκύθους

[104] The method of washing objects of unbaked clay suggested by Flinders Petrie in the “Archaeological Journal” (XLV. 1888) is in my experience impracticable.

[104] The way to wash items made of unbaked clay proposed by Flinders Petrie in the “Archaeological Journal” (XLV. 1888) hasn’t worked for me.

[105] [Muffle furnaces may be obtained from Messrs Fletcher, Russell and Co., Warrington. If electricity is available, the electric muffle may be used. These may be obtained from Messrs A. Gallenkamp and Co., 19, Sun Street, Finsbury Square, London. The Heat-recorders supplied by H. Watkin, 225, Waterloo Road, Burslem, will be found very convenient in place of Seger’s cones, which may be obtained from Messrs Brady and Martin, Northumberland Road, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Transl.]

[105] [You can get muffle furnaces from Fletcher, Russell and Co. in Warrington. If electricity is available, you can use the electric muffle, which can be sourced from A. Gallenkamp and Co., 19 Sun Street, Finsbury Square, London. The heat recorders provided by H. Watkin at 225 Waterloo Road, Burslem, are very useful instead of Seger's cones, which you can get from Brady and Martin on Northumberland Road, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Transl.]

[106] “Merkbuch,” p. 78.

[106] “Merkbook,” p. 78.

[107] [A paraffin prepared from Burmese petroleum. Transl.]

[107] [A paraffin made from Burmese petroleum. Transl.]

[108] Flinders Petrie, “Archaeological Journal,” XLV. 1888, p. 89.

[108] Flinders Petrie, "Archaeological Journal," XLV. 1888, p. 89.

[109] “Merkbuch,” p. 79.

[109] “Merkbook,” p. 79.

[110] [It is important to avoid confusion and mistakes arising from the similarity of the terms benzine and benzene.

[110] [It's important to avoid confusion and errors caused by the similarity between the terms benzine and benzene.

Benzene (Benzol) is the specific coal-tar product which has the formula C6H6.

Benzene (Benzol) is the specific coal-tar product with the formula C6H6.

Benzine (Benzin) is a light-boiling petroleum distillate, lighter than lamp oil, and with a varying boiling-point. It consists of a number of saturated hydrocarbons of the methane series. It is also called benzoline or petroleum naphtha. Transl.]

Benzine (Benzin) is a light-boiling petroleum distillate, lighter than lamp oil, and has a varying boiling point. It consists of several saturated hydrocarbons from the methane series. It’s also known as benzoline or petroleum naphtha. Transl.]

[111] Appelgren, Finskt Museum, 1895, p. 56.

[111] Appelgren, Finnish Museum, 1895, p. 56.

[112] A communication from Herr Schjerning, Copenhagen.

[112] A message from Mr. Schjerning, Copenhagen.

[113] Speerschneider, “Antiquarisk Tidsskrift,” 1858-60, p. 178.

[113] Speerschneider, “Antiquarisk Tidsskrift,” 1858-60, p. 178.

[114] Blell, “Sitzungsberichte der Prussia,” 1881-82, p. 24.

[114] Blell, “Meeting Reports of Prussia,” 1881-82, p. 24.

[115] Krefting, “Aarsb. fra foreningen t. norske fortidsmindesm. bevar.” 1892, p. 54.

[115] Krefting, “Annual from the Association for the Preservation of Norwegian Historic Sites.” 1892, p. 54.

[116] Salzer, “Chem. Zeitung,” XI. 1887, p. 574.

[116] Salzer, “Chemical Journal,” XI. 1887, p. 574.

[117] Probably first recommended by Salzer, “Chemiker Zeitung,” XI. 1885, p. 574.

[117] Likely initially suggested by Salzer, “Chemiker Zeitung,” XI. 1885, p. 574.

[118] “Kongl. Vitterhets Historie och Antiqvitets Akademiens Månadsblad,” 1885, p. 134.

[118] “The Monthly Bulletin of the Royal Academy of Letters, History and Antiquities,” 1885, p. 134.

[119] The addition of the lime is not advisable, comp. p. 93.

[119] It’s not a good idea to add the lime, see p. 93.

[120] “Chemiker Zeitung,” XI. 1885, p. 605.

[120] “Chemiker Zeitung,” XI. 1885, p. 605.

[121] “Zeitschrift f. Ethnologie,” XXXIII. 1902, p. 431, and XXXIV. 1903, p. 791.

[121] “Journal of Ethnology,” XXXIII. 1902, p. 431, and XXXIV. 1903, p. 791.

[122] “Sitzungsberichte,” 1881-82, p. 10 et seq., and 16 et seq.

[122] “Meeting Reports,” 1881-82, p. 10 and following, and 16 and following

[123] In this acid treatment bare hands may be used, but care must be taken to avoid splashing clothes or linen, which will cause red or yellow spots. These are best removed by the immediate application of ammonia, but the yellow spots can only be removed by oxalic acid.

[123] In this acid treatment, you can use bare hands, but be careful not to splash any clothes or fabric, as it will leave red or yellow stains. The best way to remove these stains is by applying ammonia immediately, but yellow stains can only be removed with oxalic acid.

[124] [Germ. “Hammerschlag.” The iron scales which chip off from heated iron at a forge or blacksmith’s shop. Transl.]

[124] [Germ. “Hammerschlag.” The pieces of iron that flake off from heated iron at a forge or blacksmith's shop. Transl.]

[125] No. 17, 1897, p. 333 et seq.

[125] No. 17, 1897, p. 333 et seq.

[126] A number of modifications in the metals employed and the composition of the bath have been suggested. Setlik (“Chemiker Zeitung,” XXVII. 1903, p. 454) imbeds iron objects which have a very weak core in a zinc-wire basket immersed in a magma of zinc dust and caustic soda. Personally I should prefer not to attempt a reduction process in such cases, but should rely rather upon mechanical removal of the rust, soaking and impregnation. For the treatment of bronzes this observer prefers the Finkener method (q. v.) and suggests caustic soda, sodium chloride, or ammonia chloride, instead of potassium cyanide as the electrolyte. Rhousopulos (“Chemische Zeitschrift,” II. 1903, pp. 202 and 364) uses zinc and hydrochloric acid, and when dry gives to the bronze a coating of wax. I should deprecate the use of either of these substances, the hydrochloric acid because of the difficulty of completely removing it by steeping and the danger of subsequent decomposition of the bronze, the wax because the contained fatty acids may act upon the metal.

[126] Several changes in the metals used and the bath's composition have been proposed. Setlik (“Chemiker Zeitung,” XXVII. 1903, p. 454) places iron objects with a very weak core in a zinc-wire basket submerged in a mix of zinc dust and caustic soda. Personally, I would prefer not to try a reduction process in such cases, but instead focus on mechanically removing the rust, soaking, and impregnation. For treating bronzes, this observer prefers the Finkener method (q. v.) and suggests using caustic soda, sodium chloride, or ammonium chloride instead of potassium cyanide as the electrolyte. Rhousopulos (“Chemische Zeitschrift,” II. 1903, pp. 202 and 364) utilizes zinc and hydrochloric acid, and once dry, applies a wax coating to the bronze. I would discourage the use of either of these substances, hydrochloric acid because it is hard to completely remove by soaking and poses a risk of subsequent degradation of the bronze, and the wax due to the fatty acids that may react with the metal.

[127] [The period required for complete reduction is, in our experience, often considerably longer. We have sometimes found an 8% soda solution more satisfactory. Transl.]

[127] [From our experience, the time needed for full reduction is often much longer. We've occasionally found an 8% soda solution to be more effective. Transl.]

[128] Krefting’s method affords an excellent illustration of the truth of my remarks in the preface that the literature upon these preservation-methods is very scattered and in consequence has been hitherto but little studied. In 1892, when visiting the Museum at Christiania, I had the opportunity of examining some iron objects which had been treated by Krefting’s method. I then obtained his address, and Herr Krefting kindly communicated his method to me by letter, and in the following year forwarded a reprint of his article referred to above. In 1887 he had described his method to Appelgren by letter, but at that time he treated the object after reduction, washing, and drying, by impregnating it with a paraffin-petroleum solution. In 1897 Appelgren published this method, with drying and impregnation, in ignorance of Krefting’s publication in 1893.

[128] Krefting’s method provides a great example of the point I made in the preface about how scattered the literature on preservation methods is, which has led to it being studied very little until now. In 1892, during my visit to the Museum in Christiania, I had the chance to examine some iron objects that had been treated using Krefting's method. I then got his address, and Herr Krefting kindly shared his method with me in a letter. The following year, he sent me a reprint of his article mentioned earlier. In 1887, he had outlined his method to Appelgren by letter, but back then, he treated the object after reduction, washing, and drying by soaking it in a paraffin-petroleum solution. In 1897, Appelgren published this method, including drying and impregnation, without knowing about Krefting’s publication from 1893.

[129] The bottle should not be closed by a glass stopper, but by a rubber bung, or by a cork coated with paraffin or wrapped round with parchment. Soda solution attacks glass, and especially ground glass; thus the stopper may become so firmly fixed into the neck of the bottle as to render its removal impossible.

[129] The bottle shouldn't be sealed with a glass stopper, but rather with a rubber cork or a cork coated in paraffin or wrapped in parchment. Soda solution can damage glass, especially ground glass; as a result, the stopper might get stuck in the neck of the bottle, making it impossible to remove.

[130] [Excavated by Dr Thurnam, 1848 (vide “Archaeolog. Journal,” Vol. VI. p. 27). Transl.]

[130] [Excavated by Dr. Thurnam, 1848 (see “Archaeological Journal,” Vol. VI. p. 27). Translated.]

[131] “Chemiker Zeitung,” XI. 1887, p. 605.

[131] "Chemist Journal," XI. 1887, p. 605.

[132] Ant. Fr. 1154 a.

[132] Ant. Fr. 1154 a.

[133] I should now use paraffin for impregnation. (Author’s note.)

[133] I should now use paraffin for soaking. (Author’s note.)

[134] [Great caution must be used to prevent inhalation of the gas, which is extremely poisonous. Transl.]

[134] [You need to be very careful to avoid inhaling the gas, as it is highly toxic. Transl.]

[135] Instead of potassium cyanide, I have made experimental use of the much more readily fusible potassium sulphocyanide. This converts the iron compounds into iron sulphide, which is easily got rid of. The sulphide which still adheres to the iron and imparts a not unpleasing blackish colour to the object appears to be stable.

[135] Instead of potassium cyanide, I’ve been experimenting with potassium thiocyanate, which melts much more easily. This turns the iron compounds into iron sulfide, which can be easily removed. The sulfide that still sticks to the iron gives the object a surprisingly pleasant blackish color and seems to be stable.

The rest of the treatment is similar to that above described. Having so far only experimented with a few specimens I am not yet in a position to offer any judgment as to the practicability of the process. (Author, 1904.) [For practical objections to this method, which we do not consider satisfactory owing to the instability of the products resulting from the reaction, and the difficulty in removing them by the subsequent washing, see Milbauer, “Zeit. f. anorg. Chem.” XLII. 1904, p. 433 (“Journ. Chem. Soc.” Abstracts, i. 121), where it is stated that treatment of Fe2O3 at 400°C. leads to the formation of K2Fe2S4. Transl.]

The rest of the treatment is similar to what was described above. Having only experimented with a few samples so far, I am not yet ready to give any opinion on the feasibility of the process. (Author, 1904.) [For practical objections to this method, which we do not find satisfactory due to the instability of the products from the reaction and the difficulty in removing them through subsequent washing, see Milbauer, “Zeit. f. anorg. Chem.” XLII. 1904, p. 433 (“Journ. Chem. Soc.” Abstracts, i. 121), where it is noted that treating Fe2O3 at 400°C. results in the formation of K2Fe2S4. Transl.]

[136] Stolba, “Chemiker Zeitung,” XX. 1896, Repertorium, p. 240. [Sodium sulphide has a very deleterious action upon the skin and fingernails which should be protected when using this substance. Transl.]

[136] Stolba, “Chemiker Zeitung,” XX. 1896, Repertorium, p. 240. [Sodium sulfide is very harmful to the skin and fingernails, so these should be protected when using this substance. Transl.]

[137] Flinders Petrie, “Archaeological Journal,” Vol. XLV. 1888, p. 88.

[137] Flinders Petrie, “Archaeological Journal,” Vol. XLV. 1888, p. 88.

[138] Cp. Mugdan, “Zeit. Elektrochem.” 1903, ix. p. 442.

[138] Cp. Mugdan, “Zeit. Elektrochem.” 1903, ix. p. 442.

[139] [A method used by the explorers of the Palestine Exploration Committee for the preservation of much decayed bronzes, as, for instance, those from wells and cisterns, is to place them immediately they are discovered into a strong solution (1 in 10) of carbolic acid. Transl.]

[139] [A technique used by the explorers of the Palestine Exploration Committee to preserve highly deteriorated bronzes, like those found in wells and cisterns, is to immediately place them into a strong solution (1 in 10) of carbolic acid upon discovery. Transl.]

[140] “Merkbuch,” p. 68.

[140] “Merkbuch,” p. 68.

[141] Instead of calcium chloride strong sulphuric acid may be used for dehydration, but the dry chloride is more simple, and less dangerous. If kept in corked bottles, the corks should be covered with paraffin wax to prevent access of moisture.

[141] Instead of using calcium chloride, you can use strong sulfuric acid for dehydration, but the dry chloride is easier and safer. If stored in corked bottles, the corks should be covered with paraffin wax to keep moisture out.

[142] First put forward by Chevreul (see pp. 22 and 117).

[142] First introduced by Chevreul (see pp. 22 and 117).

[143] [The so-called ‘pole paper’ is supplied by most dealers in electrical apparatus. Transl.]

[143] [Most dealers in electrical equipment provide the so-called 'pole paper.' Transl.]

[144] In such a case the hydrated oxide of tin is either present as such in the oxidized bronze, or it is a product of the reduction which has been prevented from falling to the bottom by the high sp. gr. of the potassium cyanide solution. It is also possible that finely divided tin in the reduced bronze may decompose the warm water into oxygen and hydrogen, forming a hydrated oxide of tin. Such a reaction would account for the formation of hydrogen. The hydrogen might at the same time remain occluded until allowed to separate by the cessation of the current and the temperature of the water.

[144] In this situation, the hydrated oxide of tin is either found in its original state in the oxidized bronze, or it results from the reduction process, which hasn't settled at the bottom due to the high specific gravity of the potassium cyanide solution. It's also possible that tiny particles of tin in the reduced bronze can break warm water down into oxygen and hydrogen, creating a hydrated oxide of tin. This reaction would explain the production of hydrogen. The hydrogen might remain trapped until it can escape when the current stops and the water cools down.

[145] Such, for instance, as is obtained by attaching a suitable nozzle to a fall pipe where there is sufficient water-pressure; v. e.g. “Polytechn. Centralblatt,” 1891-92, p. 199.

[145] This is similar to what you get by attaching a suitable nozzle to a downpipe where there's enough water pressure; see, for example, “Polytechn. Centralblatt,” 1891-92, p. 199.

[146] I now consider it a better plan not to employ the method of coating with paraffin wax. I thoroughly soak and then dry the reduced bronze with a cloth, and place it in 96% alcohol. This must be renewed after a time, and for large bronzes a third or even a fourth renewal is advisable. The bronze is again wiped and introduced into a drying oven raised to about 212°F. [100°C.]. The unsightly grey colour and rough surface may be much improved by using a brush of the finest wire or very fine emery cloth. The object is finally impregnated with zapon (see Appendix). (Author’s note, 1904.)

[146] I now think it's a better idea not to use paraffin wax for coating. I soak the reduced bronze thoroughly and then dry it with a cloth, before placing it in 96% alcohol. This alcohol needs to be replaced after a while, and for larger bronzes, changing it a third or even fourth time is a good idea. The bronze is then wiped again and placed in a drying oven set to about 212°F. [100°C.]. The unattractive grey color and rough surface can be significantly improved by using the finest wire brush or very fine emery cloth. Finally, the object is treated with zapon (see Appendix). (Author’s note, 1904.)

[147] [The base was not treated owing to the advanced destruction of the metal. Transl.]

[147] [The base wasn’t treated because the metal was too damaged. Transl.]

[148] In only about 2% of the bronzes treated in the laboratory of the Royal Museums at Berlin has it been found necessary to interrupt the reduction.

[148] In only about 2% of the bronzes treated in the lab at the Royal Museums in Berlin has it been necessary to stop the reduction process.

[149] “Polytechn. Centralblatt,” 1891-92, p. 200.

[149] “Polytechn. Centralblatt,” 1891-92, p. 200.

[150] These analyses were made by Schulz in the Laboratory of the Royal Museums.

[150] Schulz conducted these analyses in the Royal Museums' Laboratory.

[151] I quote here the greater part of an article published in Dingler’s “Polytechn. Journal,” 1896, Vol. CCCI. p. 44. The reduction of about 7000 Danish copper coins, undertaken while the above was in the press, gave similarly good results.

[151] I'm quoting most of an article published in Dingler’s “Polytechn. Journal,” 1896, Vol. CCCI. p. 44. The reduction of about 7000 Danish copper coins, which was done while this was being printed, also showed good results.

[152] The zinc, which in the course of the reduction process may become coated with a thin layer of metallic copper, may be used again. It should be first put through dilute sulphuric acid (in the proportion of 1:2), then washed, rubbed with a steel wire brush and again washed. But it must in such cases be used again while still wet, for if allowed to dry it becomes coated with a layer of oxide and requires to be re-polished.

[152] The zinc, which during the reduction process can get covered with a thin layer of metallic copper, can be reused. It should first be treated with dilute sulfuric acid (mixed 1:2), then washed, scrubbed with a steel wire brush, and washed again. However, in these cases, it must be reused while still wet, because if it dries, it gets a layer of oxide on it and needs to be polished again.

[153] “Publications de la société pour la recherche et la conservation des monuments historiques dans le grandduché de Luxembourg,” Vol. X. As I have been unable to consult the original, I have here inserted a communication sent to me by Dr Kisa of Cologne. I have tried this method on a few coins.

[153] “Publications from the organization for the research and conservation of historic monuments in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg,” Vol. X. Since I wasn't able to access the original, I've included a message that Dr. Kisa from Cologne sent to me. I've experimented with this method on a few coins.

[154] In another instance—that of a Minotaur group [Ant. Misc. 7382]—the calcium chloride is contained in four shallow glass troughs which are placed round the marble pedestal of the bronze and are loosely covered with a black card.

[154] In another case—that of a Minotaur group [Ant. Misc. 7382]—the calcium chloride is held in four shallow glass troughs that are arranged around the marble pedestal of the bronze and are loosely covered with a black card.

[155] Grote, “Blätter für Münzkunde,” 1835, I. No. 31, VI.

[155] Grote, “Coins and Their Study,” 1835, I. No. 31, VI.

[156] “Zeitschrift für Numismatik,” Vol. XVII. 1890, p. 100.

[156] “Journal of Numismatics,” Vol. XVII. 1890, p. 100.

[157] “Prometheus,” VIII. 1897, p. 351. A report on the other methods is here given.

[157] “Prometheus,” VIII. 1897, p. 351. This is a report on the other methods mentioned.

[158] “Zeitschrift für Numismatik,” Vol. XX. 1897, p. 325.

[158] “Journal of Numismatics,” Vol. XX. 1897, p. 325.

[159] “Archaeological Journal,” XLV. 1888, p. 87.

[159] “Archaeological Journal,” XLV. 1888, p. 87.

[160] “Riv. Ital. Numism.” 1903, p. 31; also “Chemiker Zeitung,” XXVII. 1903, p. 825.

[160] “Italian Numismatic Review” 1903, p. 31; also “Chemist Journal,” XXVII. 1903, p. 825.

[161] [In this connection however it must be remembered that celluloid gives off traces of acid for a long time. This may possibly involve risk of injury to certain specimens. Transl.]

[161] [In this regard, it's important to keep in mind that celluloid releases traces of acid for an extended period. This could potentially harm certain specimens. Transl.]

[162] “Mittheilungen des Nordböhmischen Gewerbe Museum,” 1903, p. 104.

[162] “Bulletins of the North Bohemian Trade Museum,” 1903, p. 104.

[163] [A few drops of formalin will serve the same purpose. Transl.]

[163] [A few drops of formalin will do the same job. Transl.]

[164] [Lanoline, especially if applied warm, retains the flexibility of the leather very satisfactorily. It may be here mentioned that the leather of old book-bindings may be preserved by the application, by means of a soft brush, of a mixture of white wax with a small quantity of white vaseline and paraffin wax, brought to a pasty consistency with benzine or turpentine.

[164] [Lanolin, especially when applied warm, keeps the leather flexible very effectively. It's worth noting that the leather of old book bindings can be preserved by using a soft brush to apply a mixture of white wax with a small amount of white vaseline and paraffin wax, mixed to a paste-like consistency with benzine or turpentine.

The ‘Stearine Glaze’ used for the same purpose is made by boiling one part of caustic soda with eight parts of stearic acid and 50 parts of water till dissolved, then mixing another 150 parts of cold water and stirring until the whole sets to a jelly.

The ‘Stearine Glaze’ used for the same purpose is made by boiling one part of caustic soda with eight parts of stearic acid and 50 parts of water until dissolved, then mixing in another 150 parts of cold water and stirring until the mixture sets to a jelly.

Either of these media should be applied very thinly and then polished with a brush or flannel. If the cover is very bad, considerable improvement is effected by repeated applications of the stearine glaze so as to fill up the damaged surface of the leather. In some cases the addition of some dye such as logwood, or one or other of the acid coal-tar dyes, is advantageous.

Either of these products should be applied in a very thin layer and then polished with a brush or a soft cloth. If the surface is really worn out, you can see significant improvement by applying the stearine glaze multiple times to fill in the damaged areas of the leather. In some instances, adding a dye like logwood or certain acid coal-tar dyes can be beneficial.

Lanoline, or wool fat, i.e. lanoline without the water, is useful, but gives a dull surface to the leather.

Lanolin, or wool fat, meaning lanolin without the water, is useful, but results in a dull finish on the leather.

In some cases a thin coating of diluted white of egg, to which a few drops of clove oil, or some other essential oil, has been added as an antiseptic is beneficial. Transl.]

In some cases, a thin layer of diluted egg white, with a few drops of clove oil or another essential oil added as an antiseptic, is helpful. Transl.]

[165] On preservation in alcohol see p. 159 under the heading ‘Wood.’

[165] For information on preservation in alcohol, check p. 159 under the heading ‘Wood.’

[166] “Aarb. for nordisk Oldkynd. og Historie,” 1891, p. 112.

[166] “Archives for Nordic Antiquities and History,” 1891, p. 112.

[167] According to an analysis published by L. v. Barth in an account of the collection of papyri belonging to the Archduke Rainer, Part I. p. 120, the salt crystals, after removal of the insoluble constituents, consisted of:

[167] According to an analysis published by L. v. Barth in a report on the collection of papyri owned by Archduke Rainer, Part I. p. 120, the salt crystals, after the insoluble components were removed, consisted of:

Potassium sulphate 0·8%
Potassium and sodium chlorides 92·0%
Calcium sulphate 4·6%
Magnesium chloride 2·8%
Organic substances 0·2%

[168] “Merkbuch,” p. 60.

[168] "Merkbook," p. 60.

[169] Communicated by Herr Leiner of Constance.

[169] Communicated by Mr. Leiner from Constance.

[170] “Antiquarisk Tidsskrift,” 1858-60, p. 176.

[170] “Antiquarisk Journal,” 1858-60, p. 176.

[171] Id., p. 174.

[171] Id., p. 174.

[172] Olshausen, “Verh. der Berl. anthropol. Ges.” 1885, p. 242, an oral communication from Herr v. Jenner.

[172] Olshausen, “Proceedings of the Berlin Anthropological Society” 1885, p. 242, an oral communication from Mr. v. Jenner.

[173] Attention may be drawn to a paper which (Dec. 1904) will shortly be published by the Imperial Commission for Monuments of Art and History in Vienna. At a meeting in Vienna a paper was given by Bolle on the animal enemies of paper, leather, and wood, and their destruction by means of carbon bisulphide. Carbon bisulphide is an infallible poison and has no effect upon colours when used in a perfectly dry state. This may be carried out by a preliminary displacement of the air by carbonic acid which is readily obtained in the liquid form in cylinders. Benzine would probably act equally well, but would require a longer time for its action. References to other methods such as the employment of a vacuum or of heat will be found in the same publication.

[173] Attention may be drawn to a paper that will soon be published by the Imperial Commission for Monuments of Art and History in Vienna (Dec. 1904). At a meeting in Vienna, Bolle presented a paper on the animal enemies of paper, leather, and wood, and their extermination using carbon bisulfide. Carbon bisulfide is a reliable poison and doesn’t affect colors when applied in a completely dry state. This process can be initiated by replacing the air with carbon dioxide, which can be easily obtained in liquid form in cylinders. Benzene would likely work just as well but would take longer to be effective. References to other methods, such as using a vacuum or heat, will be found in the same publication.

[174] Keim, “Technische Mittheilungen für Malerei,” 1888, p. 4.

[174] Keim, “Technical Communications for Painting,” 1888, p. 4.

[175] Communication from Herr Straberger of Linz on the Danube.

[175] Communication from Mr. Straberger of Linz on the Danube.

[176] Communication by Dr Voss.

[176] Communication from Dr. Voss.

Transcriber's Notes:

Dittos and dashes used to represent text have been replaced with the indicated text.

Dittos and dashes that were used to represent text have been replaced with the specified text.

When a scale is given in an image caption, a scale bar has been added to demonstrate the approximate dimensions of the printed image. One centimeter (cm.) and one inch (in.) are depicted in the following format:

When a scale is included in an image caption, a scale bar has been added to show the approximate size of the printed image. One centimeter (cm) and one inch (in) are represented in the following format:

scale bar

Some figure captions have been combined and separated by the word 'and', such that Fig. 44. Fig. 45. becomes Fig. 44. and Fig. 45.

Some figure captions have been merged and separated by the word 'and', such that Fig. 44. Fig. 45. becomes Fig. 44. and Fig. 45.

Some presumed printer's errors have been corrected. In particular, the use of c.c. has been normalized when periods were missing, the degree symbol (°) has been added when it appears to have been missing, and words and numbers in the Index and Table of Contents were changed to match the spelling and placement in the body of the text. Some additional presumed errors which have been corrected are listed below with the original text (top) and the replacement text (bottom):

Some assumed printer's errors have been fixed. Specifically, the use of c.c. has been standardized where periods were missing, the degree symbol (°) has been added where it seemed to be missing, and the words and numbers in the Index and Table of Contents were updated to fit the spelling and placement in the main text. Below are some additional assumed errors that have been corrected, with the original text (top) and the revised text (bottom):

Literature xiv Table of Contents
Literature xiii

Literature 14 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Literature 13

vesse p. 59
vessel

vessel __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Gay Lussac p. 62
Gay-Lussac

Gay Lussac __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Gay-Lussac

16 Feb 1904 p. 65
16 Feb 1894

16 Feb 1904 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
16 Feb 1894

Konigsberg p. 102
Königsberg

Königsberg __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Royal Musums p. 154
Royal Museums

Royal Museums __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Royal Museums

"Lexikon d. gesamsen Technik," Footnote 1
"Lexikon d. gesamten Technik,"

"Lexicon of all technology," Footnote 1
"Lexicon of all technology,"


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!